Level 1 Part 2 Integrated Chinese 中文听说读写 TEXTBOOK Simplified Characters Third Edition Third Edition by Yuehua Liu and Tao-chung Yao Nyan-Ping Bi, Lian

Transcription

1 LEVEL 1 PART 2 INTEGRATED CHINESE 中文听说读 Textbook Simplified Characters Third Edition by: Yuehua Liu and Tao-chung Yao Nyan-Ping Bi, Liangyan Ge, Yaohua Shi Original Edition by: Tao-chung Yao and Yuehua Liu Liangyan Ge, Yea-fen Chen, Nyan-Ping Bi, Xiaojun Wang, Yaohua Shi THIRD EDITION

2 Level 1 Part 2 Integrated Chinese 中文听说读写 TEXTBOOK Simplified Characters Third Edition Third Edition by Yuehua Liu and Tao-chung Yao Nyan-Ping Bi, Liangyan Ge, Yaohua Shi Original Edition by Tao-chung Yao and Yuehua Liu Liangyan Ge, Yea-fen Chen, Nyan-Ping Bi, Xiaojun Wang, Yaohua Shi CHENG & TSUI COMPANY Boston

3 Copyright 2009, 2005, 1997 Cheng & Tsui Company, Inc. Third Edition / fourth printing April 2011 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, scanning, or any information storage or retrieval system, without written permission from the publisher. All trademarks mentioned in this book are the property of their respective owners Published by Cheng & Tsui Company, Inc. 25 West Street Boston, MA USA Fax (617) Bringing Asia to the World ISBN ISBN (pbk.) Cover Design: studioradia.com Cover Photographs: Man with map Getty Images; Shanghai skyline David Pedre/iStockphoto; Building with masks Wu Jie; Night market Andrew Buko. Used by permission. Interior Design: Wanda España, Wee Design Illustrations: 洋洋兔动漫 Tai Chi photo, p. 252: Jgremillot Great Wall photo (left), p. 261: Marianna Natale Great Wall photo (right), p. 261: Brian Snelson Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Integrated Chinese: textbook traditional characters = [Zhong wen ting shuo du xie]. Level 1. Part 2 / Yuehua Liu... [et al.] 3rd ed. p. cm. Includes indexes. ISBN (trad. hbk.) ISBN (trad. pbk.) ISBN (simp. hbk.) ISBN (simp. pbk.) 1. Chinese language Textbooks for foreign speakers English. I. Liu, Yuehua. II. Title: Zhong wen ting shuo du xie. PL1129.E5I dc The Integrated Chinese series includes books, workbooks, character workbooks, audio products, multimedia products, teacher s resources, and more. Visit for more information on the other components of Integrated Chinese. Printed in Canada.

4 The Integrated Chinese Series iii Textbooks Learn Chinese language and culture through ten engaging lessons per volume. Includes dialogues and narratives, culture notes, grammar explanations, and exercises. Workbooks Improve all four language skills through a wide range of integrated activities that accompany the lessons in the textbook. Character Workbooks Practice writing Chinese characters and learn the correct stroke order. Teacher s Handbooks Create a successful language program with sample syllabi, lesson plans, classroom activities, sample tests and quizzes, and teaching tips. Audio CDs Build listening comprehension with audio recordings of the textbook narratives, dialogues, and vocabulary, plus the pronunciation and listening exercises from the workbooks. The Integrated Chinese Companion Site Find everything you need to support your course in one convenient place. FREE teacher resources Password-protected answer keys Image gallery Links to previews and demos Supplementary readings Sentence drills Online Workbooks Complete the exercises from the printed workbooks using a dynamic, interactive platform. Includes instant grading and intuitive course management. etextbooks Display these downloadable versions of the printed textbooks on interactive whiteboards or your personal computer. Search, bookmark, highlight, and insert notes. Textbook DVDs Watch the Integrated Chinese story unfold with live-action videos of the textbook dialogues and cultural segments for each lesson. BuilderCards Reinforce and build vocabulary using flashcards. Features all essential vocabulary from Level 1. Find other publications to supplement your Integrated Chinese course. See page xi for more information about graded readers, listening comprehension workbooks, character guides, and reference materials. To order call or visit

5 iv Contents Contents Preface to the Third Edition...xiii Preface to the Second Edition...xviii Scope and Sequence...xxii Abbreviations of Grammatical Terms...xxvi Cast of Characters...xxvii Lesson 11: Talking about the Weather 1 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: Tomorrow s Weather Will Be Even Better!...2 Language Notes...2 Vocabulary...4 Grammar Comparative Sentences with 比 (b ) (I) 2 The Particle 了 (le) (III): 了 as a Sentence-Final Particle 3 The Modal Verb 会 (huì, will) (II) 4 Adj+( 一 ) 点儿 ({yì} di nr) Language Practice Dialogue II: The Weather Here Is Awful! Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar The Adverb 又 (yòu, again) 6 Adj/ V + 是 (shì) + Adj / V, + 可是 / 但是 (k shì/dànshì ) Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist Lesson 12: Dining 31 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready

6 Contents v Dialogue I: Dining Out...32 Language Notes...32 Vocabulary...35 Grammar 一 也 / 都 不 / 没 (yì...y /d u...bù/méi) 2 Adverb 多 / 少 (du /sh o) + V 3 刚 (g ng) vs. 刚才 (g ngcái) 4 Resultative Complements (I) 5 好 (h o) as a Resultative Complement Language Practice...44 Dialogue II: Eating in a Cafeteria...49 Language Notes...49 Vocabulary...51 Grammar Reduplication of Adjectives 7 The Verb 来 (lái) Language Practice...54 How About You?...58 Culture Highlights...59 English Text...61 Progress Checklist...62 Lesson 13: Asking Directions 63 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: Where Are You Off To?...64 Language Notes...64 Vocabulary...66 Grammar Direction and Location Words 2 Comparative Sentences with 没 ( 有 ) (méi{y u}) 3 那么 (nàme) Indicating Degree 4 到 (dào) + Place + 去 (qù) + Action Language Practice...73 Dialogue II: Going to Chinatown...79 Language Notes...79 Vocabulary...81 Grammar The Dynamic Particle 过 (guo) 6 Reduplication of Verbs

7 vi Contents 7 Resultative Complements (II) 8 一 就 (y...jiù..., as soon as...then...) Language Practice...89 How About You?...96 Culture Highlights...97 English Text...98 Progress Checklist...99 Lesson 14: Birthday Party 101 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: Let s Go to a Party! Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar 呢 (ne) Indicating an Action in Progress 2 Verbal Phrases and Subject-Predicate Phrases Used as Attributives Language Practice Dialogue II: Attending a Birthday Party Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Time Duration 4 Sentences with 是 的 (shì...de) 5 还 (hái, still) 6 又 又 (yòu...yòu..., both...and...) Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist Lesson 15: Seeing a Doctor 133 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: My Stomachache Is Killing Me! Language Notes Vocabulary...137

8 Contents vii Grammar 死 (s ) Indicating an Extreme Degree 2 Times of Actions 3 起来 (qi lai) Indicating the Beginning of an Action 4 把 (b ) Construction (I) Language Practice Dialogue II: Allergies Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar The Preposition 对 (duì) 6 越来越 (yuè lái yuè...) 7 再说 (zàishu ) Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist That s How the Chinese Say It! (Lesson 11 Lesson 15) 165 Lesson 16: Dating 169 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: Seeing a Movie Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Descriptive Complements (II) 2 Potential Complements 3 就 (jiù) Language Practice Dialogue II: Turning Down an Invitation Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Directional Complements (II)

9 viii Contents Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist Lesson 17: Renting an Apartment 199 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Narrative: Finding a Better Place Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Verb + 了 (le) + Numeral + Measure Word + Noun + 了 (le) 2 连 都 / 也 (lián...d u/y ) 3 Potential complements with Verb + 不下 (bu xià) 4 多 (du ) Indicating an Approximate Number Language Practice Dialogue: Calling about an Apartment for Rent Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Question Pronouns with 都 / 也 (d u/y ) Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist Lesson 18: Sports 227 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: My Gut Keeps Getting Bigger and Bigger! Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar...231

10 Contents ix 1 Duration of Non-Action 2 好 / 难 (h o/nán) + V 3 下去 (xia qu) Indicating Continuation Language Practice Dialogue II: Watching American Football Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Duration of Actions 5 The Particle 着 (zhe) 6 被 / 叫 / 让 (bèi/jiào/ràng) in Passive-Voice Sentences Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist Lesson 19: Travel 257 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: Traveling to Beijing Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar 不得了 (bù déli o, extremely) Language Practice Dialogue II: Planning an Itinerary Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar Question Pronouns as Indefinite References (Whoever, Whatever, etc.) 3 Numbers over One Thousand 4 Comparative Sentences with 比 (b ) (II) Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist

11 x Contents Lesson 20: At the Airport 285 Learning Objectives Relate and Get Ready Dialogue I: Checking In at the Airport Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar 的 (de), 得 (de), 地 (de) Compared 2 的时候 (...de shíhou) and 以后 (...y hòu) Compared Language Practice Dialogue II: Arriving in Beijing Language Notes Vocabulary Grammar 还 (hái) + Positive Adjective 4 Kinship Terms Language Practice How About You? Culture Highlights English Text Progress Checklist That s How the Chinese Say It! (Lesson 16 Lesson 20) 313 Indexes and Appendix 317 Vocabulary Index (Chinese English) Vocabulary Index (English Chinese) Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Lesson Appendix: Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form)...382

12 More Companions for Integrated Chinese xi The Way of Chinese Characters The Origins of 450 Essential Words By Jianhsin Wu, Illustrated by Chen Zheng, Chen Tian Learn characters through a holistic approach. Making Connections Enhance Your Listening Comprehension in Chinese By Madeline K. Spring Improve listening skills using everyday conversations. Tales and Traditions Readings in Chinese Literature Series Compiled by Yun Xiao, et al. Read level-appropriate excerpts from the Chinese folk and literary canon. Readings in Chinese Culture Series By Qun Ao, Weijia Huang Increase reading and cultural proficiency with level-appropriate essays about Chinese culture. Integrated Chinese BuilderCards Much More than Vocabulary Flashcards By Song Jiang, Haidan Wang Reinforce and build vocabulary with flashcards. Strive for a 5 AP* Chinese Practice Tests By Weiman Xu, Han Qu, Sara Gu, So Mui Chang, Lisha Kang Prepare for the AP exam with eight practice tests, tips, and more. Cheng & Tsui Chinese Character Dictionary A Guide to the 2000 Most Frequently Used Characters Edited by Wang Huidi Master the 2,000 most-used characters. Cheng & Tsui Chinese Measure Word Dictionary A Chinese-English English-Chinese Usage Guide Compiled by Jiqing Fang, Michael Connelly Speak and write polished Chinese using this must-have reference. Visit to view samples, place orders, and browse other language-learning materials. *Advanced Placement and AP are registered trademarks of the College Board, which was not involved in the production of, and does not endorse, this product.

13 xii Publisher s Note When Integrated Chinese was first published in 1997, it set a new standard with its focus on the development and integration of the four language skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing). Today, to further enrich the learning experience of the many users of Integrated Chinese worldwide, Cheng & Tsui is pleased to offer this revised and updated third edition of Integrated Chinese. We would like to thank the many teachers and students who, by offering their valuable insights and suggestions, have helped Integrated Chinese evolve and keep pace with the many positive changes in the field of Chinese language instruction. Integrated Chinese continues to offer comprehensive language instruction, with many new features and useful shared resources available on our website at The Cheng & Tsui Chinese Language Series is designed to publish and widely distribute quality language learning materials created by leading instructors from around the world. We welcome readers comments and suggestions concerning the publications in this series. Please contact the following members of our Editorial Board, in care of our Editorial Department ( [email protected]). Professor Shou-hsin Teng Chief Editor Graduate Institute of Teaching Chinese as a Second Language National Taiwan Normal University Professor Dana Scott Bourgerie Department of Asian and Near Eastern Languages Brigham Young University Professor Samuel Cheung Department of Chinese Chinese University of Hong Kong Professor Hong Gang Jin Department of East Asian Languages and Literatures Hamilton College Professor Ying-che Li Department of East Asian Languages and Literatures University of Hawaii Former members of our Editorial Board Professor Timothy Light (emeritus) Professor Stanley R. Munro (emeritus) Professor Ronald Walton (in memoriam) Western Michigan University University of Alberta University of Maryland

14 Preface xiii Preface to the Third Edition It has been over ten years since Integrated Chinese (IC) came into existence in During these years, amid all the historical changes that took place in China and the rest of the world, the demand for Chinese language teaching-learning materials has been growing dramatically. We are greatly encouraged by the fact that IC not only has been a widely used textbook at the college level all over the United States and beyond, but also has become increasingly popular with advanced language students at high schools. Over the years, regular feedback from the users of IC, both students and teachers, has greatly facilitated our repeated revisions of the series. Following its second edition published in 2005 that featured relatively minor changes and adjustments, the third edition is the result of a much more extensive revision. Changes in the Third Edition Manageable Number of Lessons Level 1 now contains 10 lessons in Part 1 and 10 lessons in Part 2 for maximum flexibility. Based on the reports from many teachers that they could not finish all the lessons in the Level 1 volumes within one academic year, we have, for the third edition, eliminated the chapters At the Library and At the Post Office, as the language contents in these chapters have become somewhat obsolete. The chapter Hometown has also been removed, but part of its content has been incorporated into other chapters. Revised Storyline In the present edition, a new, connected storyline about a diverse group of students strings together all the dialogues and narratives in the lessons throughout Level 1. The relationships among the main characters are more carefully scripted. We want the students to get to know the characters well and to find out how things develop among them. We hope that, by getting to know more about each cast member, the students will be more involved in the process of learning the language. Current Vocabulary As in the earlier editions, the third edition makes a special effort to reflect students life. Additionally, we have updated some of the vocabulary items and expressions in the hope of keeping pace with the evolution of contemporary Chinese and enhancing students ability to communicate. In the meantime, we have deleted some words and expressions that are of relatively lower frequencies of usage. As a result, the total number of vocabulary items for the series is moderately reduced. The grammar sequence, however, remains fundamentally unchanged. Clear Learning Objectives and Engaging Learner-Centered Approach Ever since its inception in 1997, IC has been a communication-oriented language textbook which also aims at laying a solid foundation in language form and accuracy for students. The third edition holds fast to that pedagogic

15 xiv Preface philosophy. On top of that, it has adopted a task-based teaching approach, which is intended to intensify students motivation and heighten their awareness of the learning objectives in each chapter. Each lesson includes Learning Objectives and Relate and Get Ready questions at the beginning to focus students study. At the end of each lesson, there is a Progress Checklist to be used by students in self-testing their fulfillment of the learning objectives. It is our hope that these changes will enable students to learn Chinese in a more efficient and pragmatic way and develop their language proficiency and problemsolving abilities in real-life situations. In their feedback to us, many users of previous editions of IC noted that, more than many other Chinese language textbooks, IC was effective in developing students abilities to use the language. While making all the efforts to retain that merit in the new edition, we have endeavored to place language acquisition in a real-world context and make IC all the more conducive to active use of the language in the classroom and, more importantly, beyond it. Contextualized Grammar and Interactive Language Practice The somewhat mechanical drills on sentence patterns in the earlier editions are now replaced by Language Practice exercises based on simulated real-life situations. In particular, we have increased the number of interactive exercises and exercises that serve the purpose of training students abilities in oral communication and discourse formation. Similar changes are also to be seen in the Integrated Chinese workbook, which offers new exercises that are more distinctly communicationoriented and more closely aligned with the learning objectives of each chapter. The exercises in the workbook cover the three modes of communication as explained in the Standards for Foreign Language Learning in the 21st Century : interpretive, interpersonal and presentational. To help the user locate different types of exercises, we have labeled the workbook exercises in terms of the three communication modes. Linguistically and Thematically Appropriate Cultural Information and Authentic Materials In comparison with the earlier editions, there is more cultural information in the third edition. The revised texts provide a broader perspective on Chinese culture, and important cultural features and topics are discussed in the Culture Highlights. In the meantime, more up-to-date language ingredients, such as authentic linguistic materials, new realia, and new illustrations, are introduced with a view towards reflecting cultural life in the dynamic and rapidly changing contemporary China. We believe that language is a carrier of culture and a second/foreign language is acquired most efficiently in its native cultural setting. Based on that conviction, we have attempted to offer both linguistic and cultural information in a coherent, consistent manner and simulate a Chinese cultural environment in our texts, especially those that are set in China. All-New, Colorful, and User-Friendly Design Where design and layout are concerned, the third edition represents a significant improvement. We have taken full advantage of colors to highlight different components of each chapter, and have brought in brand-new illustrations and photos to complement the content of the text. The book has also been thoroughly redesigned for optimal ease of use.

16 Preface xv Updated Audio Recordings Throughout this book, an audio CD icon appears next to the main texts, vocabulary, and pronunciation exercises. This symbol indicates the presence of audio recordings, which are available on the companion audio CD set. Acknowledgments During the course of preparing for the third edition, we accumulated more academic and intellectual debts than any acknowledgment can possibly repay. We wish to express our deep gratitude to all those who helped us in so many different ways. In particular, our heartfelt thanks go to the editor, Professor Zheng-sheng Zhang of San Diego State University; colleagues and friends at Beijing Language and Culture University; and Ms. Laurel Damashek at Cheng & Tsui. As authors, we take great pleasure in the contributions that IC has made to Chinese teaching and learning over the past ten years, and we also feel the weight of responsibility. In retrospect, IC has traversed a long way since its earliest incarnation, yet we know its improvement will not end with the present edition. We promise to renew our efforts in the future, and we expect to continue to benefit from the invaluable comments and suggestions we receive from the users. An Overview of the New Features of the Third Edition Chapter Opener Each lesson opens with an illustration that highlights the theme for the lesson. Learning Objectives for every lesson help students focus their study and envision what they will have accomplished at the end of the lesson. The self-reflective questions in Relate and Get Ready help students to reflect on similarities and differences between their native language and culture and Chinese language and culture.

17 xvi Preface Dialogue Design Each dialogue or narrative begins with an illustration depicting the scene. For the main characters, instead of the characters names, their avatar icons appear in the dialogue. This helps the students get acquainted with the characters more quickly. Language Notes and Grammar Callouts The Language Notes are clearly marked and numbered in green circles, and placed next to the dialogue for ease of reference. The grammar points are highlighted and numbered in red to draw the students attention to the language forms covered in the Grammar section of each lesson. Vocabulary Section A low-frequency character that the teacher may decide not to have the students practice writing is shown in a shaded gray color. Language Practice In addition to role plays and partner activities, this section also includes contextualized drill practice with the help of visual cues. New sentence patterns are highlighted in blue. A Recap and Narrate activity lets students practice summarizing the dialogues in their own words.

18 Preface xvii Customized Learning: How About You? Culture Highlights Beginning students need not be overwhelmed by additional vocabulary items that do not seem to be very useful or relevant to them. However, they should be given opportunities to select and learn words and phrases that relate to their own interests and experiences. How About You? provides this personalized vocabulary space. Self-Reflection: Progress Checklist Photos or other authentic materials accompany the culture notes. It s important for students to feel engaged and responsible for their own learning. At the end of each lesson, students are asked to check on their learning progress and evaluate whether they have achieved the learning objectives. Functional Expressions: That s How the Chinese Say It! After every five lessons, That s How the Chinese Say It provides a review of the functional expressions that have appeared in the texts. It includes additional linguistic and cultural contexts to demonstrate the use of these expressions.

19 xviii Preface to the Second Edition Preface to the Second Edition The Integrated Chinese series is an acclaimed, best-selling introductory course in Mandarin Chinese. With its holistic, integrated focus on the four language skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing, it teaches all the basics beginning and intermediate students need to function in Chinese. Integrated Chinese helps students understand how the Chinese language works grammatically, and how to use Chinese in real life. The Chinese title of Integrated Chinese, which is simply 中文听说读写 (Zh ngwén T ng Shu Dú Xi ), reflects our belief that a healthy language program should be a well-balanced one. To ensure that students will be strong in all skills, and because we believe that each of the four skills needs special training, the exercises in the Integrated Chinese Workbooks are divided into four sections of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Within each section, there are two types of exercises, namely, traditional exercises (such as fill-in-the-blank, sentence completion, translation, etc.) to help students build a solid foundation, and communication-oriented exercises to prepare students to face the real world. How Integrated Chinese Has Evolved Integrated Chinese (IC) began in 1993 as a set of course materials for beginning and intermediate Chinese courses taught at the East Asian Summer Language Institute s Chinese School at Indiana University. Since that time, it has become a widely used series of Chinese language textbooks in the United States and beyond. Teachers and students appreciate the fact that IC, with its focus on practical, everyday topics and its numerous and varied exercises, helps learners build a solid foundation in the Chinese language. What s New in the Second Edition Thanks to all those who have used Integrated Chinese and given us the benefit of their suggestions and comments, we have been able to produce a second edition that includes the following improvements: Typographical errors present in the first edition have been corrected, and the content has been carefully edited to ensure accuracy and minimize errors. The design has been revised and improved for easier use, and the Textbooks feature two colors. Revised illustrations and new photos provide the reader with visual images and relevant cultural information. Many new culture notes and examples of functional expressions have been added. Grammar and phonetics explanations have been rewritten in more studentfriendly language. Workbook listening and reading sections have been revised. A new flexibility for the teaching of characters is offered. While we believe that students should learn to read all of the characters introduced in the

20 Preface to the Second Edition xix lessons, we are aware that different Chinese programs have different needs. Some teachers may wish to limit the number of characters for which students have responsibility, especially in regards to writing requirements. To help such teachers, we have identified a number of lower-frequency Chinese characters and marked them with a pound sign (#) in the vocabulary lists. Teachers might choose to accept pinyin in place of these characters in homework and tests. The new edition adds flexibility in this regard. The Level 1 Workbooks have been reorganized. The Workbook exercises have been divided into two parts, with each part corresponding to one of the dialogues in each lesson. This arrangement will allow teachers to more easily teach the dialogues separately. They may wish to use the first two or three days of each lesson to focus on the first dialogue, and have students complete the exercises for the first dialogue. Then, they can proceed with the second dialogue, and have students complete the exercises for the second dialogue. Teachers may also wish to give separate quizzes on the vocabulary associated with each dialogue, thus reducing the number of new words students need to memorize at any one time. Level 2 offers full text in simplified and traditional characters. The original Level 2 Textbook and Workbook, which were intended to be used by both traditional- and simplified-character learners, contained sections in which only the traditional characters were given. This was of course problematic for students who were principally interested in learning simplified characters. This difficulty has been resolved in the new edition, as we now provide both traditional and simplified characters for every Chinese sentence in both the Textbook and the Workbook. Basic Organizational Principles In recent years, a very important fact has been recognized by the field of language teaching: the ultimate goal of learning a language is to communicate in that language. Integrated Chinese is a set of materials that gives students grammatical tools and also prepares them to function in a Chinese language environment. The materials cover two years of instruction, with smooth transitions from one level to the next. They first cover everyday life topics and gradually move to more abstract subject matter. The materials are not limited to one method or one approach, but instead they blend several teaching approaches that can produce good results. Here are some of the features of Integrated Chinese which make it different from other Chinese language textbooks: Integrating Pedagogical and Authentic Materials All of the materials are graded in Integrated Chinese. We believe that students can grasp the materials better if they learn simple and easy-to-control language items before the more difficult or complicated ones. We also believe that students should be taught some authentic materials even in the first year of language instruction. Therefore, most of the pedagogical materials are actually simulated authentic materials. Real authentic materials (written by native Chinese speakers for native Chinese speakers) are incorporated in the lessons when appropriate.

21 xx Preface to the Second Edition Integrating Written Style and Spoken Style One way to measure a person s Chinese proficiency is to see if s/he can handle the written style ( 书面语, sh miàny ) with ease. The written style language is more formal and literal than the spoken style ( 口语, k uy ); however, it is also widely used in news broadcasts and formal speeches. Inaddition to spoken style Chinese, basic written style expressions are gradually introduced in Integrated Chinese. Integrating Traditional and Simplified Characters We believe that students should learn to handle Chinese language materials in both the traditional and the simplified forms. However, we also realize that it could be rather confusing and overwhelming to teach students both the traditional and the simplified forms from day one. A reasonable solution to this problem is for the student to concentrate on one form, either traditional or simplified, at the first level, and to acquire the other form during the second level. Therefore, for Level 1, Integrated Chinese offers two editions of the Textbooks and the Workbooks, one using traditional characters and one using simplified characters, to meet different needs. We believe that by the second year of studying Chinese, all students should be taught to read both traditional and simplified characters. Therefore, the text of each lesson in Level 2 is shown in both forms, and the vocabulary list in each lesson also contains both forms. Considering that students in a second-year Chinese language class might come from different backgrounds and that some of them may have learned the traditional form and others the simplified form, students should be allowed to write in either traditional or simplified form. It is important that the learner write in one form only, and not a hybrid of both forms. Integrating Teaching Approaches Realizing that there is no one single teaching method which is adequate in training a student to be proficient in all four language skills, we employ a variety of teaching methods and approaches in Integrated Chinese to maximize the teaching results. In addition to the communicative approach, we also use traditional methods such as grammar-translation and direct method. Online Supplements to Integrated Chinese Integrated Chinese is not a set of course materials that employs printed volumes only. It is, rather, a network of teaching materials that exist in many forms. Teacher keys, software, and more are available from Cheng & Tsui Company s online site for downloadable and web-based resources. Please visit this site often for new offerings. Other materials are available at the IC website, icusers/, which was set up by Ted Yao, one of the principal Integrated Chinese authors, when the original edition of Integrated Chinese was published. Thanks to the generosity of teachers and students who are willing to share their materials with other Integrated Chinese users, this website is constantly growing, and has many useful links and resources. The following are some of the materials created by the community of Integrated Chinese users that are available at the Integrated Chinese website.

22 Preface to the Second Edition xxi Links to resources that show how to write Chinese characters, provide vocabulary practice, and more. Pinyin supplements for all Integrated Chinese books. Especially useful for Chinese programs that do not teach Chinese characters. Teacher s resources. About the Format Considering that many teachers might want to teach their students how to speak the language before teaching them how to read Chinese characters, we decided to place the pinyin text before the Chinese-character text in each of the eleven lessons of the Level 1 Part 1 Textbook. Since pinyin is only a vehicle to help students learn the pronunciation of the Chinese language and is not a replacement for the Chinese writing system, it is important that students can read out loud in Chinese by looking at the Chinese text and not just the pinyin text. To train students to deal with the Chinese text directly without relying on pinyin, we moved the pinyin text to the end of each lesson in the Level 1 Part 2 Textbook. Students can refer to the pinyin text to verify a sound when necessary. We are fully aware of the fact that no two Chinese language programs are identical and that each program has its own requirements. Some schools will cover a lot of material in one year while some others will cover considerably less. Trying to meet the needs of as many schools as possible, we decided to cover a wide range of material, both in terms of vocabulary and grammar, in Integrated Chinese. To facilitate oral practice and to allow students to communicate in real-life situations, many supplementary vocabulary items are added to each lesson. However, the characters in the supplementary vocabulary sections are not included in the Character Workbooks. In the Character Workbooks, each of the characters is given a frequency indicator based on the Hàny Pínl Dà Cídi n ( 汉语频率大辞典 ). Teachers can decide for themselves which characters must be learned. Acknowledgments Since publication of the first edition of Integrated Chinese, in 1997, many teachers and students have given us helpful comments and suggestions. We cannot list all of these individuals here, but we would like to reiterate our genuine appreciation for their help. We do wish to recognize the following individuals who have made recent contributions to the Integrated Chinese revision. We are indebted to Tim Richardson, Jeffrey Hayden, Ying Wang and Xianmin Liu for field-testing the new edition and sending us their comments and corrections. We would also like to thank Chengzhi Chu for letting us try out his Chinese TA, a computer program designed for Chinese teachers to create and edit teaching materials. This software saved us many hours of work during the revision. Last, but not least, we want to thank Jim Dew for his superb professional editorial job, which enhanced both the content and the style of the new edition. As much as we would like to eradicate all errors in the new edition, some will undoubtedly remain, so please continue to send your comments and corrections to [email protected], and accept our sincere thanks for your help.

23 xxii Contents Scope and Sequence Scope and Sequence Lessons Topics & Themes Sections & Contexts Learning Objectives & Functions 11 Talking about the Weather 1. Tomorrow s Weather Will Be Even Better! 2. The Weather Here Is Awful! 12 Dining 1. Dining Out 2. Eating in a Cafeteria 13 Asking Directions 1. Where Are You Off To? 2. Going to Chinatown 1. Employ basic terms for weather patterns and phenomena 2. Describe simple weather changes 3. Compare the weather of two places 4. Talk about what you may do in nice or bad weather 5. Present a simple weather forecast 1. Ask if there are seats available in a restaurant 2. Order Chinese dishes 3. Tell the waiter your dietary preferences and restrictions 4. Ask the restaurant to recommend dishes 5. Rush your order 6. Pay for your meal 7. Get the correct change after your payment 1. Ask for and give directions 2. Identify locations by using landmarks as references 3. Describe whether two places are close to or far away from one another 4. State where you are heading and the purpose of going there 14 Birthday Party 1. Let s Go to a Party! 2. Attending a Birthday Party 15 Seeing a Doctor 1. My Stomachache Is Killing Me! 2. Allergies That s How the Chinese Say It! 1. Ask a friend to go to a party with you 2. Suggest things to take to a get-together 3. Offer someone a ride and arrange a time and place to meet 4. Thank people for their gifts 5. Describe a duration of time 6. Talk about the year of your birth and your Chinese zodiac sign 7. Give a simple description of someone s facial features 1. Talk about basic symptoms of a cold 2. Describe common symptoms of allergies 3. Understand and repeat instructions on when and how often to take medications 4. Talk about why you do or don t want to see the doctor 5. Urge others to see a doctor when they are not feeling well Review functional expressions from Lessons 11 15

24 Scope and Sequence Contents xxiii Forms & Accuracy 1. Comparative Sentences with 比 (b ) (I) 2. The Particle 了 (le) (III) 3. The Modal Verb 会 (huì, will) (II) 4. Adj+( 一 ) 点儿 ({yì} di nr) 5. The Adverb 又 (yòu, again) 6. Adj/ V + 是 (shì) + Adj / V, + 可是 / 但是 (k shì/dànshì ) Culture Highlights Temperature scale in China Climate conditions in China Western place names in Chinese Internet bars in China 1. 一 也 / 都 不 / 没 (yì...y /d u...bù/méi) 2. Adverb 多 / 少 (du /sh o) + V 3. 刚 (g ng) vs 刚才 (g ngcái) 4. Resultative Complements (I) 5. 好 (h o) as a Resultative Complement 6. Reduplication of Adjectives 7. The Verb 来 (lái) Principal cuisines in China Staple foods on the Chinese menu Food culture in China Western fast food in China 1. Direction and Location Words 2. Comparative Sentences with 没 ( 有 ) (méi{y u}) 3. 那么 (nàme) Indicating Degree 4. 到 (dào) + Place + 去 (qù) + Action 5. The Dynamic Particle 过 (guo) 6. Reduplication of Verbs 7. Resultative Complements (II) 8. 一 就 (y...jiù..., as soon as...then...) 1. 呢 (ne) Indicating an Action in Progress 2. Verbal Phrases and Subject-Predicate Phrases Used as Attributives 3. Time Duration 4. Sentences with 是 的 (shì...de) 5. 还 (hái, still) 6. 又 又 (yòu...yòu..., both...and...) Greetings in Chinese Traffic lights in China Terms for spoken and written Chinese Dinner parties in China Singing karaoke in China Gift giving in China Chinese zodiac signs 1. 死 (s ) Indicating an Extreme Degree 2. Times of Actions 3. 起来 (qi lai) indicating the beginning of an action 4. 把 (b ) Construction (I) 5. The Preposition 对 (duì) 6. 越来越 (yuè lái yuè...) 7. 再说 (zàishu ) Medicine in China Outpatient visits in China Medical insurance in China 1. 在 (zài, to exist) 2. Complimentary Expressions 3. 怎么了 (Z nme le? What s the matter? What s wrong?) 4. 糟糕 (z og o, [It s] awful/what a mess)

25 xxiv Contents Scope and Sequence Lessons Topics & Themes Sections & Contexts Learning Objectives & Functions 16 Dating 1. Seeing a Movie 2. Turning Down an Invitation 1. Describe how long you ve known someone 2. Invite someone to go on a date 3. Make the necessary arrangements to go out with friends 4. Accept a date courteously 5. Decline a date politely 6. End a phone conversation without hurting the other person s feelings 17 Renting an Apartment 1. Finding a Better Place 2. Calling about an Apartment for Rent 1. Describe your current and ideal living quarters 2. Name common pieces of furniture 3. State how long you have been living at your current residence 4. Comment briefly on why a place is or isn t good for someone 5. Discuss and negotiate rent, utilities, and security deposits 18 Sports 1. My Gut Keeps Getting Bigger and Bigger! 2. Watching American Football 1. Name some popular sports 2. Talk about your exercise habits 3. Discuss your feelings about various sports 4. Make a simple comparison between how soccer and American football are played 19 Travel 1. Traveling to Beijing 2. Planning an Itinerary 20 At the Airport 1. Checking In at the Airport 2. Arriving in Beijing That s How the Chinese Say It! 1. Talk about your plans for summer vacation 2. Describe what kind of city Beijing is 3. Describe your travel itinerary 4. Ask for discounts, compare airfares and routes, and book an airplane ticket 5. Ask about seat assignments and request meal accommodations based on your dietary restrictions or preferences 1. Check in at the airport 2. Wish departing friends a safe journey and remind them to keep in touch 3. Greet guests at the airport 4. Compliment someone on his or her language ability 5. Ask about someone s health 6. Remind people to move on to the next event Review functional expressions from Lessons 16 20

26 Scope and Sequence Contents xxv Forms & Accuracy 1. Descriptive Complements (II) 2. Potential Complements 3. 就 (jiù) 4. Directional Complements (II) Culture Highlights Dating in China Valentine s Day in China Turning down a date the Chinese way Nightlife in China 1. Verb + 了 (le) + Numeral + Measure Word + Noun + 了 (le) 2. 连 都 / 也 (lián...d u/y ) 3. Potential complements with Verb + 不下 (bu xià) 4. 多 (du ) Indicating an Approximate Number 5. Question Pronouns with 都 / 也 (d u/y ) College dorms in China Renting an apartment in China Raising pets in China 1. Duration of Non-Action 2. 好 / 难 (h o/nán) + V 3. 下去 (xia qu) Indicating Continuation 4. Duration of Actions 5. The Particle 着 (zhe) 6. 被 / 叫 / 让 (bèi/jiào/ràng) in Passive-Voice Sentences 1. 不得了 (bù déli o, extremely) 2. Question Pronouns as Indefinite References (Whoever, Whatever, etc.) 3. Numbers over One Thousand 4. Comparative Sentences with 比 (b ) (II) Putting on weight in China Football in China Morning exercises in China TV channels in China Travel agencies in China Travel season in China 1. 的 (de), 得 (de), 地 (de) Compared 2. 的时候 (...de shíhou) and 以后 (...y hòu) Compared 3. 还 (hái) + Positive Adjective 4. Kinship Terms Domestic flights in China Beijing Roast Duck in Chinese food culture 1. 一言为定 (yì yán wéi dìng, it s a deal; it s decided) 2. Good, Very good, Excellent, Extraordinary 3. Greetings and Farewells

27 xxvi Abbreviations of Grammatical Terms Abbreviations of Grammatical Terms adj adv conj interj m mv n nu p pn pr prefix prep qp qpr t v vc vo adjective adverb conjunction interjection measure word modal verb noun numeral particle proper noun pronoun prefix preposition question particle question pronoun time word verb verb plus complement verb plus object

28 Cast of Characters xxvii Cast of Characters Back Row: Mr. Fei: Gao Wenzhong: Gao Xiaoyin: Wang Peng: Helen: Li You: 费先生 高文中 高小音 王朋 海伦 李友 Owen Fields, Gao Xiaoyin s high school classmate. Winston Gore, an English student. His parents work in the United States. He says he enjoys singing and dancing. He is also a big fan of Chinese cooking. He has a secret crush on Bai Ying ai. Jenny Gore, Winston s older sister. She has already graduated from college, and is now a school librarian. A Chinese freshman from Beijing. He has quickly adapted to American college life and likes to play and watch sports. Gao Wenzhong s cousin. She has a one-year-old son, Tom. Amy Lee, an American student from New York State. She and Wang Peng meet each other on the first day of classes and soon become good friends. Front Row: Bai Ying ai: 白英爱 Wang Hong: 王红 Wang Peng s parents: 王朋的父母 Chang laoshi: 常老师 Baek Yeung Ae, a friendly outgoing Korean student from Seoul. She finds Wang Peng very cool and very cute. Wang Peng s younger sister. She is preparing to attend college in America. From Beijing, in their late forties. (Chang Xiaoliang): Originally from China, in her forties. Chang Laoshi has been teaching Chinese in the United States for ten years.

29

30 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 第十一课谈天气 Dì shíy kè Tán ti nqì Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Employ basic terms for weather patterns and phenomena; Describe simple weather changes; Compare the weather of two places; Talk about what you may do in nice or bad weather; Present a simple weather forecast. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. What is the typical weather in spring, summer, autumn, and winter? 2. Where do people get information about weather? 3. What weather-related outdoor sports are popular, if any? 4. How do people feel about rain or snow?

31 2 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Tomorrow s Weather Will Be Even Better! (Gao Xiaoyin is looking out the window.) j 今天天气比雪了 k 昨天好, 不下 我约了朋友明天去公园滑冰, 不知道天气会 l 怎么样? 我刚才看了网上的天气预报, 明天天气比今天更好 不但不会下雪, 而且 u 会暖和一点儿 m 是吗? 太好了! Language Notes u In a sentence with the 不但 (búdàn), 而且 (érqi ) (not only, but also ) structure, the conjunction 而且 (érqi ) in the second clause is generally required, while the conjunction 不但 (búdàn) in the first clause is optional.

32 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 3 你约了谁去滑冰? 白英爱 你约了白英爱? 可是她今天早上坐飞机去纽约了 v 碟 (dié) means a small plate or something that resembles a small plate. It is now often used to refer to DVDs. The phrase 看碟 (kàn dié) thus means to watch a movie or TV series on DVD. 真的啊? 那我明天怎么办? v 你还是在家看碟 吧! J nti n ti nqì b ǐ j zuóti n hǎo, bú xià xu le k. Wǒ yu le péngyou míngti n qù g ngyuán huá b ng, bù zh dào ti nqì huì l z nmeyàng? Wǒ g ngcái kàn le wǎng shang de ti nqì yùbào, míngti n ti nqì bǐ j nti n gèng hǎo. Búdàn bú huì xià xu, érqi huì nuǎnhuo yì diǎnr m. Shì ma? Tài hǎo le! Nǐ yu le shéi qù huá b ng? Bái Y ng ài. Nǐ yu le Bái Y ng ài? K shì t j nti n zǎoshang zuò f ij qù Niu yu le. Zh n de a? Nà wo míngti n z nmebàn? Nǐ háishi zài ji kàn dié v ba!

33 4 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 天气 ti nqì n weather 2. 比 bı prep/v (comparison marker); to compare [See Grammar 1.] 3. 下雪 xià xu vo to snow 4. 约 yu v to make an appointment 5. 公园 g ngyuán n park 6. 滑冰 huá b ng vo to ice skate 7. 会 huì mv will [See Grammar 3.] 8. 刚才 g ngcái t just now; a moment ago 9. 网上 wa ng shang on the internet 10. 预报 yùbào v to forecast 天气预报 ti nqì yùbào

34 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 5 Vocabulary 11. 更 gèng adv even more 12. 不但, 而且 búdàn..., érqi... conj not only..., but also 暖和 nu nhuo adj warm 14. 冷 l ng adj cold 15. 办 bàn v to handle; to do 16. 碟 dié n disc; small plate, dish, saucer 纽约今天会不会下雪? Niu yu j nti n huì bú huì xià xu?

35 6 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Grammar 1. comparative Sentences with 比 (bı ) (I) Specific comparison of two entities is usually expressed with the basic pattern A + 比 (bı ) + B + Adj u v w 李友比她大姐高 Lı Y u bı t dàji g o. (Li You is taller than her oldest sister.) 今天比昨天冷 J nti n bı zuóti n l ng. (Today is colder than yesterday.) 第十课的语法比第九课的语法容易 Dì shí kè de y f b dì ji kè de y f róngyì. (Lesson Ten s grammar is easier than Lesson Nine s grammar.) There are two ways in which the basic comparative construction may be further modified: a) by adding a modifying expression after the adjective: A + 比 (bı ) + B + Adj + 一点儿 / 得多 / 多了 (yì di nr/de du /du le) x 今天比昨天冷一点 J nti n bı zuóti n l ng yì di n. (Today is a bit colder than yesterday.) (4a) * 今天比昨天一点儿冷 *J nti n bı zuóti n yì di nr l ng. y 明天会比今天冷得多 Míngti n huì bı j nti n l ng de du. (Tomorrow will be much colder than today.)

36 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 7 z 纽约比这儿冷多了 / 冷得多 Ni yu bı zhèr l ng du le/l ng de du. (New York is much colder than here.) Note that the modifying expression must be placed after the adjective, not before it. (6a) * 纽约比这儿很冷 *Ni yu bı zhèr h n l ng. Much colder is 冷多了 (l ng du le) or 冷得多 (l ng de du ), not 很冷 (h n l ng, very cold). b) by adding the adverb 更 (gèng) or the adverb 还 (hái) in front of the adjective: A + 比 (bı ) + B + 更 / 还 (gèng/hái) + Adj { 昨天冷, 今天比昨天更冷 / 今天比昨天还冷 Zuóti n l ng, j nti n bı zuóti n gèng l ng/j nti n bı zuóti n hái l ng. (Yesterday was cold. Today is even colder than yesterday.) 跟 (g n) and 和 (hé) can be used in another type of comparative sentence: A 跟 / 和 B ( 不 ) 一样 + Adj (A g n/hé B {bù} yíyàng + Adj) However, unlike a comparative sentence with 比 (bı ), a comparative sentence with 跟 (g n) or 和 (hé) only indicates whether two things or persons exhibit the same degree of an attribute, without specifying which of the two exhibits it to a greater or lesser degree. Compare (8a) with (8b) and (8c) with (8d). a: 这个教室和那个教室一样大 Zhè ge jiàoshì hé nà ge jiàoshì yíyàng dà. (This classroom and that classroom are the same size.) b: 这个教室跟那个教室不一样大 Zhè ge jiàoshì g n nà ge jiàoshì bù yíyàng dà. (This classroom and that classroom are not the same size.) c: 这个教室比那个教室大 Zhè ge jiàoshì bı nà ge jiàoshì dà. (This classroom is larger than that classroom.)

37 8 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook d: 这个教室比那个教室大得多 Zhè ge jiàoshì bı nà ge jiàoshì dà de du. (This classroom is much larger than that classroom.) 2. The Particle 了 (le) (III): 了 as a Sentence-Final Particle [See also Grammar 5 in Lesson 5 and Grammar 5 in Lesson 8.] When 了 (le) occurs at the end of a sentence, it usually indicates a change of status or the realization of a new situation. u v w x 下雪了 Xià xu le. (It s snowing now.) 妹妹累了 Mèimei lèi le. (My sister has become tired.) 我昨天没有空儿, 今天有空儿了 W zuóti n méiy u kòngr, j nti n y u kòngr le. (I didn t have time yesterday, but I do today.) 你看, 公共汽车来了 Nı kàn, g nggòng qìch lái le. (Look, the bus is here.) When used in this sense, 了 (le) can still be used at the end of a sentence even if the sentence is in the negative. y 我没有钱了, 不买了 W méiy u qián le, bù m i le. (I don t have any money [left]. I won t buy it anymore.) Remember that to negate 有 (y u, to have), one uses 没 (méi), not 不 (bù).

38 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 9 3. The Modal Verb 会 (huì, will) (II) [See also Grammar 9 in Lesson 8.] 会 (huì) indicates an anticipated event or action. u 白老师现在不在办公室, 可是他明天会在 Bái l osh xiànzài bú zài bàng ngshì, k shì t míngti n huì zài. (Teacher Bai is not in the office now, but he will be tomorrow.) v A: 你明年做什么? Nı míngnián zuò shénme? (What will you do next year?) B: 我明年会去英国学英文 W míngnián huì qù Y ngguó xué Y ngwén. (I ll go to Britain to learn English next year.) w 他说他晚上会给你发短信 T shu t w nshang huì g i nı f du nxìn. (He said he will send you a text message this evening.) The negative form of 会 (huì) is 不会 (bú huì): x y z 小王觉得不舒服, 今天不会来滑冰了 Xi o Wáng juéde bù sh fu, j nti n bú huì lái huá b ng le. (Little Wang is not feeling well. He won t come ice skating today after all.) 她这几天特别忙, 晚上不会去听音乐会 T zhè jı ti n tèbié máng, w nshang bú huì qù t ng y nyuèhuì. (She is very busy these days. She won t be going to the concert tonight.) 天气预报说这个周末不会下雪 Ti nqì yùbào shu zhè ge zh umò bú huì xià xu. (The weather forecast says that it won t snow this weekend.)

39 10 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 4. Adj+( 一 ) 点儿 ({yì} di nr) The expression ( 一 ) 点儿 ({yì} di nr) can be placed after an adjective to indicate slight qualification. 一 (y ) is optional. u 前几天我很不高兴, 昨天考试考得很好, 我高兴点儿了 Qián jı ti n w h n bù g oxìng, zuóti n k o shì k o de h n h o, w g oxìng di nr le. (I was very unhappy a few days ago. I did very well on the exam yesterday. I am a little bit happier now.) v w x y 我妹妹比我姐姐高一点儿 W meìmei bı w ji jie g o yì di nr. (My younger sister is a bit taller than my older sister.) 你得快点儿, 看电影要晚了 Nı d i kuài di nr, kàn diànyı ng yào w n le. (You d better pick up the pace a bit, or you ll be late for the movie.) 今天比昨天冷点儿 J nti n bı zuóti n l ng di nr. (Today is a bit colder than yesterday.) 老师, 请您说话说得慢一点儿 L osh, q ng nín shu huà shu de màn yì di nr. (Teacher, would you please speak a little bit more slowly?) ( 一 ) 点儿 (yì di nr) does not precede the adjective. The following sentences are therefore incorrect: (2a) * 我妹妹比我姐姐一点儿高 *W meìmei bı w ji jie yì di nr g o. (4a) * 今天比昨天一点儿冷 *J nti n bı zuóti n yì di nr l ng. (5a) * 老师, 请您说话说得一点儿慢 *L osh, q ng nín shu huà shu de yì di nr màn.

40 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 11 Language Practice A. Let s Compare a. Shopping for Shoes You are helping a friend decide between two pairs of shoes. Please compare their colors, styles, and prices. size: 8 $90 size: 8.5 $100 b. Blind Date You are out on a blind date. Your date is telling you his/her preferences, and would like to know yours. Let s see how compatible you and your date are. Example: Your date > 好吃 (h och, good to eat; delicious) 我觉得美国菜比中国菜好吃 你呢? W juéde M iguó cài bı Zh ngguó cài h och. N ne? 1. > 好喝 h oh (delicious to drink) 2. > 难 nán 3. > 慢 màn

41 12 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. Healthy Lifestyle Choices Little Zhang decided to change his old habits in order to lead a healthier lifestyle. Let s see how he does things differently these days. Example: past present 他以前不吃早饭, 现在吃早饭了 T y qián bù ch z ofàn, xiànzài ch z ofàn le

42 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 13 C. are You a Fan? If you are a fan of Wang Peng, Li You, Bai Ying ai, or Gao Wenzhong, and you know everything about them, what will you say when others ask questions about them? Let s practice using the structure 不但 而且 (búdàn érqi ). Example: Someone asks A: 王朋帅吗? 高 Wáng Péng shuài ma? g o You, as a fan, will answer B: 王朋不但很帅, Wáng Péng búdàn h n shuài, 而且很高 érqi h n g o. Someone asks A: 王朋喜欢看球吗? Wáng Péng xı huan kàn qiú ma? You, as a fan, will answer B: 王朋不但喜欢看球, Wáng Péng búdàn xı huan kàn qiú, 而且喜欢打球 érqi xı huan d qiú. 1. A: 高文中高吗? 帅 G o Wénzh ng g o ma? shuài B:

43 14 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook A: 高文中喜欢 G o Wénzh ng xı huan 唱歌吗? chàng g ma? B: 2. A: 白英爱写字写得快吗? Bái Y ng ài xi zì xi de kuài ma? 漂亮 piàoliang B: A: 白英爱会说英文吗? Bái Y ng ài huì shu Y ngwén ma? 中文 Zh ngwén B: 3. A: 李友的衣服好看吗? Lı Y u de y fu h okàn ma? 便宜 piányi B: A: 李友常常复习生词 Lı Y u chángcháng fùxí sh ngcí 语法吗? y f ma? 预习 yùxí B:

44 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 15 D. giving a Weather Report Look at the illustrations and give simple descriptions of the weather possibilities for each city tomorrow. 北京 B ij ng 天气预报说北京 Ti nqì yùbào shu B ij ng 明天会下雪 míngti n huì xià xu. 北京 B ij ng 纽约 Ni yu 纽约 Ni yu

45 16 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook E. dating Dilemma You can t make up your mind: Who should I go out with, A or B? A has numerous good qualities. Your friend points out that B at least equals A, if not in fact surpasses A. Or your friend reminds you that B trumps A in some other way. Example: You: 我觉得 A 很帅 / 漂亮 Friend: 可是 B 跟 A 一样帅 / 漂亮 不, 不, 不, B 比 A 帅 / 漂亮多了 W juéde A h n shuài/ piàoliang. K shì B g n A yíyàng shuài/piàoliang. Bù, bù, bù, B bı A shuài/piàoliang du le. Possible attributes to consider: 1. 高 1. g o 2. 钱多 2. qián du 3. 学习好 3. xuéxí h o 4. 打球打得好 4. d qiú d de h o all considered: 比好 bı h o. F. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 昨天的天气好不好? 1. Zuóti n de ti nqì h o bù h o? 2. 昨天下雪了吗? 2. Zuóti n xià xu le ma?

46 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 今天的天气好吗? 3. J nti n de ti nqì h o ma? 明天呢? Míngti n ne? 4. 高文中约了谁去 4. G o Wénzh ng yu le shéi qù 公园滑冰? g ngyuán huá b ng? 5. 白英爱能跟高文中 5. Bái Y ng ài néng g n G o 去滑冰吗? 为什么? Wénzh ng qù huá b ng ma? Wèishénme? 6. 高小音让高文中 6. G o Xi oy n ràng G o 明天做什么? Wénzh ng míngti n zuò shénme? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 现在是冬天, 昨天下雪了, 今天的天气比昨天好, 不下雪了 天气预报说明天的天气更好, 不但不会下雪, 而且会暖和一点儿 高文中很高兴, 因为他约了白英爱去公园滑冰 可是高小音告诉他, 白英爱今天早上坐飞机去纽约了 高文中不知道 他问高小音他明天怎么办? 高小音让他在家看碟 Xiànzài shì d ngti n, zuóti n xià xu le, j nti n de ti nqì bı zuóti n h o, bú xià xu le. Ti nqì yùbào shu míngti n de ti nqì gèng h o, búdàn bú huì xià xu, érqi huì nu nhuo yì di nr. G o Wénzh ng h n g oxìng, y nwèi t yu le Bái Y ng ài qù g ngyuán huá b ng. K shì G o Xi oy n gàosù t, Bái Y ng ài j nti n z oshang zuò f ij qù Ni yu le. G o Wénzh ng bù zh dào. T wèn G o Xi oy n t míngti n z nmebàn? G o Xi oy n ràng t zài ji kàn dié.

47 18 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue II: The Weather Here Is Awful! ( 高文中在网上找白英爱聊天儿 ) 英爱, 纽约那么好玩儿, 你怎么在网上, 没出去? 这儿的天气非常糟糕 Language Notes u 怎么了?(Z nme le?) is a question that may be asked upon encountering an unusual situation. 怎么了? u n 昨天下大雨, 今天又下雨了 这个周末这儿天气很好, 你快一点儿回来吧 这个周末纽约也会暖和一点儿 我下个星期有一个面试, 还不能回去

48 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 19 我在加州找了一个工作, 你也去吧 加州冬天不冷, 夏天不热, 春天和秋天更舒服 加州好是好 o, 可是我更喜欢纽约 (G o Wénzh ng zài w ng shang zh o Bái Y ng ài liáo ti nr.) Y ng ài, Ni yu nàme h owánr, nı z nme zài w ng shang, méi ch qu? Zhèr de ti nqì f icháng z og o. Z nme le? Zuóti n xià dà y, j nti n yòu n xià y le. Zhè ge zh umò zhèr ti nqì h n h o, nı kuài yì di nr huí lai ba. Zhè ge zh umò Ni yu y huì nu nhuo yì di nr. W xià ge x ngq y u yí ge miànshì, hái bù néng huí qu. W zài Ji zh u zh o le yí ge g ngzuò, nı y qù ba. Ji zh u d ngti n bù l ng, xiàti n bú rè, ch nti n hé qi ti n gèng sh fu. Ji zh u h o shì h o o, k shì w gèng xı huan Ni yu. Vocabulary 1. 那么 nàme pr (indicating degree) so, such 2. 好玩儿 h owánr adj fun, amusing, interesting 3. 出去 ch qu vc to go out 4. 非常 f icháng adv very, extremely, exceedingly 5. 糟糕 z og o adj in a terrible mess; how terrible 6. 下雨 xià y vo to rain 7. 又 yòu adv again [See Grammar 5.]

49 20 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 8. 面试 miànshì v/n to interview; interview 9. 回去 huí qu vc to go back; to return 10. 冬天 d ngti n n winter 11. 夏天 xiàti n n summer 12. 热 rè adj hot 13. 春天 ch nti n n spring 14. 秋天 qi ti n n autumn; fall 15. 舒服 sh fu adj comfortable Proper Nouns 16. 加州 Ji zh u California 这是哪个城市的天气预报? Zhè shì n ge chéngshì de ti nqì yùbào?

50 Grammar Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather The Adverb 又 (yòu, again) 又 (yòu, again) indicates recurrence of an action. u v 昨天早上下雪, 今天早上又下雪了 Zuóti n z oshang xià xu, j nti n z oshang yòu xià xu le. (It snowed yesterday morning. It snowed again this morning.) 妈妈上个星期给我打电话, 这个星期又给我打电话了 M ma shàng ge x ngq g i w d diànhuà, zhè ge x ngq yòu g i w d diànhuà le. (My mom called me last weekend. She called me again this weekend.) w 他昨天复习了第八课的语法, 今天又复习了 T zuóti n fùxí le dì b kè de y f, j nti n yòu fùxí le. (He reviewed the grammar in Lesson Eight yesterday, and he reviewed it again today.) Both 又 (yòu, again) and 再 (zài, again) indicate repetition of an action, but in a sentence with 又 (yòu, again), usually both the original action and the repetition occurred in the past, whereas 再 (zài, again) indicates an anticipated repetition of an action in general. x y 我上个周末去跳舞了, 昨天我又去跳舞了 W shàng ge zh umò qù tiào w le, zuóti n w yòu qù tiào w le. (I went dancing last weekend. Yesterday I went dancing again.) 我昨天去跳舞了, 我想明天晚上再去跳舞 W zuóti n qù tiào w le, w xi ng míngti n w nshang zài qù tiào w. (I went dancing yesterday. I m thinking of going dancing again tomorrow night.)

51 22 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 6. Adj/ V + 是 (shì) + Adj / V, + 可是 / 但是 (k shì/dànshì ) Sentences in this pattern usually imply that the speaker accepts the validity of a certain point of view but wishes to offer an alternative perspective or emphasize a different aspect of the matter. u A: 滑冰难不难? Huá b ng nán bu nán? (Is ice skating difficult?) B: 滑冰难是难, 可是很有意思 Huá b ng nán shì nán, k shì h n y u yìsi. (It is difficult, but it is very interesting.) v A: 在高速公路上开车, 你紧张吗? Zài g osù g nglù shang k i ch, nı jı nzh ng ma? (Do you get nervous driving on the highway?) B: 紧张是紧张, 可是也很好玩儿 Jı nzh ng shì jı nzh ng, k shì y h n h owánr. (I do get nervous, but I find it a lot of fun, too.) w A: 明天学校开会, 你去不去? Míngti n xuéxiào k i huì, nı qù bu qù? (There is a meeting at school tomorrow. Will you go?) B: 我去是去, 可是会晚一点儿 W qù shì qù, k shì huì w n yì di nr. (I ll go, but I will be a little bit late.)

52 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 23 x A: 你喜欢这张照片吗? Nı xı huan zhè zh ng zhàopiàn ma? (Do you like this picture?) B: 喜欢是喜欢, 可是这张照片太小了 Xı huan shì xı huan, k shì zhè zh ng zhàopiàn tài xi o le.) (I like it, but this picture is too small.) This pattern can be used only when the adjective or verb in it has already been mentioned, e.g., 难 (nán) in (1), 紧张 (jı nzh ng) in (2), 去 (qù) in (3), and 喜欢 (xı huan) in (4). In this regard, it is different from the pattern 虽然 可是 / 但是 (su rán k shì/dànshì ). Language Practice G. Plan B When you plan something and the weather does not cooperate, then what do you do? Ask and answer the following questions with your partner, and see if you can settle on an alternative. Example: A: 我想出去玩儿, W xi ng ch qu wánr, 可是下雨了 k shì xià y le. B: 别出去了! 还是 Bié ch qu le! Háishi 在家看电视吧 zài ji kàn diànshì ba. 1. A: 我想去买点儿东西, W xi ng qù m i di nr d ngxi, 可是雪下得很大 k shì xu xià de h n dà. B: 2. A: 我想出去看朋友, W xi ng ch qu kàn péngyou, 可是天气很糟糕 k shì ti nqì h n z og o. B:

53 24 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 3. A: 我想去公园打球, W xi ng qù g ngyuán d qiú, 但是太热 dànshì tài rè. B: H. Little Zhang s Routine The following chart shows what Little Zhang did last week. Let s recap by using 又 (yòu). Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Example: 小张星期一看碟, 星期五又看碟 Xi o Zh ng x ngq y kàn dié, x ngq w yòu kàn dié

54 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 25 I. Two Sides to Every Coin Things are rarely simple. Take turns reminding each other to consider another factor. Example: 加州漂亮 Ji zh u piàoliang A: 加州很漂亮 A: Ji zh u h n piàoliang. B: 加州漂亮是漂亮, B: Ji zh u piàoliang shì piàoliang, 可是东西太贵了 k shì d ngxi tài guì le. How about the following 1. 纽约 有意思 Ni yu y u yìsi 2. 坐地铁 便宜 zuò dìti piányi 3. 坐公共汽车 慢 zuò g nggòng qìch màn 4. 北京的冬天 下雪 B ij ng de d ngti n xià xu J. beijing Weather The following is a three-day weather forecast for Beijing. Give a report on which days the weather will be colder/warmer and how the weather will change, and compare it with the weather in your town. next Monday next Tuesday next Wednesday 28ºF 37ºF 40ºF

55 26 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook K. recap and Narrate Work with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 高文中说纽约 1. G o Wénzh ng shu Ni yu 好玩儿吗? h owánr ma? 2. 白英爱在纽约为什么 2. Bái Y ng ài zài Ni yu wèishénme 在房间里上网, zài fángji n li shàng w ng, 没出去? méi ch qu? 3. 高文中为什么让 3. G o Wénzh ng wèishénme ràng 白英爱周末快 Bái Y ng ài zh umò kuài 一点儿回学校? yì di nr huí xuéxiào? 4. 白英爱这个周末 4. Bái Y ng ài zhè ge zh umò 能回学校吗? néng huí xuéxiào ma? 5. 高文中在哪儿找了 5. G o Wénzh ng zài n r zh o le 一个工作? yí ge g ngzuò? 6. 高文中说那儿的天气 6. G o Wénzh ng shu nàr de ti nqì 怎么样? z nmeyàng? 7. 白英爱觉得那儿 7. Bái Y ng ài juéde nàr 怎么样? z nmeyàng?

56 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 27 Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 纽约很好玩儿, 可是那儿现在的天气非常糟糕, 昨天下大雨, 今天又下大雨了 高文中说学校这儿周末的天气很好, 让白英爱快一点儿回来 可是白英爱说纽约周末的天气也会好一点儿, 而且她下个星期有一个面试, 还不能回去 高文中在加州找了一个工作, 他告诉英爱加州的天气很好, 冬天不冷, 夏天不热, 春天和秋天更舒服, 希望白英爱也去加州 英爱说, 加州好是好, 可是她更喜欢纽约 Ni yu h n h owánr, k shì nàr xiànzài de ti nqì f icháng z og o, zuóti n xià dà y, j nti n yòu xià dà y le. G o Wénzh ng shu xuéxiào zhèr zh umò de ti nqì h n h o, ràng Bái Y ng ài kuài yì di nr huí lai. K shì Bái Y ng ài shu Ni yu zh umò de ti nqì y huì h o yì di nr, érqi t xià gè x ngq y u yí ge miànshì, hái bù néng huí qu. G o Wénzh ng zài Ji zh u zh o le yí ge g ngzuò, t gàosù Y ng ài Ji zh u de ti nqì h n h o, d ngti n bù l ng, xiàti n bú rè, ch nti n hé qi ti n gèng sh fu, x wàng Bái Y ng ài y qù Ji zh u. Y ng ài shu, Ji zh u h o shì h o, k shì t gèng xı huan Ni yu. how about you? How s the weather where you are? 1. 潮湿 cháosh adj wet; humid 2. 闷热 m nrè adj hot and stifling 3. 凉快 liángkuai adj pleasantly cool 4. 晴天 qíngti n n sunny day 5. 阴天 y nti n n overcast day 6. 风 f ng n wind If there are other terms that you wish to use to describe the weather, please ask your teacher and make a note here:

57 28 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Culture Highlights u For measuring temperature, China uses the Celsius rather than the Fahrenheit system. For measuring length and weight, China uses the metric system, even though some people still use the old system. The basic unit of length in the old Chinese system is 里 (lı ), which equals half a kilometer, or mile. The basic unit of weight in the old Chinese system is 斤 (j n), which equals half a kilogram, or pounds. v In China, the climatic conditions differ drastically from one part of the country to another. Generally speaking, just as in America, the north is cold and snowy in winter; the south, hot and wet in summer. Three cities, 重庆 (Chóngqìng), 武汉 (W hàn), and 南京 (Nánj ng), are nicknamed furnaces for their notoriously hot temperatures in summer. Some other cities, such as 昆明 (K nmíng), are known for their year-round balmy weather. In the lower 长江 (Chángji ng, the longest river in China, also known as the Yangtze) valley, there is a 黄梅 (huángméi, literally, yellow plum) season in May and June characterized by copious rain and high humidity. But the major rainy season for most of southern China is in July and August, when almost all the rivers swell to flood levels. In winter, the island of 海南 (H inán) provides warmth and appealing resorts for tourists from the north, while many southerners brave the cold and pour into the northern city of 哈尔滨 (H rb n) for its annual exhibition of ice sculptures. w Some Chinese names for Western places were invented by early Chinese immigrants, e.g., 旧金山 (Jiùj nsh n, literally, Old Gold Mountain) for San Francisco. But the vast majority of names for Western places are transliterations. Massachusetts, for instance, is transliterated as 麻萨诸塞 (Másàzh sài), which is in turn abbreviated to 麻州 (Mázh u), with the character 州 (zh u) meaning state. Similarly, California is transliterated as 加利福尼亚 (Ji lìfúníyà), which is often shortened to 加州 (Ji zh u).

58 Lesson 11 Talking about the Weather 29 x China now boasts more internet users than any other country. Many Chinese urbanites have residential internet access, but many youngsters prefer to use the internet at a type of commercial facility called 网吧 (w ngb, internet bar). As 网吧 (w ngb ) provide not only internet access but also snacks and beverages, they are favorite social venues for these young internet users. One can easily locate a 网吧 (w ngb ) in a commercial area in any Chinese city. In Taiwan, 网吧 (w ngb ) is commonly known as 网咖 (w ngk ).

59 30 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook English Text Dialogue I Gao Xiaoyin: Today s weather is better than yesterday s. It s not snowing anymore. Gao Wenzhong: I asked a friend to go ice skating in the park tomorrow. I wonder what the weather is going to be like. Gao Xiaoyin: I looked up the forecast on the internet. Tomorrow s weather will be even better than today. Not only will it not snow, it ll be a bit warmer, too. Gao Wenzhong: Really? Fantastic! Gao Xiaoyin: Whom did you ask to go ice skating? Gao Wenzhong: Bai Ying ai. Gao Xiaoyin: You asked Bai Ying ai? But she flew to New York this morning. Gao Wenzhong: Really? Then what do I do tomorrow? Gao Xiaoyin: Why don t you watch a DVD at home? Dialogue II (Gao Wenzhong is chatting with Bai Ying ai online.) Gao Wenzhong: Ying ai, New York is so much fun. How come you re online and not out and about? Bai Ying ai: The weather here is awful. Gao Wenzhong: How come? Bai Ying ai: Yesterday it poured. It rained again today. Gao Wenzhong: The weather here is great this weekend. You d better come back as soon as you can. Bai Ying ai: It s going to be warmer in New York this weekend. Next week I have an interview. I can t come back just yet. Gao Wenzhong: I found a job in California. Go with me. It s not cold in the winter in California, or hot in the summer. Spring and fall are even more comfortable. Bai Ying ai: California is great, but I like New York more. progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 12, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Provide a simple description of the weather; Describe the climate in the place where I live; Describe basic weather changes; Compare the weather in two places; Talk about what I may do if the weather is not nice and I cannot go out.

60 Lesson 12 Dining 第十二课吃饭 Dì shí èr kè Ch fàn Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Ask if there are seats available in a restaurant; Order Chinese dishes; Tell the waiter your dietary preferences and restrictions; Ask the restaurant to recommend dishes; Rush your order; Pay for your meal; Get the correct change after your payment. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. Do people order and eat their own dishes when dining out, or do they share their dishes with others? 2. Do people order hot or cold beverages to go with their meals? 3. Do people have their soup before or after their main dish? 4. How is being a vegetarian different from being a vegan? 5. How do most people pay for their meal: in cash, with a credit card, or by check? 6. Do people typically get a receipt after paying for a meal?

61 32 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Dining Out ( 在饭馆儿 ), u 人怎 多? 好像一 位子都 j 有了 服 v, 有 有位子? 有, 有, 有 那 桌子 有人 * * * 位想吃 儿什? 王朋, 你 吧 Language Notes u In Beijing, (zhème) is commonly pronounced as zème. v In a restaurant, one may address a staff member, either male or female, as 服 (fúwùyuán, waiter). In Beijing, however, some customers would address a young waiter as 小伙子 (xi ohu zi, young man) and a young waitress as 小妹 (xi omèi, lit., little sister), while some older or middle-aged people would call a young waitress 姑娘 (g niang, girl; miss). In Taiwan, it is proper to address a waiter as 先生 (xi nsheng) and a waitress as 小姐 (xi oji ).

62 好 先 我 子, 要素的 除了 子以外, 要什? 李友, 你 呢? 要一 家常豆腐, 不要放肉, 我吃素 我 的家常豆腐 有肉 要 碗酸辣 w, 放味精, k 少放 儿 有小白? 不, 小白 l 完 m 那就不要青 了 x 那喝 儿 什 呢? 我要一杯冰 李友, 你喝什? 我很渴, 我一杯可, 多放 儿冰 好, 子, 一 家常豆腐, 碗酸辣, 一杯冰, 一杯可, 多放冰 要 的? 不要 的了, 些 y 了 服, 我 都 了, 上 快一 儿, 很快就能做好 n Lesson 12 Dining 33 w Nouns for containers or vessels such as 碗 (w n, bowl), 杯 (b i, cup/glass), and (pán, plate/ dish) can serve as measure words, e.g., 一碗 (yì w n fàn, a bowl of rice), 一杯水 (yì b i shu, a glass of water), and 一 子 (yì pán ji ozi, a plate of dumplings). x 儿 (di nr) here is the abbreviated form of 一 儿 (yì di nr). When used to modify nouns, ( 一 ) 儿 ({yì} di nr) can soften the tone and therefore make the sentence more polite. y As an adjective, (gòu) functions only as a predicate, and never as an attributive before nouns. Thus one says 我的 不 (w de qián bú gòu, my money is not enough), but never * 我 有 (*w méi y u gòu qián).

63 34 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook (Zài fàngu nr) Q ng jìn, q ng jìn. Rén z nme zhème u du? H oxiàng yí ge wèizi d u j méiy u le. Fúwùyuán v, q ng wèn, hái y u méiy u wèizi? Y u, y u, y u. Nà zh ng zhu zi méiy u rén. * * * Li ng wèi xi ng ch di nr shénme? Wáng Péng, n di n cài ba. H o. Xi n g i w men li ng pán ji ozi, yào sù de. Chúle ji ozi y wài, hái yào shénme? L Y u, n shu ne? Hái yào yì pán ji cháng dòufu, bú yào fàng ròu, w ch sù. W men de ji cháng dòufu méiy u ròu. Hái yào li ng w n su nlàt ng w, q ng bié fàng wèij ng, sh o k fàng di nr yán. Y u xi o báicài ma? Duìbuq, xi o báicài g ng l mài wán m. Nà jiù bú yào q ngcài le. Nà h di nr x shénme ne? W yào yì b i b ngchá. L Y u, n h shénme? W h n k, q ng g i w yì b i k lè, du fàng di nr b ng. H o, li ng pán ji ozi, yì pán ji cháng dòufu, li ng w n su nlàt ng, yì b i b ngchá, yì b i k lè, du fàng b ng. Hái yào bié de ma? Bú yào bié de le, zhè xi gòu y le. Fúwùyuán, w men d u è le, q ng shàng cài kuài yì di nr. Méi wèntí, cài h n kuài jiù néng zuò h o n.

64 Lesson 12 Dining 35 Vocabulary 1. ( 儿 ) fàngu n(r) n restaurant 2. 好像 h oxiàng v to seem; to be like 3. 位子 wèizi n seat 4. 服 fúwùyuán n waiter; attendant 服 fúwù v to serve; to provide service 5. 桌子 zhu zi n table 6. di n cài vo to order food 7. pán n plate; dish 8. 子 ji ozi n dumplings (with vegetable and/or meat filling) 9. 素 sù adj vegetarian; made from vegetables 10. 家常 ji cháng n home-style 11. 豆腐 dòufu n tofu; bean curd 12. 放 fàng v to put; to place 13. 肉 ròu n meat 14. 碗 w n n bowl 15. 酸辣 su nlàt ng n hot and sour soup 酸 su n adj sour 辣 là adj spicy; hot t ng n soup 16. 味精 wèij ng n monosodium glutamate (MSG) 17. yán n salt 18. 白 báicài n bok choy

65 36 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 19. g ng adv just [See Grammar 3.] 20. 完 mài wán vc to be sold out [See Grammar 4.] 完 wán c finished 21. 青 q ngcài n green/leafy vegetable 22. 冰 b ngchá n iced tea 冰 b ng n ice 23. 渴 k adj thirsty 24. 些 xi m (measure word for an indefinite amount); some 25. gòu adj enough 26. è adj hungry 27. 上 shàng cài vo to serve food 多青! Zhème du q ngcài!

66 Lesson 12 Dining 37 青 q ngcài 牛肉 niúròu (beef, see Dialogue II) 子 ji ozi 豆腐 dòufu Grammar 1. 一 也 / 都 不 / (yì...y /d u...bù/méi) These structures are used to form an emphatic negation meaning not at all or not even one. A. Subject + 一 (y ) + Measure Word + Object + 也 / 都 (y /d u) + 不 / (bù/méi) + Verb u 小李一 朋友也 有 Xi o L yí ge péngyou y méiy u. (Little Li does not have a single friend.) v 爸爸今天一杯 都 喝 Bàba j nti n yì b i chá d u méi h. (My father didn t have a single cup of tea today.)

67 38 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. Topic (+ Subject) + 一 (y ) + Measure Word + 也 / 都 (y /d u) + 不 / (bù/méi) + Verb w 些 衫我一件也不喜 Zhè xi chènsh n w yí jiàn y bù x huan. (I don t like any of these shirts.) x 哥哥的鞋, 弟弟一 都不能穿 G ge de xié, dìdi yì shu ng d u bù néng chu n. (The younger brother cannot wear any of his older brother s shoes.) C. Subject + 一 儿 (yì di nr) + Object + 也 / 都 (y /d u) + 不 / (bù/méi) + Verb y z 他去了商店, 可是一 儿 西也 T qù le sh ngdiàn, k shì yì di nr d ngxi y méi m i. (He went to the store, but he didn t buy anything at all.) 做 一 儿味精都不放 M ma zuò cài yì di nr wèij ng d u bú fang. (Mom doesn t use any MSG in her cooking.) If the noun after 一 (y ) is countable, a proper measure word should be used between 一 (y ) and the noun, as in (1), (2), (3), and (4). If the noun is uncountable, the phrase 一 儿 (yì di nr) is usually used instead, as in (5) and (6). The following sentences are incorrect: (1a) * 小李没有一 朋友 *Xi o L méiy u yí ge péngyou. (3a) * 些 衫我不喜 一件 *Zhè xi chènsh n w bù x huan yí jiàn. (5a) * 他 西没 一 儿 *T d ngx méi m i yì di nr.

68 Lesson 12 Dining 39 The construction 一 儿 (yìdi nr) + 也 / 都 (y /d u) + 不 (bù/méi) can also be used before an adjective to express emphatic negation. 儿的冬天一 儿也不冷 Zhèr de d ngti n yì di nr y bù l ng. (Winter here is not cold at all.) 那 校一 儿也不漂亮 Nà ge xuéxiào yì di nr y bú piàoliang. (That school is not pretty at all.) 杯冰 一 儿都不好喝 Zhè b i b ngchá yì di nr d u bù h oh. (This glass of iced tea doesn t taste good at all.) 2. Adverb 多 / 少 (du /sh o) + V 多 (du ) and 少 (sh o) are two adjectives whose usage is rather unusual. To express the idea of doing something more or less, one places 多 (du ) or 少 (sh o) before the verb. u v 爸爸告 做 的 候少放, 多放 儿糖 Bàba gàosu m ma zuò cài de shíhou sh o fàng yán, du fàng di nr táng. (Dad asked Mom to add less salt and more sugar when she cooks.) 上中文 得多 中文, 少 文 Shàng Zh ngwén kè d i du shu Zh ngwén, sh o shu Y ngwén. (In Chinese class, one should speak more Chinese and less English.) This 多 / 少 (du /sh o) + verb construction can sometimes denote a deviation from the correct amount or number. w 你多找了我一 N du zh o le w yí kuài qián. (You gave me one dollar too many.)

69 40 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook x 老 要 五十 字, 我 了四十五, 少 了五 L osh shu yào xi w shí ge zì, w xi le sìshíw ge, sh o xi le w ge. (The teacher told us to write fifty characters. I wrote forty-five. I was five short.) 3. (g ng) vs. 才 (g ngcái) As an adverb, (g ng) denotes that the action or change in situation took place in the most recent past. u v 我哥哥 中, 一 朋友都 有 W g ge g ng cóng Zh ngguó lái, yí ge péngyou d u méiy u. (My older brother just came from China. He doesn t have a single friend here.) 我 洗完澡, 舒服极了 W g ng x wán z o, sh fu jí le. (I just showered, and feel so great.) 才 (g ngcái) is a noun that refers to the time shortly before the act of speaking. w A: 你知道王朋在哪儿? N zh dào Wáng Péng zài n r ma? (Do you know where Wang Peng is?) B: 他 才在 儿, 我不知道他去哪儿了 T g ngcái zài zhèr, w bù zh dao t qù n r le. (He was here a moment ago. I don t know where he went.) x 弟弟 才吃了十五 子, 喝了 碗酸辣 Dìdi g ngcái ch le shíw ge ji ozi, h le li ng w n su nlàt ng. (My younger brother finished fifteen dumplings and two bowls of hot and sour soup a moment ago.)

70 Lesson 12 Dining 41 Although (g ng) and 才 (g ngcái) are similar in meaning, they are classified as different parts of speech and are therefore used differently. a. (g ng) can be followed by an expression that indicates the duration of time. y 他 走了 天 T g ng z u le li ng ti n. (He left only two days ago.) * 他 才走了 天 *T g ng cái z u le li ng ti n. Unlike 才 (g ngcái), (g ng) cannot be followed by the negation words 不 (bù) or (méi). z A: 你 才 什? N g ngcái wèishénme méi shu? (Why didn t you say it a moment ago?) * 你 为什么没说? *N g ng wèishénme méi shu? B: 我 才不想 W g ngcái bù xi ng shu. (I didn t want to say it a moment ago.) * 我 不想说 *W g ng bù xi ng shu. b. A sentence that includes 才 (g ngcái) often ends with 了 (le), but a sentence including (g ng) cannot have 了 (le) at the end. { A: 你 才去哪儿了? 老 要你去 公室找他 N g ngcái qù n r le? L osh yào n qù bàng ngshì zh o t. (Where were you a moment ago? The teacher wanted you to go to his office.)

71 42 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B: 我 才去 了 W g ngcái qù túsh gu n le. (I went to the library.) A: 明天的考 你 始准 了? Míngti n de k o shì n k ish zh nbèi le ma? (Have you started preparing for tomorrow s test?) b: 始准 G ng k ish zh nbèi. (I just got started.) * 始准 了 *G ng k ish zh nbèi le. 4. resultative Complements (I) Following a verb, an adjective or another verb can be used to denote the result of the action, hence the term resultative complement. u v w 小白 完了 Xi o báicài mài wán le. (Baby bok choy is sold out.) 你找 了 N zh o cuò qián le. (You gave me the incorrect change.) 那 人是 你看清楚了? Nà ge rén shì shéi n kàn q ngchu le ma? (Did you see clearly who that person was?) [ 清楚 q ngchu, clear: see Dialogue II]

72 Lesson 12 Dining 43 x 太好了, 字你 了 Tài h o le, zhè ge zì n xi duì le. (Great! You wrote this character correctly.) Generally, the negative form of a resultative complement is formed by placing (méi, no, not) or 有 (méiy u, have not) before the verb. y z 小白 完 Xi o báicài hái méi mài wán. (Baby bok choy is not sold out yet.) 那 人我 看清楚 Nà ge rén w méi kàn q ngchu. (I didn t see clearly who that person was.) { 糟糕, 字你 有 Z og o, zhè ge zì n méiy u xi duì. (Shoot! You didn t write this character correctly.) Following certain verbs, the use of an adjective as the resultative complement is not random. In those cases, it is advisable to take the combination of the verb and the complement as a whole unit. 5. 好 (h o) as a Resultative Complement 好 (h o) can serve as a complement following a verb, indicating the completion of an action. It often indicates readiness to start the next action or event. u 做好了, 快 吃吧 Fàn zuò h o le, kuài lái ch ba. (The food is ready. Come and eat.) v 功 做好了, 我要睡 了 G ngkè zuò h o le, w yào shuì jiào le. (My homework is done. I want to go to bed.)

73 44 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook w 衣服我 你 好了, 明天晚 你就可以穿了 Y fu w y j ng b ng n m i h o le, míngti n w nhuì n jiù k y chu n le. (I ve already bought the dress for you. You can wear it for the party tomorrow night.) Language Practice A. Picky Shopper Your boyfriend/girlfriend is hard to please. You take him/her shopping. As it turns out, he/she doesn t like any of the items in the shopping center. Tell your friends what happened. Example: 那儿的 衫他 / 她一件都 Nàr de chènsh n t yí jiàn d u 不喜, 一件都 bù x huan, yí jiàn d u méi m i

74 Lesson 12 Dining B. How Was Your Day? Today is not Wang Peng s lucky day. He rode the wrong bus, wore the wrong clothes, and did the wrong homework. But Li You had a great day today. She understood what the teacher said, finished her homework, and saw her good friend Bai Ying ai. let s recap what happened to Wang Peng and Li You. Example: (rode the wrong bus) 王朋今天坐 了 Wáng Péng j nti n zuò cuò ch le

75 46 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook C. ready, Set, Go! Suppose you have a Chinese test tomorrow. Express your readiness by saying that you have completed all of the following actions. Example: 字 liànxí Hànzì 我 字 好了 W liànxí Hànzì liànxí h o le. or 字我 好了 or Hànzì w liànxí h o le. 1. 做功 zuò g ngkè 2. 生 法 fùxí sh ngcí y f 3. 准 考 zh nbèi k o shì If you are not ready, what will you say? Ask the classmate next to you if he/she is ready. D. course Evaluation The following is a wish list of a Chinese language teacher who hopes his students can change some of their habits. As a Chinese language student, powwow with your partner and come up with your own list of what you would like your teacher to do differently. 老 希 生 : L osh x wàng xuésheng: 多 上 du lái shàng kè 多 文 du yùxí kèwén 多听 音 du t ng lùy n 多 生 法多 字少 文少玩儿 sh o wánr du fùxí sh ngcí y f du liànxí xi Hànzì sh o shu Y ngwén

76 Lesson 12 Dining 47 生希 老 Xuésheng x wàng l osh : E. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 王朋和李友到 1. Wáng Péng hé L Y u dào 儿的 候, fàngu nr de shíhou, 那儿的人多? nàr de rén du ma? 2. 李友 王朋, 2. L Y u ràng Wáng Péng di n cài, 他 了些什? t di n le xi shénme? 3. 李友 了些什? 3. L Y u di n le xi shénme? 4. 服 他的家常豆腐有肉? 4. Fúwùyuán shu t men de ji cháng dòufu y u ròu ma? 5. 李友 酸辣 的 候, 5. L Y u di n su nlàt ng de shíhou, 跟服 了什? g n fúwùyuán shu le shénme? 6. 王朋和李友 6. Wáng Péng hé L Y u di n 青 了? q ngcài le ma? 7. 王朋和李友要喝什? 7. Wáng Péng hé L Y u yào h shénme? 8. 李友 什 要服 8. L Y u wèishénme yào fúwùyuán 上 快一 儿? shàng cài kuài yì di nr?

77 48 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋和李友去一家中 儿吃, 儿的人很多 王朋先 了 素 子, 李友 了一 家常豆腐, 她告 服 家常豆腐不要放肉, 因 她吃素 除了 子和家常豆腐以外, 他 了碗酸辣 服 他喝 儿什, 王朋要了一杯冰, 李友要了一杯可, 告 服 多放一 儿冰 因 他 都 了, 所以 服 上 快一 儿 服, 很快就能做好 Wáng Péng hé L Y u qù yì ji Zh ngguó fàngu nr ch fàn, fàngu nr de rén h n du. Wáng Péng xi n di n le li ng pán sù ji ozi, L Y u di n le yì pán ji cháng dòufu, t gàosù fúwùyuán ji cháng dòufu bú yào fàng ròu, y nwèi t ch sù. Chúle ji ozi hé ji cháng dòufu y wài, t men hái di n le li ng w n su nlàt ng. Fúwùyuán wèn t men h di nr shénme, Wáng Péng yào le yì b i b ngchá, L Y u yào le yì b i k lè, hái gàosù fúwùyuán du fàng yì di nr b ng. Y nwèi t men d u è le, su y ràng fúwùyuán shàng cài kuài yì di nr. Fúwùyuán shu méi wèntí, cài h n kuài jiù néng zuò h o. 一 子 yì pán ji ozi

78 Lesson 12 Dining 49 Dialogue II: Eating in a Cafeteria ( 今天是星期四, 生餐 有中, 傅是上海人 ) 傅 u, 今天晚 有什 好吃的? 我 今天有糖醋, 甜甜的 o 酸酸的, 好吃极了 v, 你 一 吧 好 今天有 有 牛肉? 有 你 要 了, 吃肉了 p 拌 瓜吧? 好 再 一碗米 一共多少? 糖醋, 四 五, 拌 瓜, 一 七 ; 一碗米, 五毛 一共六 七 Language Notes u 傅 (sh fu, master worker) is a common term to address a stranger, especially a blue-collar worker such as a taxi driver or a chef. v When used after an adjective or a verb, 极了 (jí le) usually indicates the superlative degree: 今天 极了 (J nti n rè jí le, it is extremely hot today.) 他高 极了 (T g oxìng jí le, he is overjoyed.)

79 50 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 傅, 糟糕, 我忘了 卡了 是十 找你三 三 傅, 你找 了, 多找了我一 不, 我 有看清楚 w w (méi gu nxi, it doesn t matter): When someone apologizes by saying 不 (duìbuq ), it is common to respond by saying (méi gu nxi, it doesn t matter.) 下 星期四再 好, 再 (J nti n shì x ngq sì, xuésh ng c nt ng y u Zh ngguó cài, sh fu shì Shàngh i rén.) Sh fu u, q ng wèn j nti n w nfàn y u shénme hàoch de? W men j nti n y u tángcùyú, tián tián de o, su n su n de, h och jí le v, n m i yí ge ba. H o. J nti n y u méiy u hóngsh o niúròu? Méiy u. N y j ng yào yú le, bié ch ròu le. Lái p ge liángbàn huánggua ba? H o. Zài lái yì w n m fàn. Yígòng du shao qián? Tángcùyú, sì kuài w, liángbàn huánggua, yí kuài q ; Yì w n m fàn, w máo qián. Yígòng liù kuài q. Sh fu, z og o, w wàng le dài fànk le. Zhè shì shí kuài qián. Zh o n s n kuài s n. Sh fu, qián n zh o cuò le, du zh o le w yí kuài qián. Duìbuq, w méiy u kàn q ngchu. Méi gu nxi. w Xià ge x ngq sì zài lái. H o, zàijiàn.

80 Lesson 12 Dining 51 L12_Cafeteria1 生在 生餐 Xuésheng zài xuésh ng c nt ng di n cài. Vocabulary 1. 傅 sh fu n master worker 2. 好吃 h och adj delicious 3. 糖醋 tángcùyú n fish in sweet and sour sauce 糖 táng n sugar 醋 cù n vinegar 4. 甜 tián adj sweet 5. 酸 su n adj sour 6. 极 jí adv extremely 7. hóngsh o v to braise in soy sauce

81 52 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 8. 牛肉 niúròu n beef 牛 niú n cow; ox 9. yú n fish 10. 拌 liángbàn v (of food) cold blended ; cold tossed 11. 瓜 huánggua n cucumber 12. 米 m fàn n cooked rice 13. 忘 wàng v to forget 14. dài v to bring; to take; 15. 卡 fànk n meal card 16. cuò adj wrong 17. 清楚 q ngchu adj clear 18. méi gu nxi to carry; to come with it doesn t matter Proper Nouns 19. 上海 Shàngh i Shanghai 上海 Shàngh i

82 Lesson 12 Dining 53 生食堂就是 生餐 Xuésh ng shítáng jiù shì xuésh ng c nt ng. Grammar 6. reduplication of Adjectives Some Chinese adjectives can be reduplicated. When monosyllabic adjectives are reduplicated, the accent usually falls on the second occurrence. When the reduplicated monosyllabic adjective takes a r suffix, like 慢慢儿 (màn m nr, slow), its second occurrence is usually pronounced in the first tone, regardless what the adjective s original tone is. Reduplication of adjectives often suggests an approving and appreciative attitude on the speaker s part. u 王朋高高的, 很 Wáng Péng g o g o de, h n shuài. (Wang Peng is tall and handsome.) v w 可 的, 很好喝 K lè liáng liáng de, h n h o h. (The cola is nicely chilled and tastes good.) 酸辣 酸酸的 辣辣的, 非常好喝 Su nlà t ng su n su n de, là là de, f icháng h o h. (The hot and sour soup is a bit sour and a bit hot; it tastes great.) Reduplication of adjectives usually does not appear in the negative form.

83 54 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 7. the Verb (lái) In colloquial expressions, the verb (lái) can serve as a substitute for certain verbs, mostly in imperative sentences: u : 先生, 你 想吃 儿什? Xi nsheng, n men xi ng ch di nr shénme? (Sir, what would you like?) : 一 糖醋, 一碗酸辣, 和一碗米 Lái yì pán tángcùyú, yì w n su nlàt ng, hé yì w n m fàn. (Give me a plate of sweet and sour fish, a bowl of hot and sour soup, and a bowl of rice, please.) v (At a party, when someone has sung a song) 再 一! Zài lái yí ge! (Encore!) The use of (lái) in this sense is rather limited. It is usually used in restaurants and stores, especially when buying small things or coaxing someone to sing a song. Language Practice F. special of the Day pretend that you are a waiter in a restaurant; you need to recommend and promote your dishes/drinks to the customers. Let s see how enthusiastic you can be. Example: 我 的青 好吃极了 W men de q ngcài h och jí le.

84 Lesson 12 Dining G. Placing Your Order Imagine that you are in a restaurant in China, and the waiter is asking you what you want to have. The easiest way to place your order in a Chinese restaurant is by using (lái). Let s practice. Example: x 2 服, 杯冰 Fúwùyuán, lái li ng b i b ngchá. 1. x3 2. x1 3. x1

85 56 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 4. x2 5. x2 H. special Requests Tell the waitperson that you have special dietary requirements and ask that the chef not use certain ingredients. Make sure to use 一 也 / 都不 (y y /d u bù ) in your request. Example: salt 我不吃, 傅 W bù ch yán, q ng sh fu 一 儿 都不要 / 放 yì di nr yán d u bú yào/bié fàng. 1. MSG 2. meat 3. vinegar 4. sugar I. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 星期几 生餐 有 1. X ngq j xuésh ng c nt ng y u 中? 傅是 Zh ngguó cài? Sh fù shì 哪儿人? n r rén? 2. 傅告 王朋今天 2. Sh fu gàosù Wáng Péng j nti n 有什 好吃的? y u shénme hàoch de? 3. 今天有 有 牛肉? 3. J nti n y u méiy u hóngsh o niúròu? 4. 傅 王朋再 4. Sh fu ràng Wáng Péng zài lái 什? ge shénme cài?

86 Lesson 12 Dining 王朋要米 了? 5. Wáng Péng yào m fàn le ma? 6. 王朋一共 了 6. Wáng Péng yígòng hu le 多少? du shao qián? 7. 王朋忘了 卡, 了 傅多少? 7. Wáng Péng wàng le dài fànk, g i le sh fu du shao qián? 8. 傅找了他多少? 8. Sh fu zh o le t du shao qián? 9. 傅找 找 了? 9. Sh fu zh o qián zh o duì le ma? 10. 傅 什 他找 找 了? 10. Sh fu shu wèishénme t zh o qián zh o cuò le? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 每 星期四 生餐 都有中, 今天是星期四, 所以王朋去 生餐 吃 餐 的 傅是上海人, 他告 王朋今天有糖醋, 甜甜的 酸酸的, 好吃极了 王朋 想吃 牛肉, 傅 今天 有 牛肉, 拌瓜吧 王朋 要了一碗米, 一共 了六 七 因 他忘了 卡, 就 了 傅十, 傅多找了他一 王朋告 傅 找 了 傅 不, 他 有看清楚 王朋 M ige x ngq sì xuésh ng c nt ng d u y u Zh ngguó cài, j nti n shì x ngq sì, su y Wáng Péng qù xuésh ng c nt ng ch fàn. C nt ng de sh fu shì Shàngh i rén, t gàosù Wáng Péng j nti n y u tángcùyú, tiántián de, su nsu n de, h och jí le. Wáng Péng hái xi ng ch hóngsh o niúròu, sh fu shu j nti n méiy u hóngsh o niúròu, lái ge liángbàn huánggua ba. Wáng Péng hái yào le yì w n m fàn, yígòng hu le liù kuài q. Y nwèi t wàng le dài fànk, jiù g i le sh fu shí kuài qián, sh fu du zh o le t yí kuài qián. Wáng Péng gàosù sh fu qián zh o cuò le. Sh fù shu duìbuq, t méiy u kàn q ngchu. Wáng Péng shu méi gu nxi.

87 58 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook how about you? What s on your grocery list? 1. j n chicken 2. 肉 zh ròu n pork 3. 羊肉 yángròu n lamb; mutton 4. xi n shrimp 5. 蛋 dàn n egg 6. 胡 húluóbo n carrot 7. 洋 yángc ng n onion What other grocery items would you like to know? Please ask your teacher and make a note here: What s your favorite Chinese dish? 1. 宮保 丁 g ngb o j d ng n Kung Pao chicken 2. 婆豆腐 mápó dòufu n Mapo tofu 3. 蛋花 dànhu t ng n egg drop soup 4. 炒面 ch omiàn n stir-fried noodles What other Chinese dishes do you like? If you don t know their names in Chinese, please ask your teacher and make a note here:

88 Lesson 12 Dining 59 Culture Highlights u The word 中 (Zh ngguó cài) covers all varieties of Chinese food in different styles. There are different ways of delineating Chinese cooking styles. Among the principal regional cuisines in China are the Shandong school, which originated in the northern province of Shandong; the Shanghainese school, favored by people in the lower Yangtze valley; and the Cantonese and Sichuanese schools, based respectively in the southern provinces of Guangdong and Sichuan. A Chinese restaurant usually specializes in only one cooking style, but some are more eclectic. v In a Chinese meal, rice is the 主食 (zh shí, staple, or principal food), particularly in the traditional rice-growing region of the country, the south. In the north, 主食 (zh shí) often consists of (miàn, noodles), 子 (ji ozi, dumplings), and (mántou, Chinese bread) instead. w In Chinese food culture, knives ( 刀 d o) belong in the kitchen, not at the dining table. The cook preempts the diner s need for a knife by

89 60 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook cutting up the food, especially the meat, into small pieces before cooking. As everyone knows, most Chinese people eat not with a fork but with a pair of chopsticks ( 筷子 kuàizi). x Since the 1990s, American fast food restaurants such as KFC ( 肯德基, K ndéj ), McDonald s (, Màid ngláo), and Pizza Hut ( 必胜客, Bìshèngkè) have been popping up in Chinese cities like mushrooms. Many of them have enjoyed flourishing business. The dubious reputation of American fast food as a fattener does not scare most Chinese customers away, and it is popular, especially among young people and children, to hang out with friends in an American fast food restaurant. The success of these American restaurants in China has been, at least in part, due to efforts they have made to adapt to local tastes. KFC, for instance, now offers 豆 (dòuji ng, soybean milk) and 油 (yóutiáo, deep-fried dough sticks) for breakfast. McDonald s now sells (j ju n, chicken rolls). 油 yóutiáo

90 Lesson 12 Dining 61 English Text Dialogue I (In a restaurant) Waiter: Come in! Please come in! Li You: How come there are so many people? It doesn t look like there s a table left. Wang Peng: Waiter, are there any tables left? * * * Waiter: Yes, yes. That table is not taken. Waiter: What would you like to order? Li You: Wang Peng, why don t you order? Wang Peng: All right. Give us two plates of dumplings, to start things off. Vegetarian dumplings. Waiter: What else would you like besides dumplings? Wang Peng: Li You, what do you say? Li You: Family-style tofu with no meat in it. I m a vegetarian. Waiter: Our family-style tofu has no meat in it. Li You: Also two bowls of hot and sour soup with no MSG. Not too salty. Do you have baby bok choy? Waiter: I m sorry. We ve just sold out baby bok choy. Wang Peng: Then we ll do without green vegetables. Waiter: What would you like to drink? Wang Peng: I d like a glass of iced tea. Li You, what would you like to drink? Li You: I m really thirsty. Please give me a cola, with lots of ice. Waiter: OK. Two plates of dumplings, family-style tofu, two hot and sour soups, a glass of iced tea, a cola with lots of ice. Anything else? Li You: That ll be all. That s more than enough. Waiter, we re both really hungry. Could you please bring the food as soon as possible? Waiter: No problem. The dishes will be done in no time. 辣的 拌 瓜 là de liángbàn huánggua 不辣的 拌 瓜 bú là de liángbàn huánggua

91 62 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue II (It s Thursday. The student cafeteria is serving Chinese food. The chef is from Shanghai.) Wang Peng: Chef, what s good for dinner today? Chef: We ve got sweet and sour fish. It s a little sweet and a little sour. It s delicious. Why don t you get that? Wang Peng: Great. Do you have beef braised in soy sauce today? Chef: No, we don t. You ve already got fish, so there s no need to have meat. How about a cucumber salad? Wang Peng: All right. Give me a bowl of rice. How much all together? Chef: Sweet and sour fish is $4.50, cucumber salad $1.70; one bowl of rice, 50 cents. All together $6.70. Wang Peng: Shoot, Chef. I forgot my meal card. Here s $10. Chef: $3.30 is your change. Wang Peng: Chef, you ve given the wrong change. You gave me one dollar extra. Chef: I m sorry. I didn t see it clearly. Wang Peng: That s all right. Chef: Come again next Thursday. Wang Peng: OK. Bye. progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 13, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Ask the restaurant host if there are seats available; Name some Chinese dishes and place an order; Tell the waiter my meal preferences and dietary restrictions; Ask the waiter to recommend dishes and to rush the order if I m in a hurry; Pay the bill after my meal; Get the correct change after my payment.

92 Lesson 13 第十三课问路 Dì shís n kè Wèn lù Asking Directions Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Ask for and give directions; Identify locations by using landmarks as references; Describe whether two places are close to or far away from one another; State where you are heading and the purpose of going there. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. Besides the basics such as hello, how are you, what s up, and so on, what are some other common greetings? 2. What phrases do people often use when giving directions? 3. What do people usually say to indicate that they don t have a good sense of direction?

93 64 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Where Are You Off To? 小白, 下课了? 上哪儿去 u? 您好, 常老师 我想去学校的电脑中心, 不知道怎么走, 听说就在运动场旁边 j 电脑中心没有 k 运动场那么 l 远 你知道学校图书馆在哪里 v 吗? 知道, 离王朋的宿舍不远 电脑中心离图书馆很近, 就在图书馆和学生活动中心中间 Language Notes u 上哪儿去 (shàng n r qu) is a more casual way of asking 去哪儿 (qù n r). v Here 哪里 (n li) is a question word meaning where. It is interchangeable with 哪儿 (n r). People in northern China, especially in Beijing, speak with an 儿 (ér) ending quite often. For example, some people say 明儿 (míngr) for tomorrow instead of 明天 (míngti n), and 这儿 (zhèr) for here instead of 这里 (zhèli).

94 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 65 常老师, 您去哪儿呢? 我想到学校书店去买书 m 书店在什么地方 w? w 什么地方 (shénme dìfang, lit., what place) is generally interchangeable with 哪儿 (n r) or 哪里 (n li). 就在学生活动中心里边 我们一起走吧 好 Xi o Bái, xià kè le? Shàng n r qu u? Nín h o, Cháng l osh. W xi ng qù xuéxiào de diànn o zh ngx n, bù zh dào z nme z u, t ngshu jiù zài yùndòngch ng pángbi n j. Diànn o zh ngx n méiy u k yùndòngch ng nàme l yu n. N zh dào xuéxiào túsh gu n zài n li v ma? Zh dào, lí Wáng Péng de sùshè bù yu n. Diànn o zh ngx n lí túsh gu n h n jìn, jiù zài túsh gu n hé xuésh ng huódòng zh ngx n zh ngji n. Cháng l osh, nín qù n r ne? W xi ng dào xuéxiào sh diàn qù m i sh m. Sh diàn zài shénme dìfang w? Jiù zài xuésh ng huódòng zh ngx n l bian. W men yìq z u ba. H o.

95 66 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 上 shàng v to go [colloq.] 2. 中心 zh ngx n n center 3. 听说 t ngshu v to be told; to hear of 4. 运动 yùndòng n sports 5. 场 ch ng n field 6. 旁边 pángbi n n side [See Grammar 1.] 7. 远 yu n adj far 8. 离 lí prep away from 9. 近 jìn adj near 10. 活动 huódòng n activity 11. 中间 zh ngji n n middle 12. 书店 sh diàn n bookstore 13. 地方 dìfang n place 14. 里边 l bian n inside [See Grammar 1.]

96 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 67 Grammar 1. Direction and Location Words Direction words 上 / 下 / 前 / 后 / 左 / 右 / 东 / 南 / 西 / 北 / 里 / 外 / 旁 (shàng/xià/ qián/hòu/zu /yòu/d ng/nán/x /b i/l /wài/páng) often combine with suffixes such as 边 (bi n), 面 (miàn), and 头 (tóu). As shown below, such compounds become location words. The suffixes 边 (bi n), 面 (miàn), and 头 (tóu) are all pronounced in the neutral tone, with the exception of the 边 (bi n) in 旁边 (pángbi n), which remains in the full first tone. 上边 / 面 / 头 shàngbian/mian/tou (top) 前边 / 面 / 头 (qiánbian/mian/tou) (front) 后边 / 面 / 头 hòubian/mian/tou (back) 下边 / 面 / 头 xiàbian/mian/tou (bottom) 里边 / 面 / 头 l bian/mian/tou (inside) 外边 / 面 / 头 wàibian/mian/tou (outside)

97 68 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 中间 zh ngji n (middle) 左边 / 面 zuǒbian/mian (left side) 右边 / 面 yòubian/mian (right side) 旁边 pángbi n (side) 北边 / 面 b ibian/mian (north side) 西边 / 面 x bian/mian (west side) 东边 / 面 d ngbian/mian (east side) 南边 / 面 nánbian/mian (south side)

98 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 69 The direction word 上 (shàng, on) or 里 (l, in) combines with a noun to form a location expression, e.g., 桌子上 (zhu zi shang, on the table), 衣服上 (y fu shang, on the clothes), 书上 (sh shang, in/on the book), 学校里 (xuéxiào li, in the school), 办公室里 (bàng ngshì li, in the office), 教室里 (jiàoshì li, in the classroom), 电视里 (diànshì li, on TV). The word 里 (l ) cannot be used after some proper nouns such as the name of a country or a city. Compare: 学校里有很多学生 Xuéxiào li y u h n du xuésheng. (There are many students at school.) 北京有很多学生 B ij ng y u h n du xuésheng. (There are many students in Beijing.) It is incorrect to say: * 北京里有很多学生 *B ij ng li y u h n du xuésheng. The combination of a direction word plus 边 (bi n) / 面 (miàn) / 头 (tóu) can follow a noun to indicate a location, e.g., 图书馆 ( 的 ) 旁边 (túsh gu n {de} pángbi n, near the library); 学校 ( 的 ) 里面 (xuéxiào {de} l mian, inside the school); 桌子 ( 的 ) 上头 (zhu zi {de} shàngtou, on the table); 教室 ( 的 ) 外面 (jiàoshì {de} wàimian, outside the classroom); 城市 ( 的 ) 北边 (chéngshì {de} b ibian, north of the city). In these expressions the particle 的 (de) following the noun is optional. 2. comparative Sentences with 没 ( 有 )(méi{y u}) Besides using 比 (b ), another way to make a comparison is to use 没 ( 有 ) (méi{y u}). In a comparative sentence with 没有 (méiy u), the pronoun 那么 (nàme) is sometimes added to the sentence. [See more on 那么 (nàme) below.] u 我弟弟没有我高 W dìdi méiy u w g o. (My younger brother is not as tall as I am.) [I am taller than my brother.]

99 70 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook v w x 北京没有上海热 B ij ng méiy u Sh ngh i rè. (It is not as hot in Beijing as in Shanghai.) 他姐姐没有他妹妹那么喜欢买东西 T ji jie méiy u t mèimei nàme x huan m i d ngxi. (His older sister does not like shopping as much as his younger sister does.) [His older sister might like shopping too, but not as much as his younger sister.] 我没有她那么喜欢刷卡 W méiy u t nàme x huan shu k. (I don t like to use credit cards as much as she does.) [I do use credit cards, but she likes to use them more than I do.] A 没有 (méiy u) B vs. A 不比 (bù b ) B While 没有 (méiy u) is used to say that one thing is of a lesser degree than another, 不比 (bù b ) means no more than The two things being compared may be equal, but what is specifically stated is that A is no more than B. Compare the following sentences: y A: 今天比昨天热吗? J nti n b zuóti n rè ma? (Is today hotter than yesterday?) B: 今天不比昨天热 J nti n bù b zuóti n rè. (Today is not any hotter than yesterday.) [It could be the same temperature or cooler than yesterday.] C: 今天没有昨天热 J nti n méiy u zuóti n rè. (Today is not as hot as yesterday.) [Today is cooler.]

100 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 71 z A: 这篇课文比那篇课文短吗? Zhè pi n kèwén b nà pi n kèwén du n ma? (Is this text shorter than that one?) B: 这篇课文不比那篇课文短, 两篇一样长 Zhè pi n kèwén bù b nà pi n kèwén du n, li ng pi n yíyàng cháng.) (This text is not any shorter than that one. They are the same length.) C: 是吗? 我觉得这篇课文没有那篇长 Shì ma? W juéde zhè pi n kèwén méiy u nà pi n cháng. (Really? I think this text is not as long as that one.) [This text is shorter than that one.] A Quick Summary of Comparative Sentences A 比 (b ) B 大 (dà) A>B A 不比 (bù b ) B 大 (dà) A B A 没有 (méiy u) B 大 (dà) A<B 3. 那么 (nàme) Indicating Degree 那么 (nàme) is often placed before adjectives or verbs such as 想 (xi ng), 喜欢 (x huan), 会 (huì), 能 (néng), and 希望 (x wàng), to denote a high degree. u 你那么不喜欢写日记, 就别写了吧 N nàme bù x huan xi rìjì, jiù bié xi le ba. (Since you dislike writing journals so much, why don t you quit doing it?) 没有 那么 (méiy u nàme ) means not reaching the point of. v 弟弟没有哥哥那么帅, 那么酷 Dìdi méiy u g ge nàme shuài, nàme kù. (The younger brother is not as handsome and cool as the older brother.)

101 72 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook w x y 坐地铁没有坐公共汽车那么麻烦 Zuò dìti méiy u zuò g nggòng qìch nàme máfan. (Riding the subway is not as much of a hassle as riding the bus.) 这个样子没有你说的那么合适 Zhè ge yàngzi méiy u n shu de nàme héshì. (This style is not as suitable as you said.) 这张地图没有那张地图那么新 Zhè zh ng dìtú méiy u nà zh ng dìtú nàme x n. This map is not as new as that one.) By using 那么 (nàme), the speaker affirms the certain attribute of something or somebody in question. By stating that the younger brother does not reach the same standard of handsomeness and coolness as the older brother, (2), for instance, acknowledges that the older brother is handsome and cool. 4. 到 (dào) + Place + 去 (qù) + Action In this structure, the combination of 到 (dào) + Place + 去 (qù) + Action denotes the purpose of going somewhere. u v w 我要到电脑中心去上网 W yào dào diànn o zh ngx n qù shàng w ng. (I want to go to the computer center to use the internet.) 他到朋友的宿舍去聊天儿了 T dào péngyou de sùshè qù liáo ti nr le. (He went to his friend s dorm to chat.) 我们到飞机场去送李小姐 W men dào f ij ch ng qù sòng L xi oji. (We went to the airport to see Miss Li off.)

102 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 73 Language Practice A. Xiao Peng s Room The following is Xiao Peng s room. Xiao Peng claims he cannot find his stuff and keeps asking Where are my things? Xiao Peng s mother has to tell him where things are. Pair up with a partner and role-play Xiao Peng and his mother. Example: Xiao Peng: 我的电脑呢? W de diànn o ne? Mother: 你的电脑在 N de diànn o zài 桌子上 zhu zi shang

103 74 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. compare and Contrast Based on the clues given, make comparisons using 没有 ( 那么 ) (méiy u {nàme}, not as...) Example: today yesterday 40º F 55º F 今天没有昨天 ( 那么 ) 暖和 (nàme) nu nhuo. J nti n méiy u zuóti n

104 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 75 C. geography Bee locate each city on the map and work with your partner to ask and answer whether each city is close to or far away from the place where you are. Example: 纽约 Ni yu A: 纽约离我们 Ni yu lí w men 这儿远吗? zhèr yu n ma? 1. Boston 2. Chicago 3. Houston 4. Los Angeles 5. Miami 6. San Francisco 7. Honolulu B: 纽约离我们这儿 Ni yu lí w men zhèr 很远 / 不远 / 很近 h n yu n/bù yu n/h n jìn.

105 76 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook D. Plans for the Weekend Your friend is coming to visit you at school this weekend, and you want to show him/her around. Your choices of places and activities are shown below. Work with a partner to come up with suggestions. 公园书店运动场商店图书馆宿舍活动中心老师家 g ngyuán sh diàn yùndòngch ng sh ngdiàn túsh gu n sùshè huódòng zh ngx n l osh ji 打球滑冰喝咖啡看碟上网吃饺子聊天听音乐 d qiú huá b ng h k f i kàn dié shàng w ng ch ji ozi liáo ti n t ng y nyuè Example: if you choose 公园 (g ngyuán) from the first group and 滑冰 (huá b ng) from the second group, then you will suggest 我们到公园去滑冰, 好吗? W men dào g ngyuán qù huá b ng, h o ma? or 我们去公园滑冰, 好吗? W men qù g ngyuán huá b ng, h o ma?

106 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 77 E. the Inside Scoop Your partner always knows where to find the most stylish clothing, delicious food, and fun activities. Ask where he/she goes to buy clothes, to go out to eat, etc. 1. 你喜欢到哪儿 N x huan dào n r 去跳舞? qù tiào w? 2. 你周末晚上常常 N zh umò w nshang chángcháng 到哪儿去吃饭? dào n r qù ch fàn? 3. 你喜欢到哪儿 N x huan dào n r 去看电影? qù kàn diàny ng? 4. 你常常到哪儿 N chángcháng dào n r 去买衣服? qù m i y fu? F. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 白英爱要去 1. Bái Y ng ài yào qù 什么地方? shénme dìf ng? 2. 白英爱知道学校的 2. Bái Y ng ài zh dào xué xiào de 电脑中心怎么走 diànn o zh ngx n z nme z u 吗? ma? 3. 电脑中心有 3. Diànn o zh ngx n y u 运动场远吗? yùndòngch ng yu n ma? 4. 电脑中心在哪儿? 4. Diànn o zh ngx n zài n r? 5. 常老师去哪儿? 5. Cháng l osh qù n r? 6. 常老师为什么让 6. Cháng l osh wèishénme ràng 白英爱跟她一起走? Bái Y ng ài g n t yìq z u?

107 78 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 白英爱要去学校的电脑中心, 她不知道怎么走, 但是听说电脑中心就在运动场旁边 她看见了常老师 常老师告诉她电脑中心没有运动场那么远, 离图书馆很近, 就在图书馆和学生活动中心中间 白英爱知道图书馆离王朋的宿舍不远, 所以现在知道去电脑中心怎么走了 常老师要到学校的书店去买书, 书店就在学生活动中心里边, 所以她让白英爱跟她一起走 Bái Y ng ài yào qù xuéxiào de diànn o zh ngx n, t bù zh dào z nme z u, dànshì t ngshu diànn o zh ngx n jiù zài yùndòngch ng pángbi n. T kàn jiàn le Cháng l osh. Cháng l osh gàosù t diànn o zh ngx n méiy u yùndòngch ng nàme yu n, lí túsh gu n h n jìn, jiù zài túsh gu n hé xuésh ng huódòng zh ngx n zh ngji n. Bái Y ng ài zh dao túsh gu n lí Wáng Péng de sùshè bù yu n, su y xiànzài zh dao qù diànn o zh ngx n z nme z u le. Cháng l osh yào dào xuéxiào de sh diàn qù m i sh, sh diàn jiù zài xuésh ng huódòng zh ngx n l bian, su y t ràng Bái Y ng ài g n t yìq z u.

108 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 79 Dialogue II: Going to Chinatown 我们去中国城吃中国饭吧! 我没去过 n 中国城, 不知道中国城在哪儿 没问题 u, 你开车, 我告诉你怎么走 你有地图吗? 给我看看 o 地图在宿舍里, 我忘了拿来了 没有地图, 走错了怎么办? 没有地图没关系, 中国城我去过很多次, 不用地图也能找到 p Language Notes u 没问题 (méi wèntí, no problem) vs. 没关系 (méi gu nxi, it doesn t matter): One uses 没问题 (méi wèntí) to assure someone that their request will be met or a problem will be solved, e.g. 开车送你去机场? 没问题! (K i ch sòng n qù j ch ng? Méi wèntí. Drive you to the airport? No problem!) 没关系 (méi gu nxi), on the other hand, downplays the severity or impact of an issue, and is often used in response to someone s apology for a minor mistake.

109 80 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 你从这儿一直往南开, 过三个路 v q 口, 往西一拐就到了 哎, 我不知道东南西北 w 那你一直往前开, 过三个红绿灯, 往右一拐就到了 ( 过了三个路口 ) 不对, 不对 你看, 这个路口只能往左拐, 不能往右拐 那就是下一个路口 往右拐, 再往前开 到了, 到了, 你看见了吗? 前面有很多中国字 那不是中文, 那是日文, 我们到了小东京了 是吗? 那我们不吃中国饭了, 吃日本饭吧! v 拐 (gu i), in the sense of to turn, is used mainly in northern China. In the south, 转 (zhu n) is more commonly used instead, which is also the more formal substitute for 拐 (gu i) in the north. w Chinese speakers customarily mention the four directions in a set sequence, 东南西北 (d ng nán x b i) or 东西南北 (d ng x nán b i). For southeast and northeast, one says 东南 (d ng nán) and 东北 (d ng b i), never * 南东 (nán d ng) or * 北东 (b i d ng). Similarly, for southwest and northwest, one says 西南 (x nán) and 西北 (x b i), never * 南西 (nán x ) or * 北西 (b i x ). W men qù Zh ngguóchéng ch Zh ngguó fàn ba! W méi qù guo n Zh ngguóchéng, bù zh dào Zh ngguóchéng zài n r. Méi wèntí u, n k i ch, w gàosù n z nme z u. N y u dìtú ma? G i w kàn kan. Dìtú zài sùshè li, w wàng le ná lai le. Méiy u dìtú, z u cuò le z nmebàn? Méiy u dìtú méi gu nxi, Zh ngguóchéng w qù guo h n du cì, bú yòng dìtú y néng zh o dào. N cóng zhèr yìzhí w ng nán k i, guò s n ge lùk u, w ng x yì gu i jiù dào le. i, w bù zh dào d ng nán x b i.

110 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 81 Nà n yìzhí w ng qián k i, guò s n ge hóngl d ng, w ng yòu yì gu i jiù dào le. (Guò le s n ge lùk u ) Bú duì, bú duì. N kàn, zhè ge lùk u zh néng w ng zu gu i, bù néng w ng yòu gu i. Nà jiù shì xià yí ge lùk u. W ng yòu gu i, zài w ng qián k i. Dào le, dào le, n kàn jiàn le ma? Qiánmian y u h n du Zh ngguó zì. Nà bú shì Zh ngwén, nà shì Rìwén, w men dào le Xi o D ngj ng le. Shì ma? Nà w men bù ch Zh ngguó fàn le, ch Rìb n fàn ba. Vocabulary 1. 过 guo p (particle used after a verb to indicate a past experience) [See Grammar 5.] 2. 中国城 Zh ngguóchéng n Chinatown 城 chéng n town; city 3. 地图 dìtú n map 4. 拿 ná v to take; to get 5. 次 cì m (measure word for frequency) 6. 从 cóng prep from 7. 一直 yìzhí adv straight; continuously 8. 往 w ng prep towards 9. 南 nán n south 10. 过 guò v to pass 11. 路口 lùk u n intersection

111 82 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 12. 西 x n west 13. 拐 gu i v to turn 14. 哎 i excl (exclamatory particle to express surprise or dissatisfaction) 15. 东 d ng n east 16. 北 b i n north 17. 前 qián n forward; ahead 18. 红绿灯 hóngl d ng n traffic light 灯 d ng n light 19. 右 yòu n right 20. 左 zu n left 21. 前面 qiánmian n ahead; in front of Proper Nouns 22. 日文 Rìwén Japanese (language) 23. 东京 D ngj ng Tokyo 24. 日本 Rìb n Japan

112 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 83 北海公园在故宫的哪一边? B ih i G ngyuán zài Gùg ng de n yì bi n? Grammar 5. The Dynamic Particle 过 (guo) The dynamic particle 过 (guo) is used to denote a past experience or occurrence that did not continue to the present but, typically, had an impact on the present. u 我在中国城工作过一年, 所以我知道怎么走 W zài Zh ngguóchéng g ngzuò guo yì nián, su y w zh dào z nme z u. (I worked in Chinatown for a year, so I know how to get there.) [The fact that the speaker worked in Chinatown for a year is the reason why he/she knows how to get there.]

113 84 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook v 我见过李友,( 所以知道 ) 她很高 W jiàn guo L Y u, (su y zh dào) t h n g o. (I ve met Li You before, (so I know) she is tall.) w A: 运动场远不远, 你知道吗? Yùndòngch ng yu n bù yu n, n zh dào ma? (Do you know if the sports field is far from here?) A: 运动场我去过,( 所以我知道 ) 不远, 很近 Yùndòngch ng w qù guo, (su y w zh dào) bù yu n, h n jìn. (I ve been to the sports field, (so I know) it is not far away. It s very close.) In this kind of sentence, expressions of time are often either unspecified or completely absent. If there is no time expression, the implied time for the action or event is 以前 (y qián, before; previously). Sometimes 以前 (y qián) can appear in the sentence as well. x y 我以前去过中国城, 知道怎么走 W y qián qù guo Zh ngguóchéng, zh dào z nme z u. (I ve been to Chinatown before. I know how to get there.) 以前我们见过面, 可是没说过话 Y qián w men jiàn guo miàn, k shì méi shu guo huà. (We ve met before, but we ve never spoken to each other.) An expression indicating a specific time can also occasionally appear in a sentence with 过 (guo). z A: 你见过李小姐吗? N jiàn guo L xi oji ma? (Have you ever met Miss Li?) B: 见过, 上个月还见过她 Jiàn guo, shàng ge yuè hái jiàn guo t. (Yes. I saw her as recently as last month.)

114 Lesson 13 Asking Directions Reduplication of Verbs Like adjectives [see Grammar 3 in Lesson 12], verbs can also be reduplicated. Reduplication of a verb in this lesson refers to an anticipated or requested action, and it makes the tone of the sentence milder. u 老师, 您再说说什么时候用 了, 好吗? L osh, nín zài shu shuo shénme shíhou yòng le, h o ma? (Teacher, would you say a bit more about when to use le, please?) v 妈, 您看看, 我这样写对不对? M, nín kàn kan, w zhèyàng xi duì bu duì? (Mom, take a look did I write this correctly or not?) w 我用用你的电脑可以吗? W yòng yong n de diànn o k y ma? (May I use your computer for a minute?) x 你帮我找找我的笔, 好吗? N b ng w zh o zhao w de b, h o ma? (Could you help me look for my pen for a second?) y 你考完试, 我们一起去公园走走, 聊聊天儿 N k o wán shì, w men yìq qù g ngyuán z u zou, liáo liao ti nr. (Let s take a walk in the park and have a chat after your exam.) If a sentence includes both a modal verb and an action verb, only the action verb can be reduplicated. z 她想看看我的新手机 T xi ng kàn kan w de x n sh uj. (She wants to take a look at my new cell phone.)

115 86 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 7. Resultative Complements (II) Let s review all the resultative complements that we have introduced so far, and learn some new ones that can be formed from the verbs and complements you already know. a. 完 (wán): 看完 (kàn wán) (finish reading) 吃完 (ch wán) (finish eating) 喝完 (h wán) (finish drinking) 考完 (k o wán) (finish taking a test) 买完 (m i wán) (finish buying) 卖完 (mài wán) (sell out) b. 到 (dào): 找到 (zh o dào) (find [something or someone] successfully) 看到 (kàn dào) (see [something or someone]) 听到 (t ng dào) (hear [something or someone]) 买到 (m i dào) (buy [something] successfully) c. 见 (jiàn): 看见 (kàn jiàn) (see [something or someone]) same as 看到 (kàn dào) 听见 (t ng jiàn) (hear [something or someone]) same as 听到 (t ng dào) d. 好 (h o): 做好 (zuò h o) (complete doing something, which is now ready) 买好 (m i h o) (complete buying something, which is now ready) 准备好 (zh nbèi h o) (prepare something, which is ready)

116 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 87 e. 错 (cuò): 买错 (m i cuò) (buy the wrong thing) 找错 (zh o cuò) (give the wrong change; find the wrong person or thing) 写错 (xi cuò) (write [something] incorrectly) 说错 (shu cuò) (say [something] incorrectly) 走错 (z u cuò) (go the wrong way) f. 懂 (d ng): 听懂 (t ng d ng) (comprehend what one hears) 看懂 (kàn d ng) (comprehend what one reads or sees) g. 清楚 (q ngchu): 看清楚 (kàn q ngchu) 听清楚 (t ng q ngchu) (see [something] clearly) (hear [something] clearly) h. 会 (huì): 学会 (xué huì) (acquire the skills [for doing something that one was previously unable to do]) The collocation of a verb with its resultative complement is not random; one has to memorize the whole expression of verb plus resultative complement. Some resultative complements are semantically related to the verb. For instance, in the sentence 我昨天看见她了 (W zuóti n kàn jiàn t le, I saw her yesterday), the complement is semantically related to 看 (kàn), the verb of the sentence. Some resultative complements are semantically related to the object. In the sentence 我写错了两个字 (W xi cuò le li ng ge zì, I wrote two characters incorrectly), for instance, it is the object characters 字 (zì) that are wrong 错 (cuò). Some resultative complements are related to the subject, e.g., in the sentence 我学会了 (W xué huì le, I have learned it), the complement 会 (huì) is semantically related to 我 (w ), the subject of the sentence.

117 88 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 8. 一 就 (y...jiù..., as soon as...then...) This structure connects two actions. It can be used to combine actions in two different types of situations: habitual situations or one-time situations. In a habitual situation, whenever the first action occurs, the second action immediately follows: u v w 他一上课就想睡觉 T yí shàng kè jiù xi ng shuì jiào. (He feels sleepy every time the class starts.) 小张平常只吃青菜, 一吃肉就不舒服 Xi o Zh ng píngcháng zh ch q ngcài, yì ch ròu jiù bù sh fu. (Little Zhang normally eats only vegetables. He feels sick whenever he eats meat.) 李律师一累就喝咖啡 L l sh yí lèi jiù h k f i. (Attorney Li drinks coffee whenever he feels tired.) In a one-time situation, the second action takes place as soon as the first is completed: x y 我们一进饭馆儿, 服务员就告诉我们没位子了 W men yí jìn fàngu nr, fúwùyuán jiù gàosù w men méi wèizi le. (As soon as we got into the restaurant, the waiter told us there were no seats available.) 这课的语法很容易, 我一看就懂 Zhè kè de y f h n ròngyì, w yí kàn jiù d ng. (The grammar in this lesson was very easy. I understood it the moment I read it.)

118 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 89 z 活动中心离这儿不远, 到第二个路口, 往右一拐就到了 Huódòng zh ngx n lí zhèr bù yu n, dào dì èr ge lùk u, w ng yòu yì gu i jiù dào le. (The activity center is not far from here. Turn right at the second intersection, and you ll be there.) Language Practice F. experience Inventory Ask your partner if he/she has ever tried the activities or tasted the foods shown below. Ask a follow-up question if the answer is affirmative. Ask if he/she wishes to try them if the answer is negative. Example 1: A: 你打过球吗? A: N d guo qiú ma? B: 我打过 ( 球 ) B: W d guo (qiú). A: 你觉得打球 A: N juéde d qiú 有意思吗? y u yìsi ma? B: 我觉得打球很 B: W juéde d qiú h n 有意思 / 没有意思 y u yìsi/méi y u yìsi

119 90 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Example 2: A: 你吃过家常豆腐吗? A: N ch guo ji cháng dòufu ma? B: 我吃过 ( 家常豆腐 ) B: W ch guo (ji cháng dòufu). A: 你觉得家常豆腐 A: N juéde ji cháng dòufu 好吃吗? hàoch ma? B: 我觉得家常豆腐 B: W juéde ji cháng dòufu 很好吃 / 不好吃 h n hàoch /bù hàoch

120 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 91 G. one Thing After Another Work with your partner and take turns asking each other: 1. A: 你平常一吃完早饭 N píngcháng yì ch wán z ofàn 就做什么? jiù zuò shénme? B: 2. A: 你平常一下中文 N píngcháng yí xià Zh ngwén 课就做什么? kè jiù zuò shénme? B: 3. A: 你平常一高兴就 N píngcháng yì g oxìng jiù 做什么? zuò shénme? B: 4. A: 你昨天早上一 N zuóti n z oshang yì 起床就做什么? q chuáng jiù zuò shénme? B: 5. A: 你昨天一回家就 N zuóti n yì huí ji jiù 做什么? zuò shénme? B:

121 92 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook H. Location, Location, Location locate some of the buildings using different landmarks. Example: 图书馆 túsh gu n A: 请问图书馆在哪儿? Q ng wèn, túsh gu n zài n r? B: 图书馆在运动场 Túsh gu n zài yùndòngch ng 的北边 de b ibian. or 图书馆在教室和咖啡馆的中间 Túsh gu n zài jiàoshì hé k f igu n de zh ngji n.

122 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 公园 g ngyuán 2. 餐厅 c nt ng 3. 运动场 yùndòngch ng 4. 公共汽车站 g nggòng qìch zhàn I. How Do I Get There? Using the map from the previous exercise, practice with your partner how to ask for and give directions. Example: 公园 老师办公室 A: 从公园到老师办公室怎么走? B: 你从公园出来, 上五行路, 往北走, 到了第一个路口, 往东拐, 过两个, 到了第三个路口往左一拐, 就到了 / 老师办公室就在你的右边儿 g ngyuán l osh bàng ngshì A: Cóng g ngyuán dào l osh bàng ngshì z nme z u? B: N cóng g ngyuán ch lai, shàng W xínglù, w ng b i z u, dào le dì y ge lùk u, w ng d ng gu i, guò li ng ge lùk u, dào le dì s n ge lùk u w ng zu yì gu i, jiù dào le/l osh bàng ngshì jiù zài n de yòubianr. 1. 电脑中心 1. diànn o zh ngx n 运动场 yùndòngch ng 2. 学生宿舍 2. xuésh ng sùshè 公共汽车站 g nggòng qìch zhàn 3. 书店 花店 (florist s shop) 3. sh diàn hu diàn

123 94 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook J. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 王朋和高文中 1. Wáng Péng hé G o Wénzh ng 一起去什么地方? yìq qù shénme dìfang? 2. 谁开车? 2. Shéi k i ch? 3. 王朋知道去 3. Wáng Péng zh dào qù 中国城 Zh ngguóchéng 怎么走吗? z nme z u ma? 4. 高文中说他带 4. G o Wénzh ng shu t dài 地图了吗? dìtú le ma? 5. 高文中说他知道 5. G o Wénzh ng shu t zh dào 去中国城怎么 qù Zh ngguóchéng z nme 走吗? z u ma? 6. 高文中说去 6. G o Wénzh ng shu qù 中国城怎么走? Zh ngguóchéng z nme z u? 7. 王朋知道东南 7. Wáng Péng zh dào d ng nán 西北吗? x b i ma? 8. 高文中告诉 8. G o Wénzh ng gàosù 王朋的路对吗? Wáng Péng de lù duì ma?

124 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 95 Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋和高文中一起开车去中国城吃中国饭, 王朋不知道怎么走, 问高文中带地图了没有 高文中忘了带地图, 他说他不用地图也能找到中国城 他说一直往南开, 过三个路口, 往西一拐就到了 可是王朋说他不知道东南西北 高文中又说一直往前开, 过三个红绿灯, 往右一拐就到了 可是, 他们最后开到了小东京 Wáng Péng hé G o Wénzh ng yìq k i ch qù Zh ngguóchéng ch Zh ngguó fàn, Wáng Péng bù zh dào z nme z u, wèn G o Wénzh ng dài dìtú le méiy u. G o Wénzh ng wàng le dài dìtú, t shu t bú yòng dìtú y néng zh o dào Zh ngguóchéng. T shu yìzhí w ng nán k i, guò s n ge lùk u, w ng x yì gu i jiù dào le. K shì Wáng Péng shu t bù zh dào d ng nán x b i. G o Wénzh ng yòu shu yìzhí w ng qián k i, guò s n ge hóngl d ng, w ng yòu yì gu i jiù dào le. K shì, t men zuìhòu k i dào le xi o D ngj ng.

125 96 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook how about you? Where do you walk? 1. 单行道 d nxíngdào n one-way street 2. 斑马线 b nm xiàn n zebra crossing; pedestrian crosswalk 3. 天桥 ti nqiáo n pedestrian overpass 4. 地下 ( 通 ) 道 dìxià (t ng)dào n pedestrian underpass What other traffic-related terms would you like to know how to say? Please ask your teacher and make a note here:

126 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 97 Culture Highlights u In Chinese culture, a common and cordial way to greet someone is by asking a casual question about the routine activity that the other person is engaged in at the moment. Thus, upon seeing a friend on her way to a grocery store, one could ask 买菜呀? (M i cài ya? Going grocery shopping, eh?) Running into a fellow student who is leaving a classroom, one could ask 下课了? (Xià kè le? Just had your class?) As the situation is usually very obvious, the speaker does not expect, and is not interested in, an elaborate answer. Nor are these questions considered intrusive or personal. v In many cities in China, the array of traffic lights includes an electronic display of the number of seconds before the light turns from green to red, which enables drivers and pedestrians to better manage their time in getting through the intersection. w Both 中国话 (Zh ngguó huà) and 中文 (Zh ngwén) refer to the Chinese language. However, while 中文 (Zh ngwén) covers both spoken and written Chinese, 中国话 (Zh ngguó huà) stresses spoken Chinese. 中国字 (Zh ngguó zì) is synonymous with 汉字 (Hànzì). Similarly, both 日语 (Rìy ) and 日文 (Rìwén) mean the Japanese language. While 日文 (Rìwén) covers both spoken and written Japanese, 日语 (Rìy ) stresses spoken Japanese. 日本话 (Rìb n huà) is synonymous with 日语 (Rìy ), but it is more informal.

127 98 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook English Text Dialogue I Teacher Chang: Are classes over, Little Bai? Where are you off to? Bai Ying ai: Hi, Teacher Chang. I want to go to the school computer center, but I don t know how to get there. I heard it s next to the sports field. Teacher Chang: The computer center is not as far as the sports field. You know where the school library is? Bai Ying ai: Yes, I do. It s not far from Wang Peng s dorm. Teacher Chang: The computer center is near the library. It s between the library and the student activity center. Bai Ying ai: Teacher Chang, where are you headed? Teacher Chang: I d like to get some books at the school bookstore. Bai Ying ai: Where s the bookstore? Teacher Chang: It s in the student activity center. We can walk together. Bai Ying ai: Wonderful. Dialogue II Gao Wenzhong: Let s go to Chinatown to have some Chinese food. Wang Peng: I ve never been to Chinatown. I don t know where Chinatown is. Gao Wenzhong: No problem. You drive, and I ll tell you how to get there. Wang Peng: Do you have a map? Let me take a look. Gao Wenzhong: The map is in the dorm. I forgot to bring it. Wang Peng: Without the map, what will we do if we go the wrong way? Gao Wenzhong: It doesn t matter if we don t have the map. I ve been to Chinatown many times. I can find it without a map. Go south from here. After three blocks, turn west, and we ll be there. Wang Peng: Oh, I don t have any sense of direction. Gao Wenzhong: Then drive straight ahead. After three traffic lights, turn right, and you ll be there. (After three blocks) Wang Peng: This isn t right. See, you can only turn left here. You can t turn right. Gao Wenzhong: Then it ll be the next block. Turn right. Keep going further. We re there, we re there. See, there are lots of Chinese characters in front of us. Wang Peng: That s not Chinese, that s Japanese. We re in Little Tokyo. Gao Wenzhong: Really? Then let s not have Chinese food, let s have Japanese food instead.

128 Lesson 13 Asking Directions 99 progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 14, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Ask for directions; Give directions; Locate places using landmark references; Tell someone whether a place is far away from or close to another place; Provide information about where I am going and why.

129 100 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook

130 Birthday Lesson 14 Party 第十四 生日晚 Dì shísì kè Sh ngrì w nhuì Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Ask a friend to go to a party with you; Suggest things to take to a get-together; Offer someone a ride and arrange a time and place to meet; Thank people for their gifts; Describe a duration of time; Talk about the year of your birth and your Chinese zodiac sign; Give a simple description of someone s facial features. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. How are birthdays usually celebrated? 2. What do people bring to a birthday party? 3. Are there any taboos about gift giving? 4. Are people supposed to open gifts in front of the gift giver? 5. What kinds of facial features are considered attractive?

131 102 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Let s Go to a Party! ( 李友 王朋打 ) 王朋, 你做什 呢 j? 我看 呢 今天高小音 生日 u, 晚上我 在她家 舞, 你能去? 能去 几? 七 我 先吃, 吃完 再唱歌跳舞 Language Notes u Apart from 生日 (guò sh ngrì, to celebrate one s birthday), the verb (guò, to live [a life]; to observe [a holiday]; to celebrate [a festival]) appears in many other expressions such as 年 (guò nián, to celebrate the New Year), (guò jié, to celebrate a festival), and 日子 (guò rìzi, to live one s life; to live from day to day). 有哪些人?

132 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 103 小音和她的男朋友, 小音的表姐 v, 白, 你妹妹王, 听 有小音的中 同 你要送 小音什 生日 物? 我 了一本 送 她 那我 什 西? 料或者水果都可以 v The kinship term 表姐 (bi oji ) is more narrowly defined than its translation older female cousin would suggest. One s older female cousin will be a 表姐 (bi oji ) if she is a daughter of one s father s sister or one s mother s sister or brother. But if she is one s paternal uncle s daughter, she will then be a 堂姐 (tángji ) instead of a 表姐 (bi oji ). For more Chinese kinship terms, see Grammar 4 in Lesson 20. 那我 一些 料, 再 一把 儿 小音 吃水果, 我再 一些 果 梨和西瓜吧 k 你住的地方离小音家很, 水果很重, 我 接你, 我 一 去吧 好, 我六 半在 下等你 (L Y u g i Wáng Péng d diànhuà.) Wáng Péng, n zuò shénme ne j? W kàn sh ne. J nti n G o Xi oy n guò sh ngrì u, w nshang w men zài t ji k i w huì, n néng qù ma? Néng qù. J di n? Q di n. W men xi n ch fàn, ch wán fàn zài chàng g tiào w. Y u n xi rén? Xi oy n hé t de nánpéngyou, Xi oy n de bi oji v, Bái Y ng ài, n mèimei Wáng Hóng, t ngshu hái y u Xi oy n de zh ngxué tóngxué.

133 104 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook N yào sòng g i Xi oy n shénme sh ngrì l wù? W m i le yì b n sh sòng g i t. Nà w dài shénme d ngxi? Y nliào huòzh shu gu d u k y. Nà w dài yì xi y nliào, zài m i yì b hu r. Xi oy n ài ch shu gu, w zài m i yì xi pínggu, lí hé x gua ba. N zhù de dìfang k lí Xi oy n ji h n yu n, shu gu h n zhòng, w k i ch lái ji n, w men yìq qù ba. H o, w liù di n bàn zài lóu xià d ng n. Vocabulary 1. 舞 w huì n dance party; ball 2. 表姐 bi oji n older female cousin 3. 中 zh ngxué n middle school; secondary school 4. 送 sòng v to give as a gift 5. 物 l wù n gift; present 6. 本 b n m (measure word for books) 7. 料 y nliào n beverage 8. 水果 shu gu n fruit 9. 把 b m (measure word for bunches of things, and chairs) 10. hu n flower 11. ài v to love; to like; to be fond of 12. 果 pínggu n apple

134 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 105 Vocabulary 13. 梨 lí n pear 14. 西瓜 x gua n watermelon 15. 住 zhù v to live (in a certain place) 16. 重 zhòng adj heavy; serious 17. 接 ji v to catch; to meet; to welcome 18. lóu n multi-storied building; floor (of a multi-level building) Proper Nouns 19. 王 Wáng Hóng (a personal name) 你想喝什 料? 的 是 的? N xi ng h shénme y nliào? Rè de háishi liáng de?

135 106 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Grammar 1. 呢 (ne) Indicating an Action in Progress 呢 (ne), at the end of a sentence, indicates that the action is in progress. It is like 在 (zài), which is never used at the end of a sentence, but rather before a verb. u 你 什 呢? N xi shénme ne? (What are you writing?) v 你找什 呢? N zh o shénme ne? (What are you looking for?) 呢 (ne) can be used in conjunction with 在 (zài): w 你在 什 呢? N zài xi shénme ne? (What are you writing?) x 你在找什 呢? N zài zh o shénme ne? (What are you looking for?) 在 (zài) can be preceded by 正 (zhèng). The phrase 正在 (zhèngzài) places extra emphasis on the progressive nature of an action. y 我昨天 他打 的 候, 他正在做功 呢 W zuóti n g i t d diànhuà de shíhou, t zhèngzài zuò g ngkè ne. (When I called him yesterday, he was right in the middle of doing his homework.)

136 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 107 z 別去找他, 他正在睡 呢 Bié qù zh o t, t zhèngzài shuì jiào ne. (Don t go look for him. He is sleeping.) 在 (zài) alone indicates that an action is in progress; therefore, the 呢 (ne) in (3) and (4) above can be omitted. 2. verbal Phrases and Subject-Predicate Phrases Used as Attributives In Chinese, attributives, often followed by the particle 的 (de), always appear before the elements that they modify. Verbs, verbal phrases, and subject-object phrases can all serve as attributives. u v w x y z 吃的 西 ch de d ngxi (things to eat) 穿的衣服 chu n de y fu (clothes to wear, or clothes being worn) 新 的 卡 x n m i de fànk (newly-bought meal cards) 昨天 的同 zuóti n lái de tóngxué (the classmate{s} who came yesterday) 以前 的朋友 y qián rènshi de péngyou (the friend{s} one got acquainted with in the past) 我 做的豆腐 w m ma zuò de dòufu (the tofu dish that my mother makes/made)

137 108 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook { 老 我 的功 l osh g i w men de g ngkè (the homework the teacher assigned us) 朋友送的 果 péngyou sòng de pínggu (the apples given by a friend) } 你跳舞的那 人 q ng n tiào w de nà gè rén (that person who asked you to dance) ~ 我妹妹 的那 很 的男人 w mèimei ài de nà ge h n shuài de nánren (that very handsome man that my sister loves) Language Practice A. What Are They Doing? With a partner, use the pictures to ask and answer what these people are doing. Example: A: 他 ( 在 ) 做什 呢? T (zài) zuò shénme ne? B: 他 ( 在 ) 喝 呢 T (zài) h t ng ne.

138 Lesson 14 Birthday Party B. oh, That One! Combine the two short sentences into one, using the highlighted verb or verb phrase as an attributive: Example: 他 了一件衣服 那件衣服很 他 的那件衣服很 T m i le yí jiàn y fu nà jiàn y fu h n guì T m i de nà jiàn y fu h n guì.

139 110 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 1. 他 了一 字 1. T xi le yí ge zì 那 字很漂亮 nà ge zì h n piàoliang 2. 她 了一件 衫 2. T m i le yí jiàn chènsh n 那件 衫是 的 nà jiàn chènsh n shì hóng de 3. 我哥哥 了我一枝 3. W g ge g i le w yì zh b 那枝 是黑的 nà zh b shì h i de 4. 妹妹 了一些水果 4. Mèimei dài le yì xi shu gu 那些水果很 nà xi shu gu h n guì 5. 表姐 了一些 5. Bi oji mài le yì xi hu 那些 很漂亮 nà xi hu h n piàoliang C. Who s Who? Help your new teacher match the names on the class roster with your classmates. Example 1: A: Jamal 是? Jamal shì shéi? B: Jamal 是那 穿黑色 Jamal shì nà ge chu n h isè 衫的 生 chènsh n de xuésheng. Example 2: A: Katy 是? Katy shì shéi? B: Katy 是那 正在看 Katy shì nà ge zhèngzài kàn sh 的女孩 de n hái. 1. Classmate 1 2. Classmate 2 3. Classmate 3 4. Classmate 4 5. Classmate 5

140 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 111 D. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 高小音哪天 1. G o Xi oy n n ti n guò 生日? sh ngrì? 2. 李友他 晚上要 2. L Y u t men w nshang yào 做什? zuò shénme? 3. 他 吃晚 以后 3. T men ch w nfàn y hòu hái 要做什? yào zuò shénme? 4. 哪些人去高小音家? 4. N xi rén qù G o Xi oy n ji? 5. 李友 了什 送 5. L Y u m i le shénme sòng g i 小音? Xi oy n? 6. 王朋要 什 6. Wáng Péng yào dài shénme 西? d ngxi? 7. 李友要 什? 7. L Y u yào dài shénme? 8. 王朋 什 要 8. Wáng Péng wèishénme yào 接李友? k i ch ji L Y u?

141 112 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 李友告 王朋今天是高小音的生日, 晚上在小音家 生日舞 除了小音的男朋友 表姐以外, 小音的中 同 和白 也 去 她 王朋能不能去, 王朋 他能去 他要 料和, 李友 了一本 送 小音, 要 一些 果 梨和西瓜 因 李友住的地方离高小音家很, 水果很重, 所以王朋要 接李友一 去 李友 她六 半在 下等王朋 L Y u gàosù Wáng Péng j nti n shì G o Xi oy n de sh ngrì, w nshang zài Xi oy n ji k i sh ngrì w huì. Chúle Xi oy n de nánpéngyou, bi oji y wài, Xi oy n de zh ngxué tóngxué hé Bái Y ng ài y huì qù. T wèn Wáng Péng néng bù néng qù, Wáng Péng shu t néng qù. T yào dài y nliào hé hu, L Y u m i le yì b n sh sòng g i Xi oy n, hái yào dài yì xi pínggu, lí hé x gua. Y nwèi L Y u zhù de dìfang lí G o Xi oy n ji h n yu n, shu gu h n zhòng, su y Wáng Péng yào k i ch ji L Y u yìq qù. L Y u shu t liù di n bàn zài lóu xià d ng Wáng Péng. This is a store s name. What do you think the store wants people to buy?

142 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 113 Dialogue II: Attending a Birthday Party ( 在高小音家 ) 王朋, 李友, 快 小音, 祝你生日快! 是送 你的生日 物!(She opens the gift.) 太好了! 我一 想 本 么 多 西, 你 太客气了 哥哥, 李友, 你 了 u 啊 小, 你怎? 我很好 每天都在 文 Language Notes u 你 了 (N men lái le, You re here) not only acknowledges the visitors arrival, but also serves as a casual greeting.

143 114 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 小, 你每天 文 多 l? 三 半 v 看 的 文, 你 是什 候到的 m? 到 白 跟你 一? 她 n? 我以 w 她 了 王朋, 李友,, 我 你 介 一下, 是我表姐海, 是她的儿子 姆 你好, 海 你好, 王朋 文中和小音都 x 你又 明又用功 o 哪里, 哪里 你的中文 得 好, 是在哪儿 的? 在暑期班 y 的 v (zh ngtóu) is the colloquial equivalent of 小 (xi oshí). w 以 (y wéi) is often used to signify an understanding or judgment which has proved to be erroneous. If someone has realized that she was mistaken in assuming someone else to be vegetarian, she could say to that person: 我以 你吃素 (W y wéi n ch sù. I thought you were a vegetarian). x About the formation of the adjective 明 (c ngming; clever): (c ng) literally means able to hear well, and 明 (míng) means able to see clearly, among other things. Therefore, 明 describes someone who is perceptive or bright. y The Chinese words 班 (b n) and (kè) denote two different concepts that are represented by the same word, class, in English. While (kè) refers to a course or a meeting time for the course, 班 (b n) is the term for the group of students who take a course together. Thus one says 我今天有 (W j nti n y u diànn o kè, I have a computer class today), but 我的 班有二十 人 (W de diànn o b n y u èrshí ge rén, There are twenty people in my computer class).

144 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 115, 姆 z 得 可! 你 看, 他笑了 他几 了? 一, 是去年生的, 狗 你 看, 他的 的, 眼睛大大的, 鼻子高高的, 不大也不小, 得很像海 z The character (zh ng/cháng) has two different meanings and pronunciations. As a verb, it is pronounced zh ng, meaning to grow. When used as an adjective, it is pronounced cháng, and means long. 么漂亮, 儿子 大一 定也很,,, 我 吃蛋糕吧 等等白 吧 她最 吃蛋糕 (Zài G o Xi oy n ji ) Wáng Péng, L Y u, kuài jìn lai. Xi oy n, zhù n sh ngrì kuàilè! Zhè shì sòng g i n de sh ngrì l wù. Xièxiè! (She opens the gift.) Tài h o le! W yìzhí xi ng m i zhè b n sh. Dài zhème du d ngxi, n men tài kèqi le. G ge, L Y u, n men lái le u. À. Xi o Hóng, n z nmeyàng? W h n h o. M iti n d u zài xué Y ngwén. Xi o Hóng, n m iti n liànxí Y ngwén liànxí du cháng shíji n l? S n ge bàn zh ngtóu v. Hái kàn li ng ge zh ngtóu de Y ngwén diànshì. i, n men li ng ge shì shénme shíhou dào de m? G ng dào. Bái Y ng ài méi g n n men yìq lái ma? T hái n méi lái? W y wéi w t y j ng lái le.

145 116 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Wáng Péng, L Y u, lái, w g i n men jièshào yí xià, zhè shì w bi oji H ilún, zhè shì t de érzi T ngm. N h o, H ilún. N h o, Wáng Péng. Wénzh ng hé Xi oy n d u shu n yòu c ngming x yòu yòngg ng o. N li, n li. N de Zh ngwén shu de zh n h o, shì zài n r xué de? Zài sh q b n y xué de. i, T ngm zh ng z de zh n k ài! N men kàn, t xiào le. T j suì le? G ng yí suì, shì qùnián sh ng de, sh g u. N men kàn, t de li n yuán yuán de, y njing dà dà de, bízi g o g o de, zu bú dà y bù xi o, zh ng de h n xiàng H ilún. M ma zhème piàoliang, érzi zh ng dà yídìng y h n shuài. Lái, lái, lái, w men ch dàng o ba. D ng d ng Bái Y ng ài ba. T zuì ài ch dàng o. Vocabulary 1. zh ngtóu n hour 2. 以 y wéi v to assume erroneously 3. 明 c ngming adj smart; bright; clever 4. 用功 yòngg ng adj hard-working; diligent; studious 5. 暑期 sh q n summer term 6. 班 b n n class 7. zh ng v to grow; to appear 8. 可 k ài adj cute; lovable 9. 去年 qùnián t last year 10. sh v to belong to

146 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 117 Vocabulary 11. 狗 g u n dog 12. li n n face 13. yuán adj round 14. 眼睛 y njing n eye 15. 鼻子 bízi n nose 16. zu n mouth 17. 像 xiàng v to be like; to look like; to take after 18. 大 zh ng dà vc to grow up 19. 一定 yídìng adj/adv certain(ly); definite(ly) 20. 蛋糕 dàng o n cake 21. 最 zuì adv most, (of superlative degree) -est Proper Nouns 22. 海 H ilún Helen 23. 姆 T ngm Tom (tóufa, hair) 眼睛 (y njing, eye) 鼻子 (bízi, nose) (zu, mouth) 耳朵 ( rduo, ears) 眉毛 (méimao, eyebrows) 牙 (yách, teeth)

147 118 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Grammar 3. time Duration To indicate the duration of an action, the following structure is used: Subject + Verb + (Object + Verb) + ( 了 ) + Duration of time u v 老高想在上海住一年 L o G o xi ng zài Shàngh i zhù yì nián.) (Old Gao wishes to live in Shanghai for a year.) 我每天在 店工作三 W m iti n zài sh diàn g ngzuò s n ge zh ngtóu. (I work in a bookstore for three hours every day.) w 昨天下雪下了二十分 Zuótian xià xu xià le èrshí f nzh ng. (It snowed for twenty minutes yesterday.) x 你上暑期班上了多? N shàng sh q b n shàng le du cháng shíji n? (How long were you in summer school?) Sentences in this pattern must be in the affirmative. If the verb takes an object, the verb has to be repeated, as in (3) and (4). If the verb has an object, the following alternative pattern can be used to express the same idea. Subject + Verb + ( 了 ) + Duration of time + ( 的 ) + Object y 昨天下了二十分 ( 的 ) 雪 Zuótian xià le èrshí f nzh ng (de) xu. (It snowed for twenty minutes yesterday.)

148 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 119 z 我上了四 星期 ( 的 ) 暑期班 W shàng le sì ge x ngq (de) sh q b n. (I was in summer school for four weeks.) The phrase for the length of time must not be put before the verb: (6a) * 我四 星期上了暑期班 *W sì ge x ngq shàng le sh q b n. 4. sentences with 是 的 (shì...de) To describe or inquire about the time, the place, the manner, or the initiator of an action that we know already happened, we need to use the 是 的 (shì...de) structure. The use of 是 (shì), however, is optional. u A: 你去 北京? N qù guo B ij ng ma? (Have you been to Beijing?) B: 我去 北京 W qù guo B ij ng. (Yes, I ve been to Beijing.) Person A now becomes aware of Person B s action of 去北京 (qù B ij ng, went to Beijing), and wants to find out when, how, and with whom that action was performed: a: 你是跟 一 去的? N shì g n shéi yìq qù de? (With whom did you go?) B: 我是跟我表姐一 去的 W shì g n w bi oji yìq qù de. (I went with my cousin.) a: 你 是什 候去的? N men shì shénme shíhou qù de? (When did you go?)

149 120 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B: 我 是寒假去的 W men shì hánjià qù de. (We went during the winter break.) A: 你 是怎 去的? N men shì z nme qù de? (How did you go?) B: 我 是坐 机去的 W men shì zuò f ij qù de. (We went there by airplane.) v A: 你看 碟? N kàn guo zhè zh ng dié ma? (Have you watched this DVD?) B: 看 Kàn guo. (Yes, I have.) a: 是什 候看的? Shì shénme shíhou kàn de? (When did you watch it?) [A already knows that the action 看 (kàn) was completed.] B: 上 周末看的 Shàng ge zh umò kàn de. (I watched it last weekend.) [It was last weekend that I watched it.] w A: 你 子 好看 是在哪儿 的? N zhè tiáo kùzi zh n h okàn. Shì zài n r m i de? (These pants of yours look great. Where did you get them?) [It s assumed that one generally buys pants (as opposed to making them at home, etc.), so the action (m i) is already known.]

150 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 121 x A: 你吃 了? N ch fàn le ma? (Have you eaten yet?) B: 吃了 Ch le. (Yes, I have.) [The action 吃 (ch ) is now known.] a: 在哪儿吃的? Zài n r ch de? (Where did you eat?) B: 在 生餐 吃的 Zài xuésh ng c nt ng ch de. (In the student cafeteria.) y A: 你? N xué guo diànn o ma? (Have you ever studied computers?) B: Xué guo. (Yes, I have.) a: 是跟 的? Shì g n shéi xué de? (With whom did you study?) B: 是跟王老 的 Shì g n Wáng l osh xué de. (With Teacher Wang.)

151 122 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 5. (hái, still) (hái), as an adverb, can mean still. u 上午十一 了, 他 在睡 Shàngw shíy di n le, t hái zài shuì jiào. (It s 11 a.m., and he is still sleeping.) v w 今天的功, 我 完 J nti n de g ngkè, w hái méi xi wán. (I m still not done with today s homework.) 法老 教了, 可是我 不 Zhè ge y f l osh ji o le, k shì w hái bù d ng. (The teacher has gone over this grammar point, but I still don t understand it.) 6. 又 又 (yòu...yòu..., both...and...) The two adjectives used in this structure are either both positive or both negative in meaning, e.g., 又 明又用功 (yòu c ngming yòu yòngg ng, smart and hardworking) [both adjectives are positive in meaning], 又多又 (yòu du yòu nán, too much and difficult) [both adjectives are negative in meaning].

152 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 123 Language Practice E. Where Did You Get That? You love your friend s print of an Ansel Adams photograph. You want to find out where and when he or she bought it, how much he or she spent on it, and whether he or she bought it himself or herself. You will start by saying: 照片 好看 and then you will ask Zhè zh ng zhàopiàn zh n h okàn ( 是 ) 在哪儿 的? (Shì) zài n r m i de? ( 是 ) 什 候 的? ( 是 ) 的? ( 是 ) 多少 的? (Shì) shénme shíhou m i de? (Shì) shéi m i de? (Shì) du shao qián m i de? Now you are checking out other classmates shoes, shirts, jeans, pens, cars, etc., and you want to know as much as possible about each of those things. F. older or Younger Go around the class and interview your classmates. Find out everyone s birthplace, birth year, and Chinese zodiac sign. Then report to the class how many classmates are older than you, how many are younger than you, how many were born in the same state/ province/city as you were, and which zodiac sign is most common in the class. 1. 你是在哪儿生的? 1. N shì zài n r sh ng de? 2. 你是哪一年生的? 2. N shì n yì nián sh ng de? 3. 你 什? 3. N sh shénme?

153 124 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook G. travel Interview Work with a partner to discuss where you have traveled. Take turns asking each other: 1. 你去 (a city or country)? 1. N qù guo (a city or country) ma? 2. 你 ( 是 ) 什 候去的? 2. N (shì) shénme shíhou qù de? 3. 你 ( 是 ) 跟 一 去的? 3. N (shì) g n shéi yìq qù de? 4. 你 ( 是 ) 怎 去的? 4. N (shì) z nme qù de? H. Fantasy Trip or Boot Camp? Imagine that you ve signed up to go on a whirlwind tour of China during summer break. You just got your itinerary, and the travel schedule looks very intense. The trip leaders have scheduled each day down to the minute. Answer your classmates questions on how much time you ll have for each activity. Example: 7:30am 7:45am A: 你每天洗澡能洗多 N m iti n x z o néng x du? cháng shíji n? B: 我每天洗澡只能洗 W m iti n x z o zh néng x 十五分 shíw f nzh ng. 1. 1:30pm 2:45pm 2. 5:30pm 6:00pm 3. 11:00pm 5:00am

154 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 125 I. Last Night move around the class and ask your classmates how they spent their time last night. Example: Emily A: Emily, 你昨天晚上 A: Emily, n zuóti n w nshang 做什 了? zuò shénme le? B: 我昨天晚上 B: W zuóti n w nshang 看 了 kàn diànshì le. A: 你昨天晚上看 A: N zuóti n w nshang kàn 看了多 diànshì kàn le du cháng? shíji n? B: 我昨天晚上看 B: W zuóti n w nshang kàn 看了半 diànshì kàn le bàn ge Then record your findings. Emily 昨天晚上看 zh ngtóu. Emily zuóti n w nshang kàn 看了半 diànshì kàn le bàn ge zh ngtóu. 1. Classmate 1 2. Classmate 2 3. Classmate 3 4. Classmate 4 J. is the Baby Cute or What? Work with your partner to describe the baby s features, and comment on whether the baby is cute.

155 126 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook K. Let s Plan a Party! Find out among your classmates whose birthday is coming up by asking 的生日快到了? (Shéi de sh ngrì kuài dào le?) Everyone should take a turn to ask that person what he or she likes to eat, drink, and do. Then work as a class to plan a birthday party together, and decide who will bring what to the party. L. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 王朋和李友 高 1. Wáng Péng hé L Y u g i G o 小音生日 物的 候, 高小音 什 了? G o Xi oy n shu shénme le? Xi oy n sh ngrì l wù de shíhou, 2. 王 每天 2. Wáng Hóng m iti n liànxí 文 多 Y ngwén liànxí du cháng? shíji n? 3. 白 了? 3. Bái Y ng ài lái le ma? 4. 高小音的表姐叫 4. G o Xi oy n de bi oji jiào 什 名字? 表姐的 shénme míngzi? Bi oji de 儿子叫什 名字? érzi jiào shénme míngzi? 5. 表姐是在哪儿 5. Bi oji shì zài n r xué 的中文? de Zh ngwén? 6. 表姐的儿子几 了? 6. Bi oji de érzi j suì le? 7. 表姐的儿子 得 7. Bi oji de érzi zh ng de 什? shénme yàng? 8. 高文中 什 要 8. G o Wénzh ng wèishénme yào 等白 吃蛋糕? d ng Bái Y ng ài ch dàng o?

156 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 127 Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 今天晚上高小音家 生日舞 王朋和李友是一 去的, 他 送 了小音生日 物, 高小音很高, 王朋和李友太客气了 王朋的妹妹王 在高小音家住, 每天 三 半小 的 文, 看 小 高小音的表姐叫海, 她的儿子叫 姆 海 在暑期班 中文, 她的中文 得很好 姆是去年生的, 一, 狗 他 得很可, 的, 眼睛大大的, 鼻子高高的, 不大也不小, 很像海 高小音 大家吃蛋糕, 可是高文中 要等白, 因 白 最 吃蛋糕 是? 是因 他喜 白 了? J nti n w nshang G o Xi oy n ji k i sh ngrì w huì. Wáng Péng hé L Y u shì yìq qù de, t men sòng g i le Xi oy n sh ngrì l wù, G o Xi oy n h n g oxìng, shu Wáng Péng hé L Y u tài kèqi le. Wáng Péng de mèimei Wáng Hóng zài G o Xi oy n ji zhù, m iti n liànxí s n ge bàn xi oshí de Y ngwén, hái kàn li ng ge xi oshí diànshì. G o Xi oy n de bi oji jiào H ilún, t de érzi jiào T ngm. H ilún zài sh q b n xué guo Zh ngwén, t de Zh ngwén shu de h n h o. T ngm shì qùnián sh ng de, g ng yí suì, sh g u. T zh ng de h n k ài, li n yuán yuán de, y njing dà dà de, bízi g o g o de, zu bú dà y bù xi o, h n xiàng H ilún. G o Xi oy n ràng dàji ch dàng o, k shì G o Wénzh ng shu yào d ng Bái Y ng ài, y nwèi Bái Y ng ài zuì ài ch dàng o. Zh n shì zhèyàng ma? Háishi y nwèi t x huan Bái Y ng ài le?

157 128 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook how about you? What s your favorite fruit? 1. 香 xi ngji o n 2. c oméi n 3. 橘子 júzi n 4. 桃儿 táor n 5. pútao n If your favorite fruit is not listed above, please ask your teacher and make a note here: What would you bring to a birthday party? 1. 气球 qìqiú n balloons 2. 卡片 k piàn n card 3. 汽水 ( 儿 ) qìshu (r) n soft drink; soda pop 4. 零食 língshí n snacks 5. 干 b ngg n n cookies; crackers 6. 糖 ( 果 ) táng (gu ) n candy What other things could one bring to a party? Please ask your teacher and make a note here:

158 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 129 Culture Highlights u Potluck dinner parties are not as popular in China as they are in the United States. The Chinese host or hostess will usually prepare everything for the dinner and not count on the guests for any contributions. But a visitor can still bring something as a token of his or her appreciation, like a fruit basket, a bottle of wine, or a bouquet of flowers. v Nowadays, when Chinese people sing for fun, they usually sing karaoke ( 卡拉 OK, k l uk i) style. Many people in mainland China and Taiwan regularly go to karaoke bars to have a good time or celebrate someone s birthday. They can order food and beverages and reserve private rooms for their parties. Some people even have karaoke equipment at home. w The Chinese usually express their appreciation of a gift profusely, typically by saying 你太客气了! (N tài kèqi le, You re really too kind!). However, most Chinese people would refrain from opening the present immediately in front of the gift giver lest they appear too greedy. Flowers make good gifts, but for happy occasions one should avoid bouquets of white flowers, which are typically for funerals. Another taboo is giving a clock to an elderly person as a present, because the phrase 送 (sòng zh ng, to give a clock as a present) is ominously homophonous with 送 (sòng zh ng), which means to attend someone s burial. x There are twelve animal signs in the Chinese zodiac, each representing one year in a twelve-year cycle. According to a popular but unscientific theory, one s personality and temperament have much to do with the animal that represents the year of one s birth. It might be surprising that the twelve-year cycle should start with the year of the rat, the smallest and perhaps the least likable of the twelve animals. At the beginning, as the story goes, there was a bitter quarrel among the animals as to who should represent the first year of the cycle. Finally, they decided to settle the dispute with a race. The robust ox was in the lead all the way, but he did not notice that the tiny rat was taking a ride on his back. As the ox was approaching the end, the rat jumped down

159 130 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook and hit the finish line first, while the disappointed ox had to settle for second place. The indolent pig finished last in the race, and accordingly was assigned to the final year of the cycle. The following is a list of the twelve animal signs and the years in recent decades that each of them represents: 1. 鼠 sh rat 1948, 1960, 1972, 1984, 1996, 牛 niú ox; cow 1949, 1961, 1973, 1985, 1997, 虎 h tiger 1950, 1962, 1974, 1986, 1998, 兔 tù rabbit; hare 1951, 1963, 1975, 1987, 1999, lóng dragon 1952, 1964, 1976, 1988, 2000, 蛇 shé snake; serpent 1953, 1965, 1977, 1989, 2001, m horse 1954, 1966, 1978, 1990, 2002, 羊 yáng sheep; goat; ram 1955, 1967, 1979, 1991, 2003, 猴 hóu monkey 1956, 1968, 1980, 1992, 2004, j rooster; chicken 1957, 1969, 1981, 1993, 2005, 狗 g u dog 1958, 1970, 1982, 1994, 2006, zh pig; boar 1959, 1971, 1983, 1995, 2007, 2019

160 Lesson 14 Birthday Party 131 English Text Dialogue I (Li You is on the phone with Wang Peng.) Li You: Wang Peng, what are you doing? Wang Peng: I m reading. Li You: Today is Gao Xiaoyin s birthday. Tonight we re having a dance party at her place. Can you go? Wang Peng: Yes. What time? Li You: Seven o clock. We ll eat first. After dinner we ll sing and dance. Wang Peng: Who will be there? Li You: Xiaoyin and her boyfriend, Xiaoyin s cousin, Bai Ying ai, your sister Wang Hong, and Xiaoyin s middle school classmates, I hear. Wang Peng: What birthday gift are you giving Xiaoyin? Li You: I bought a book to give to her. Wang Peng: What should I bring? Li You: Either beverages or fruit would do. Wang Peng: Then I ll bring some beverages. I ll also get some flowers. Li You: Xiaoyin loves fruit. I ll get some apples, pears and a watermelon. Wang Peng: Your place is very far from Xiaoyin s house, and the fruit will be heavy. I ll come to pick you up. Let s go together. Dialogue II Li You: OK, I ll wait for you downstairs at six-thirty. (At Gao Xiaoyin s house) Gao Xiaoyin: Wang Peng, Li You, come in. Li You: Happy birthday, Xiaoyin. This is a birthday gift for you. Gao Xiaoyin: Thank you. (She opens the gift.) I always wanted to buy this book. You brought so many things with you. You re really too kind. Wang Hong: Hey brother, Li You, you re here. Li You: Xiao Hong, how are you? Wang Hong: I m fine. I m studying English every day. Wang Peng: Xiao Hong, how much time do you spend practicing English every day? Wang Hong: Three and half hours, plus I watch two hours of English-language TV. Gao Wenzhong: When did you two get here? Li You: Just now. Gao Wenzhong: Didn t Bai Ying ai come with you? Li You: She s still not here? I thought she d already gotten here. Gao Xiaoyin: Wang Peng, Li You, let me introduce you. This is my cousin Helen. This is her son Tom. Wang Peng: Hello, Helen. Helen: Hello, Wang Peng. Wenzhong and Xiaoyin say that you re very smart and very hardworking. Wang Peng: You flatter me. Your Chinese is great. Where did you learn it?

161 132 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Helen: At summer school. Wang Peng: Hey, Tom is really cute. Look, he s smiling now. How old is he? Helen: He just turned one. He was born last year, the year of the dog. Li You: Look, he s got a round face, big eyes, and a straight nose. His mouth is not too big, and not too small. He looks just like Helen. Wang Hong: With such a gorgeous mom, the son will definitely be very handsome. Gao Xiaoyin: Come, let s eat the cake. Gao Wenzhong: Why don t we wait for Bai Ying ai? She loves cake. progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 15, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Ask a friend to attend a party; Offer a ride and set up a place and time for picking up someone; Talk about the duration of an action; Thank someone for his or her gift; Ask someone about his or her birth year and Chinese zodiac sign, and talk about my own; Give a basic description of someone s facial features. 牛年 Niú nián (the Year of the Ox)

162 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 第十五 看病 Dì shíwù kè Kàn bìng Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Talk about basic symptoms of a cold; Describe common symptoms of allergies; Understand and repeat instructions on when and how often to take medications; Talk about why you do or don t want to see the doctor; Urge others to see a doctor when they are not feeling well. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. Can you see a doctor without an appointment? 2. Do you have to pay an office visit fee before seeing a doctor? 3. Is it common to see the doctor and pay for medication at the same place? 4. Apart from medication, what other kinds of treatment might a doctor recommend? 5. Is everyone covered by health insurance?

163 134 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: My Stomachache Is Killing Me! ( 病人去 院看病 ) 生, 我肚子疼死 j 了 你昨天吃什 西了? 我姐姐上 星期 生日, 蛋糕 吃完 昨天晚上我吃了几口 k, 夜里肚子就疼 了 l, 今天早上上了好几次 k 所 m 你把蛋糕放在哪儿了? 放在冰箱里了 放了几天了?

164 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 135 五 六天了? 不 你躺下 先 查一下 * * * 你吃蛋糕把肚子吃坏了 要不要打? 不用打, 吃 种 就可以 一天三次, 一次 片 生, 一天吃几次? 您再 一遍 一天三次, 一次 片 好! 前吃 是 后吃? 前 后都可以 不, 你最好二十四小 不吃 那我要 死了 不行, 法不好! Language Notes u A combination of two adjacent numbers can be used to denote an approximate number, e.g., 五十六 七 (w shí liù, q suì, fifty-six or fifty-seven years old), 十八 九 (shí b, ji kuài qián, eighteen or nineteen dollars), 三 四天 (s n, sì ti n, three or four days), 三枝 (li ng, s n zh b, two or three pens). However, the numbers nine and ten cannot be used this way since it could lead to ambiguity: it would be difficult to distinguish 九 十天 (ji, shí ti n) from 九十天 (ji shí ti n, ninety days) in speech. To take medicine is 吃 (ch yào), literally to eat medicine. A more formal expression is 服 (fú yào), which is commonly written on prescriptions and prescription instructions. 前 (qián, before) in 前 (fàn qián, before meals) and 后 (hòu, after) in 后 (fàn hòu; after meals) are the shortened forms of 以前 (y qián, before) and 以后 (y hòu, after) respectively.

165 136 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook (Qù y yuàn kàn bìng) Y sh ng, w dùzi téng s j le. N zuóti n ch shénme d ngxi le? W ji jie shàng ge x ngq guò sh ngrì, dàng o méi ch wán. Zuóti n w nshang w ch le j k u, yè li dùzi jiù téng qi lai le, j nti n z oshang shàng le h o j cì cèsu. N b dàng o fàng zài n r le? Fàng zài b ngxi ng l le. Fàng le j ti n le? W, liù ti n le. F sh o ma? Bù f sh o. N t ng xia. Xi n ji nchá yí xià. * * * N ch dàng o b dùzi ch huài le. Yào bú yào d zh n? Búyòng d zh n, ch zhè zh ng yào jiù k y. Yì ti n s n cì, yí cì li ng piàn. Y sh ng, yì ti n ch j cì? Q ng nín zài shu yí biàn. Yì ti n s n cì, yí cì li ng piàn. H o! Fàn qián ch háishi fàn hòu ch? Fàn qián fàn hòu d u k y. Búguò, n zuìh o èrshí sì xi oshí bù ch fàn. Nà w yào è s le. Bù xíng, zhè ge bànf bù h o!

166 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 137 Vocabulary 1. 院 y yuàn n hospital 2. 看病 kàn bìng vo to see a doctor; (of a doctor) to see a patient 病 bìng n/v illness; to become ill 3. 病人 bìngrén n patient 4. 肚子 dùzi n belly; abdomen 5. 疼死 téng s adj + c really painful [See Grammar 1.] 疼 téng adj aching 死 s v/c to die; (a complement indicating an extreme degree) 6. 夜里 yèli n at night 7. 好几 h o j quite a few 8. 所 cèsu n restroom, toilet 9. 把 b prep (indicating a thing is disposed of) [See Grammar 4.] 10. 冰箱 b ngxi ng n refrigerator 11. f sh o vo to have a fever 12. 躺下 t ng xia vc to lie down 躺 t ng v to lie 13. 查 ji nchá v to examine 14. 吃坏 ch huài vc to get sick because of bad food 坏 huài adj bad 15. 打 d zh n vo to get an injection zh n n needle 16. yào n medicine

167 138 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 17. 片 piàn m (measure word for tablet; slice) 18. 遍 biàn m (measure word for complete courses of an action or instances of an action) 19. 最好 zuìh o adv had better 20. 小 xi oshí n hour 21. 法 bànf n method; way (of doing something), 每天吃几次? 前吃 是 后吃? Q ng wèn, yào m iti n ch j cì? Fàn qián ch háishi fàn hòu ch?

168 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 139 Grammar 1. 死 (s ) Indicating an Extreme Degree Placed after an adjective, 死 (s ) can serve as a complement to indicate an extreme degree of the condition named by the adjective. u v 打 疼死了 D zh n téng s le. (It s extremely painful to get a shot.) 我 死了 W è s le. (I m starving.) 今天 死了 J nti n rè s le. (It s awfully hot today.) 死 (s ) often follows an adjective with a pejorative meaning and therefore the combination carries a negative connotation, as shown in the examples above. Occasionally, however, it may also be used in a positive context. 知道了 件事, 他高 死了 Zh dào le zhè jiàn shì, t g oxìng s le. (He was tickled pink when he learned about this.) Most complimentary adjectives cannot be followed by 死 (s ). People therefore seldom say: * 那件衣服漂 死了 *Nà jiàn y fu piàoliang s le. * 他跟他女朋友好死了 *T g n t de n péngyou h o s le.

169 140 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 2. times of Actions 次 (cì) is the measure word most frequently used to indicate that an action is performed a certain number of times. The number + 次 (cì) combination follows the verb. u 上午我打了 次 Shàngw w d le li ng cì diànhuà. (I made two phone calls in the morning.) 昨天我吃了三次 Zuóti n w ch le s n cì yào. (I took the medicine three times yesterday.) If the object is not a person or a place, 次 (cì) should be placed between the verb and the object. If the object represents a person or a place, 次 (cì) can go either between the verb and the object or after the object. A: 去年我去了一次中 你呢? Qùnián w qù le yí cì Zh ngguó. N ne? (Last year I went to China once. How about you?) B: 去年我去了中 次 Qùnián w qù le Zh ngguó li ng cì. (Last year I went to China twice.) A: 昨天我找了三次王 生 Zuóti n w zh o le s n cì Wáng y sh ng. (I went looking for Dr. Wang three times yesterday.) b: 是? 昨天我也找了王 生三次 Shì ma? Zuóti n w y zh o le Wáng y sh ng s n cì. (Is that right? I also went looking for Dr. Wang three times yesterday.)

170 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 141 If the object is a personal pronoun, however, 次 (cì) must follow the object. 我昨天找了他 次, 他都不在 W zuóti n zh o le t li ng cì, t d u bú zài. (Yesterday I went looking for him twice, but he was not in either time.) 遍 (biàn) is another measure word for occurrences of actions, but it pertains to the entire course of the action from the beginning to the end. 你念一遍 文 Q ng n niàn yí biàn kèwén. (Please read the text [from the beginning to the end] once). Nouns denoting body parts involved in the actions can also sometimes serve as measure words for occurrences of actions. One example is from Dialogue I of the current lesson: 昨天晚上我吃了几口 Zuóti n w nshang w ch le j k u (I ate a few mouthfuls last night ) 3. (qi lai) Indicating the Beginning of an Action (qi lai) indicates the moment when something static becomes dynamic, that is, it signifies the beginning of an action or state. u 我 一 面就聊了 W men yí jiàn miàn jiù liáo le qi lai (We began chatting as soon as we met.) 他一回家就 信 T yì huí ji jiù xi qi xìn lai. (He began to write a letter as soon as he got home.)

171 142 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 下了 以后, 生 打 球 Xià le kè y hòu, xuésheng men d qi qiú lai. (The students started to play ball after the class was over.) Note that the object is placed between (qi) and (lai), rather than after (qi lai). 4. 把 (b ) Construction (I) Sentences with 把 (b ) are common in Chinese. The basic construction is as follows: Subject + 把 (b ) + Object + Verb + Other Element (Complement/ 了 {le}, etc.) In the 把 (b ) construction, what follows the position 把 (b ) and precedes the verb serves as both the object of 把 (b ) and the object of the verb. In general, a sentence in the 把 (b ) construction highlights the subject s disposal of or impact upon the object, with the result of the disposal or impact indicated by the element following the verb. 我把你要的 找到了 W b n yào de sh zh o dào le. (I have found the books that you wanted.) [The resultative complement 到 (dào) serves as the other element. ] In (1), the subject 我 (w ) exerts an impact on the book through the action of 找 (zh o), of which 到 (dào) is the result. 你把 字 了 N b zhè ge zì xi cuò le. (You wrote this character incorrectly.) [The resultative complement (cuò) serves as the other element. ]

172 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 143 In (2), the subject 你 (n ) exerts an impact on the character through the action of (xi ), of which (cuò) is the result. 把那 子 我 Q ng b nà tiáo kùzi g i w. (Please pass me that pair of pants.) [The indirect object 我 (w ) serves as the other element. ] 你把 篇 文看看 N b zhè pi n kèwén kàn kan. (Would you take a look at this text?) [The reduplicated verb 看 (kàn) serves as the other element. ] 把 杯咖啡喝了! B zhè b i k f i h le! (Finish up this cup of coffee!) 你怎 把女朋友的生日忘了? N z nme b n péngyou de sh ngrì wàng le? (How did you manage to forget your girlfriend s birthday?) [In (5) and (6), the particle 了 (le) serves as the other element. ] (3), (4), and (5) suggest what the listener is requested to do to the objects (the pants, the text, and the coffee). The other element could be a complement as in (1) and (2), an indirect object as in (3), a reduplicated verb as in (4), or the particle 了 (le) as in (5) and (6). In the 把 (b ) construction, the object is often something already known to both the speaker and the listener. For example, 你要的 (n yào de sh ) in (1), 字 (zhè ge zì) in (2), 那 子 (nà tiáo kùzi) in (3), and 女朋友 的生日 (n péngyou de sh ngrì) in (6) are all things that are already known. Compare the following two sentences: 老王 了小 一些 L o Wáng g i le Xi o Zh ng yì xi qián. (Old Wang gave Little Zhang some money.)

173 144 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 老王把 小 了 L o Wáng b qián g i Xi o Zh ng le. (Old Wang gave the money to Little Zhang.) The object in (7), some money, is unspecified. However, in (8), the speaker expects the listener to know what money is being referred to. If the subject of a sentence is given, the object is something known to both the speaker and listener, and the verb is followed by a complement in the form of a prepositional phrase with 在 (zài) or 到 (dào), that sentence must appear in the 把 (b ) construction. For example: 你把 放在桌子上 N b b fàng zài zhu zi shang. (Put the pen on the desk.) 你把 封信送到律 的 公室 Q ng n b zhè f ng xìn sòng dào l sh de bàng ngshì. (Please deliver this letter to the attorney s office.) The following sentences are therefore incorrect: * 你放 在桌子上 *N fàng b zài zhu zi shang. * 你送 封信到律 的 公室 *Q ng n sòng zhè f ng xìn dào l sh de bàng ngshì.

174 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 145 Language Practice A. Extreme Cases Example: 他渴死了 T k s le $250 3.

175 146 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. study Habits Work with your partner and find out each other s daily routine for studying Chinese. Then find out what happened yesterday. Example: 听 音 t ng lùy n A: 你每天听几遍 / 次 音? N m iti n t ng j biàn/cì lùy n? B: 我每天听 音 W m iti n t ng lùy n. A: 昨天呢? Zuóti n ne? B: 我昨天听了 W zuóti n t ng le 音 lùy n. 1. 念 文 niàn kèwén 2. 复 生 法 3. 字 fùxí sh ngcí y f xi Hànzì

176 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 147 C. Moving Day Your friend has offered to help you move into your new apartment, and wants to know where everything should go. Example: A: 把 和 放在什 地方? B zh hé b fàng zài shénme dìfang? B: 把 和 放在 Q ng b zh hé b fàng zài 桌子上 zhu zi shang

177 148 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook D. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 高文中 什 1. G o Wénzh ng wèishénme 去 院看病? qù y yuàn kàn bìng? 2. 高文中昨天吃 2. G o Wénzh ng zuóti n ch 什 了? shénme le? 3. 他是什 候吃的蛋糕, 什 候 始生病的? 3. T shì shénme shíhou ch de dàng o, shénme shíhou k ish sh ng bìng de? 4. 高文中把蛋糕 4. G o Wénzh ng b dàng o 放在哪儿了? 放了 fàng zài n r le? Fàng le 几天了? j ti n le? 5. 高文中? 5. G o Wénzh ng f sh o ma? 6. 生 高文中 6. Y sh ng shu G o Wénzh ng 怎 了? z nme le? 7. 生 高文中 7. Y sh ng shu G o Wénzh ng 得打? d i d zh n ma? 8. 生 一天吃 8. Y sh ng shu yì ti n ch 几次? 每次几片? j cì yào? M i cì j piàn?

178 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 生 高文中 9. Y sh ng shu G o Wénzh ng 最好怎? zuìh o z nmeyàng? 10. 高文中 得 10. G o Wénzh ng juéde zhè ge 法好? bànf h o ma? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 高文中的姐姐上 星期 生日, 高文中把 吃完的蛋糕放在冰箱里 蛋糕放了五六天了, 昨天晚上他吃了几口, 夜里肚子就疼, 今天早上上了好几次 所, 他肚子疼极了, 就去 院看病 生 他 查, 他是吃蛋糕把肚子吃坏了 高文中不希 打, 生 不用打, 吃 就可以 那种 一天吃三次, 一次 片, 前吃 后吃都可以 生 最好二十四小 不吃 高文中 得 法不好 G o Wénzh ng de ji jie shàng ge x ngq guò sh ngrì, G o Wénzh ng b méi ch wán de dàng o fàng zài b ngxi ng li. Dàng o fàng le w liù ti n le, zuóti n w nshang t ch le j k u, yèli dùzi jiù téng qi lai, j nti n z oshang shàng le h o j cì cèsu, t dùzi téng jí le, jiù qù y yuàn kàn bìng. Y sh ng g i t ji nchá, shu t shì ch dàng o b dùzi ch huài le. G o Wénzh ng bù x wàng d zh n, y sh ng shu búyòng d zh n, ch yào jiù k y. Nà zh ng yào yì ti n ch s n cì, yí cì li ng piàn, fàn qián ch fàn hòu ch d u k y. Y sh ng hái shu zuìh o èrshí sì xi oshí bù ch fàn. G o Wénzh ng juéde zhè ge bànf bù h o.

179 150 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue II: Allergies 王朋, 你怎 了? 眼睛怎 的, 感冒了? 感冒 我也不知道怎 了, 最近 几天身体很不舒服 眼睛又 又痒 你一定是 什 敏了 我想也是, 所以去 店 了一些 已 吃了四 五种了, 了不少, 都 有用 把你 的 拿出 我看看 些就是 些 有用 什 不去看 生? 你 有健康保? 我有保 可是我 期功 很多, 看 生太

180 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 151 那你也得赶快去看 生 要不然病 越 越重 我想再吃 的 我上次生病, 去看 生, 休息 天, 最后也好了 不行, 不行, 你太 了 再, 你不能自己 吃 走, 我跟你看病去 Language Notes The two phrases 看 生 (kàn y sh ng) and 看病 (kàn bìng) are interchangeable, although in northern China 看病 (kàn bìng) is much more common than 看 生 (kàn y sh ng). When tasting or trying the flavor of a food or drink, one says 我 (W cháng chang, Let me taste it) instead of 我 (W shì shi, Let me try), although one says (shì shi) when trying most other things. Wáng Péng, n z nme le? Y njing z nme hóng hóng de, g nmào le ma? Méi g nmào. W y bù zh dào z nme le, zuìjìn zhè j ti n sh nt h n bù sh fu. Y njing yòu hóng yòu y ng. N yídìng shì duì shénme guòm n le. W xi ng y shì, su y qù yàodiàn m i le yì xi yào. Y j ng ch le sì, w zh ng le, hu le bù sh o qián, d u méiy u yòng. B n m i de yào ná chu lai g i w kàn kan. Zhè xi jiù shì. Zhè xi yào méiy u yòng. Wèishénme bú qù kàn y sh ng? N méiyou jiànk ng b oxi n ma? W y u b oxi n. K shì w zhè ge xuéq g ngkè h n du. Kàn y sh ng tài hu shíji n. Nà n y d i g nkuài qù kàn y sh ng. Yàobùrán bìng huì yuè lái yuè zhòng. W xi ng zài ch di nr bié de yào shì shi. W shàng cì sh ng bìng, méi qù kàn y sh ng, xi xi li ng ti n, zuìhòu y h o le. Bù xíng, bù xíng, n tài l n le. Zàishu, n bù néng zìj luàn ch yào. Z u, w g n n kàn bìng qu.

181 152 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 感冒 g nmào v to have a cold 2. 生病 sh ng bìng vo to get sick 3. 身体 sh nt n body; health 4. 痒 y ng adj itchy 5. 敏 guòm n v to be allergic to 6. 店 yàodiàn n pharmacy 7. 健康 jiànk ng adj/n healthy; health 8. 保 b oxi n n insurance 9. 赶快 g nkuài adv right away; quickly; in a hurry 10. 要不然 yàobùrán conj otherwise 11. 越 越 yuè lái yuè adv more and more [See Grammar 6.] 12. 上次 shàng cì last time 13. 休息 xi xi v to take a break; to rest 14. l n adj lazy 15. 再 zàishu conj moreover [See Grammar 7.] 16. luàn adv randomly; arbitrarily; messily These are signs you may see in clinics and hospitals in China. Can you guess what the rooms are for? Can you read the sign on the right in the correct tones?

182 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 153 Grammar 5. the Preposition (duì) The preposition (duì) introduces the person or thing that receives a certain effect from someone or something else. Its English translation varies depending on the context. u 种 感冒很有用 Zhè zh ng yào duì g nmào h n y u yòng. (This medicine is very effective for colds.) 他的 他 音很有用 T de diànn o duì t liànxí f y n h n y u yòng. (His computer is very useful for his pronunciation practice.) 你一定 什 西 敏了 N yídìng duì shénme d ngxi guòm n le. (You must be allergic to something.) 6. 越 越 (yuè lái yuè...) The structure 越 越 (yuè lái yuè...) denotes a progressive change over time. v 李友的中文越 越好 L Y u de Zh ngwén yuè lái yuè h o. (Li You s Chinese is getting better and better.) 天气越 越暖和了 Ti nqì yuè lái yuè nu nhuo le. (The weather is becoming warmer and warmer.)

183 154 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 表姐考 考得越 越糟糕 Bi oji k o shì k o de yuè lái yuè z og o. (My cousin is doing worse and worse on her exams.) 7. 再 (zàishu ) The expression 再 (zàishu ) introduces an additional reason for an action that has been taken or decision that has been made. It is different from 再 + (zài + shu, to say again). A: 你 什 不去? N wèishénme bú qù Ni yu? (Why aren t you going to New York?) b: 我 有, 再, 也 有 W méiy u shíji n, zàishu, y méiy u qián. (I don t have the time, and besides, I don t have the money.) v 我不喜 今天晚上的舞, 音 不好, 再 人也太少 W bù x huan j nti n w nshang de w huì, y nyuè bù h o, zàishu rén y tài sh o. (I didn t like the dance party tonight. The music was lousy. Besides, there were too few people there.) Like 再 (zàishu ), 而且 (érqi, moreover; in addition) also conveys the idea of furthermore, additionally, etc., but the clause that follows it may or may not be explanatory in nature. Compare the following sentences: A: 你 什 不去? N wèishénme bú qù Ni yu? (Why aren t you going to New York?) b: 我 有, 而且, 也 有 W méiy u shíji n, érqi, y méiy u qián. (I don t have the time. Besides, I don t have the money.) Note: In (3), 而且 (érqi ) can be replaced with 再 (zàishu ).

184 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 155 是王先生, 他不但是我的老, 而且也是我的朋友 Zhè shì Wáng xi nsheng, t búdàn shì w de l osh, érqi y shì w de péngyou. (This is Mr. Wang. He is not only my teacher but also my friend.) Note: In (4), 而且 (érqi ) cannot be replaced with 再 (zàishu ): 4a * 是王先生, 他不但是我的老, 再 也是我的朋友 *Zhè shì Wáng xi nsheng, t búdàn shì w de l osh, zàishu y shì w de péngyou. Language Practice E. allergy! Allergy! Allergy! Go around the class and ask your classmates if they are allergic to the following items. Example: A: Joe, 你 味精 敏? Joe, n duì wèij ng guòm n ma? B: 我 味精 敏 / W duì wèij ng guòm n./ 我 味精不 敏 W duì wèij ng bú guòm n. 1.

185 156 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Then tally who s allergic to what: Joe, Maya,, 味精 敏 Joe, Maya,, duì wèij ng guòm n.... F. Role-Play 1. pretend you are a teacher, and use 要不然 (yàobùrán) to advise your students not to fall into bad study habits. Example: 你得多 字, 要不然你的中文不 好 N d i du xi Hànzì, yàobùrán n de Zh ngwén bú huì h o. 1st piece of advice: 2nd piece of advice: 3rd piece of advice: 2. pretend you are a parent, and use 要不然 (yàobùrán) to advise your child to take care of himself/herself at college. Example: 如果身体不舒服, 你得去看 生, 要不然病 越 越重 Rúgu sh nt bù sh fu, n d i qù kàn y sh ng, yàobùrán bìng huì yuè lái yuè zhòng. 1st piece of advice: 2nd piece of advice: 3rd piece of advice:

186 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 157 G. agree or Disagree? Work with a partner to find out if you both share the same sentiments about how your Chinese study is progressing. Example: 生 多 vs. A: 你 得生 越 越多 是越 越少? N juéde sh ngcí yuè lái yuè du háishi yuè lái yuè sh o? B: 我 得生 越 W juéde sh ngcí yuè lái 越多 / 少 yuè du /sh o. 1. 功 多 vs. 少 g ngkè du vs. sh o 2. 文 vs. 短 kèwén cháng vs. du n 3. 考 vs. 容易 k oshì nán vs. róngyì 4. 法 vs. 容易 y f nán vs. róngyì H. Reasons and Excuses Example: A: 你 什 不吃早? N wèishénme bù ch z ofàn? B: 我, 再 W méi shíji n, zàishu 我不 w bú è. 1. A: 你 什 不听 音? A: N wèishénme bù t ng lùy n? b:

187 158 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 2. A: 你 什 不? A: N wèishénme bú yùndòng? b: 3. A: 你 什 寒假 回 A: N wèishénme hánjià méi huí 家看爸爸? ji kàn bàba m ma? b: 4. A: 你 什 中文? A: N wèishénme xué Zh ngwén? b: 5. A: 你 什 上 A: N wèishénme shàng 校? zhè ge xuéxiào? b: I. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 王朋的眼睛 1. Wáng Péng de y njing 什 了? wèishénme hóng le? 感冒了? G nmào le ma? 2. 王朋 他怎 了? 2. Wáng Péng shu t z nme le? 3. 李友 王朋生了 3. L Y u shu Wáng Péng sh ng le 什 病? shénme bìng? 4. 王朋吃 了? 4. Wáng Péng ch yào le ma? 5. 李友 王朋得 5. L Y u shu Wáng Péng d i 做什? zuò shénme? 6. 王朋有健康 6. Wáng Péng y u jiànk ng 保? b oxi n ma?

188 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 他 什 不去看病? 7. T wèishénme bú qù kàn bìng? 8. 李友 不看 生 8. L Y u shu bú kàn y sh ng 病 越 越重, bìng huì yuè lái yuè zhòng, 王朋 什? Wáng Péng shu shénme? 9. 李友 得王朋 9. L Y u juéde Wáng Péng 的? de huà duì ma? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋最近 得很不舒服, 眼睛又 又痒, 不知道生了什 病 李友 他可能是 什 敏 王朋也 得是 什 敏, 所以吃了四 五种, 可是都 用 李友看了王朋吃的, 告 他那些 有用, 得去看 生 王朋 期功 太多, 看 生太 李友 王朋是不是 有健康保, 王朋 他有 李友 王朋赶快去看病, 要不然病 越 越重 王朋 他上次生病, 看 生, 休息几天, 最后病也好了 李友 王朋太, 再 也不能自己 吃, 所以她要跟王朋一 去看 生 Wáng Péng zuìjìn juéde h n bù sh fu, y njing yòu hóng yòu y ng, bù zh dào sh ng le shénme bìng. L Y u shu t k néng shì duì shénme guòm n. Wáng Péng y juéde shì duì shénme guòm n, su y ch le sì, w zh ng yào, k shì d u méi yòng. L Y u kàn le Wáng Péng ch de yào, gàosù t nà xi yào méiy u yòng, d i qù kàn y sh ng. Wáng Péng shu zhè xuéq g ngkè tài du, kàn y sh ng tài hu shíji n. L Y u wèn Wáng Péng shì bú shì méiy u jiànk ng b oxi n, Wáng Péng shu t y u. L Y u ràng Wáng Péng g nkuài qù kàn bìng, yàobùrán bìng huì yuè lái yuè zhòng. Wáng Péng shu t shàng cì sh ng bìng, méi kàn y sh ng, xi xi j ti n, zuìhòu bìng y h o le. L Y u shu Wáng Péng tài l n, zàishu y bù néng zìj luàn ch yào, su y t yào g n Wáng Péng yìq qù kàn y sh ng.

189 160 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook how about you? What Are You Allergic To? 1. 粉 hu f n n pollen 2. 生 hu sh ng n peanuts 3. m o n cats 4. 灰 hu chén n dust If the source of your allergy is not listed, please ask your teacher and make a note here: What Allergy Symptoms Do You Have? 1. 疼 tóu téng to have a headache 2. 咳嗽 késòu v to cough 3. 打 嚏 d p nti vo to sneeze 4. 流鼻涕 liú bítì vo to have a runny nose If there are other symptoms you would like to know how to say, please ask your teacher and make a note here:

190 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 161 Culture Highlights u Before Western medicine 西 (X y ) was first introduced to China during the seventeenth century by European missionaries, the Chinese had relied exclusively on traditional Chinese medicine 中 (Zh ngy ), a system including acupuncture, herbal medicine, massage, and other therapies. Even now, these indigenous ways of medical treatment remain a well-respected option. Many Chinese people choose to use traditional Chinese medicine for various ailments along with or instead of Western medicine. Although by no means a panacea, traditional Chinese medicine can be surprisingly effective. Many of the reasons for the effectiveness of therapies such as acupuncture and cupping are not fully understood by modern science. Traditional Chinese herbal medicine being provided at a medical clinic.

191 162 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook To see a doctor, a Chinese outpatient has to pay a registration fee ( 挂 guàhào fèi). The fee is typically equivalent to no more than one US dollar, but could be considerably higher if one wants to consult an esteemed specialist ( 家 zhu nji ). For prescribed tests, outpatients usually have to pay up front. According to the sign, what do people do here? While injections ( 打 d zh n) and intravenous infusion ( 打 滴 d di nd in Taiwan and 液 sh yè in mainland China) are seldom used in American hospitals for outpatients, they are much more common treatments for outpatients in Chinese hospitals, clinics and doctors offices, even for common ailments like a cold. An outpatient in China would usually pick up his or her prescription from a pharmacy within the hospital itself. One can, however, get medicines from independent pharmacies. Until the 1980s, employees in all state-owned enterprises and institutions in China were offered free medical care, which became a huge financial burden for the government. That practice was discontinued in the 1990s. The cities in China are currently in a transitional period toward a better-regulated system of medical insurance, while most people in the rural areas are still without any insurance coverage for their health care.

192 Lesson 15 Seeing a Doctor 163 English Text Dialogue I (Going to a hospital for treatment) Gao Wenzhong: Doctor, my stomachache is killing me! Doctor: What did you have to eat yesterday? Gao Wenzhong: It was my sister s birthday last week. We didn t finish the cake. Last night I had a few bites. My stomach began to hurt at night, and this morning I went to the bathroom several times. Doctor: Where did you put the cake? Gao Wenzhong: In the refrigerator. Doctor: How long had it been there? Gao Wenzhong: About five or six days. Doctor: Do you have a fever? Gao Wenzhong: No, I don t. Doctor: Please lie down. Let me check. * * * Doctor: You upset your stomach by eating that cake. Gao Wenzhong: Do I need an injection? Doctor: No, you don t need an injection. Just take this medicine, three times a day, two pills at a time. Gao Wenzhong: Doctor, how many times a day? Could you please repeat that? Doctor: Three times a day, two pills at a time. Gao Wenzhong: All right. Before or after meals? Doctor: Either before or after meals is fine, but you d better not eat anything for twenty-four hours. Gao Wenzhong: Then I ll be starving. That s not a good idea. That s not a good remedy! Dialogue II Li You: Wang Peng, what s the matter? How come your eyes are red? Did you catch a cold? Wang Peng: No, I didn t catch a cold. I don t know what s wrong with me. I haven t been feeling well the last few days. My eyes are red and itchy. Li You: You must be allergic to something. Wang Peng: I think so, too. That s why I went to the pharmacy and got some medicine. I ve taken four or five kinds and spent quite a bit of money, but none of them has been effective. Li You: Take out the medicines you bought. Let me take a look. Wang Peng: Here you are. Li You: These medicines are useless. Why didn t you go to the doctor? Don t you have health insurance? Wang Peng: I do have health insurance. I have too much homework this semester. Going to the doctor takes too much time. Li You: Even so, you still need to go see a doctor as soon as possible. Otherwise, you ll get sicker and sicker.

193 164 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Wang Peng: I d like to try some other medicines first. Last time I was sick I didn t go to the doctor. After a couple days rest, I was fine. Li You: No way, no way, you re too lazy. Besides, you can t just randomly take medicine by yourself. Let s go. I ll go to the doctor with you. This clinic specializes in the seven health problems listed. Do you recognize any of them? progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 16, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Tell the doctor about my symptoms; Ask the doctor if a shot or medicine is needed for treatment; Follow and repeat the doctor s instructions on when and how often to take the medicine; Tell people about my allergies and briefly describe my allergy symptoms.

194 A Review of Functional Expressions from Lessons After gauging your progress and before moving on to the next phase, let s take a break and see how some of the functional expressions that you have encountered in the previous lessons really work! I. 在 (zài, to exist) When you think someone else might have something of yours, you should ask 我的 在你那儿吗? (W de zài n nàr ma?) instead of 你有我的 吗? (N y u w de ma?) u A: 老, 我的功课在您那儿吗? L osh, w de g ngkè zài nín nàr ma? (Teacher, do you have my homework?) B: 我已经还给你了 W y j ng huán g i n le. (I gave it to you already.) ( 还给, huán g i: to return something [to someone]) A: 是吗? 对不, 我再找找 Shì ma? Duìbuq, w zài zh o zhao. (Oh, you did? Sorry, I ll look for it again.) v A: 妈妈, 我的护照在您那儿吗? M ma, w de hùzhào zài nín nàr ma? (Mom, do you have my passport?) B: 在我这儿 给你吧 Zài w zhèr. G i n ba. (Yes, I have it. Here you are.)

195 166 Contents Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook A: 我的手机还在你那儿吗? 昨天你拿去用了 W de sh uj hái zài n nàr ma? Zuóti n n ná qù yòng le. (Do you still have my cell phone? You took it yesterday.) B: 哦, 还在我这儿, 我忘了还给你了 Ò, hái zài w zhèr, w wàng le huán g i n le. (Oh yeah, I still have it. I forgot to return it to you.) II. Complimentary Expressions Note the different expressions for men, women, and children. u 那个小孩真可爱 Nà ge xi ohái zh n k ài. (That little kid is really cute.) 她长得真好看! T zh ng de zh n h okàn! (She s really beautiful!) 李友长得很漂亮 L Y u zh ng de h n piàoliang. (Li You looks very pretty.) x 王朋真 Wáng Péng zh n shuài. (Wang Peng is really handsome.) y 那个班的学生都很酷 Nà ge b n de xuésheng d u h n kù. (The students in that class are all very cool.)

196 That s How the Chinese Contents Say It! 167 III. 怎 了? (Z nme le? What s the matter? What s wrong?) One can ask 你怎么了? (N z nme le?) upon finding someone under unusual circumstances or showing signs of concern, anxiety, or pain. u A: 你怎 了? 怎 这 不高兴? N z nme le? Z nme zhème bù g oxìng? (What s the matter? Why are you so unhappy?) B: 我的女朋友不爱我了 W de n péngyou bú ài w le. (My girlfriend doesn t love me anymore.) A: 怎 了? 眼睛怎 这 红? Z nme le? Y njing z nme zhème hóng? (What s wrong? Why are your eyes so red?) B: 没什 我可能对什 东西过敏了 Méi shénme. W k néng duì shénme d ngxi guòm n le. (It s nothing. I may be allergic to something.) IV. 糟糕 (z og o, [It s] awful/what a mess) This formula is often used when one suddenly realizes that something important has been forgotten or something of consequence has gone wrong. u A: 糟糕, 我的信用卡不见了 Z og o, w de xìnyòngk bú jiàn le. (Shoot! My credit card has disappeared.) B: 快给你爸爸打电话吧 Kuài g i n bàba d diànhuà ba. (Hurry, call your dad.) A: 糟糕, 快要考试了, 我还没准备好 Z og o, kuài yào k o shì le, w hái méi zh nbèi h o. (Darn it. It s almost time for the test. I am not ready yet.)

197 168 Contents Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B: 你没听说吗? 老 病了, 今天不考试了 N méi t ngshu ma? L osh bìng le, j nti n bù k o shì le. (Didn t you hear? The teacher is sick. We don t have the test today!) A: 是吗? 那太好了! Shì ma? Nà tài h o le! (Really? That s great!) Any other useful expressions you would like to learn? Please ask your teacher and make a note here:

198 Dating Lesson 16 第十六 Dì shíliù kè Yu huì Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Describe how long you ve known someone; Invite someone to go on a date; Make the necessary arrangements to go out with friends; Accept a date courteously; Decline a date politely; End a phone conversation without hurting the other person s feelings. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. How can you get tickets for a popular event? 2. Is it socially acceptable to call a person you have only met once and whose phone number you obtained indirectly? 3. Is it impolite to directly say no to decline a date? 4. How can you end an unwanted phone conversation without being rude?

199 170 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Seeing a Movie 王朋跟李友在同一 校, 他 已快半年了 王朋常常 李友 中文 他 也常常一 出去玩儿, 每 j 次都玩儿得很高 李友 王朋的印象很好, 王朋也很喜 李友, 他 成了好朋友 * * * 周末 校演一 中 影, 我 一 去看, 好? Language Notes For the use of the word 印象 (yìnxiàng, impression), compare these two sentences: 李友 王朋的印象很好 (L Y u duì Wáng Péng de yìnxiàng h n h o, Li You has a very good impression of Wang Peng.) 李友 王朋的印象很好 (L Y u g i Wáng Péng de yìnxiàng h n h o, Li You made a very good impression on Wang Peng.) v The phrase 演 影 (y n diàny ng, to show a film) in this lesson is interchangeable with 放 影 (fàng diàny ng), but in addition, 演 影 (y n diàny ng) can also mean to act in a film.

200 Lesson 16 Dating 171 好啊! 不, 听 看 影的人 很多, 得到票? 票已 好了, 我 了很大的力气才 到 好极了! 我早就想看中 影了 有 人跟我 一 去? 有, 就 我 x 好 什 候? 后天晚上八 看 影以前, 我 你吃晚 太好了! 一言 定 y The primary meaning of 早 (z o) is early, but in an extended sense it can also mean a long time ago, or early on. (li ) stands for (li ng ge). y 一言 定 (yì yán wéi dìng), which literally means achieving certainty with one word, is one of the numerous four-character idioms that have their origins in Classical Chinese but continue to be on the lips of almost every native speaker of the language. Wáng Péng g n L Y u zài tóng yí ge xuéxiào xuéxí, t men rènshi y j ng kuài bàn nián le. Wáng Péng chángcháng b ng L Y u liànxí shu Zh ngwén. T men y chángcháng yìq ch qu wánr, m i cì d u wánr de j h n g oxìng. L Y u duì Wáng Péng de yìnxiàng h n h o, Wáng Péng y h n x huan L Y u, t men chéng le h o péngyou. * * * Zhè ge zh umò xuéxiào y n v yí ge Zh ngguó diàny ng, w men yìq qù kàn, h o ma? H o a! Búguò, t ngshu kàn diàny ng de rén h n du, m i de dào piào ma? Piào y j ng m i h o le, w fèi le h n dà de lìqi cái m i dào. H o jí le! W z o jiù xi ng kàn Zh ngguó diàny ng le. Hái y u bié rén g n w men yìq qù ma? Méiy u, jiù w men li. H o. Shénme shíhou? Hòuti n w nshang b di n. Kàn diàny ng y qián, w q ng n ch w nfàn. Tài h o le! Yì yán wéi dìng y.

201 172 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 同 tóng adj same; alike 2. 印象 yìnxiàng n impression 3. 成 chéng v to become 4. 演 y n v to show (a film); to perform 5. fèi v to spend; to take (effort) 6. 力气 lìqi n strength; effort 7. 就 jiù adv just; only (indicating a small number) 8. li nu+m (coll.) two 9. 后天 hòuti n t the day after tomorrow 10. 一言 定 yì yán wéi dìng that settles it; that s settled; it s decided Grammar 1. Descriptive Complements (II) The subject of a sentence can be described by a complement following 得 (de). u 我 玩儿得很高 W men wánr de h n g oxìng. (We had a happy time playing.) [We played. We were very happy.] 孩子笑得很可 Háizi xiào de h n k ài. (The kid gave a very cute smile.) [The child smiled, and the child looked cute.]

202 Lesson 16 Dating 173 他打球打得很累 T d qiú d de h n lèi. (He was worn out from playing ball.) [He played ball, and he was worn out.] 他高 得又唱又跳 T g oxìng de yòu chàng yòu tiào. (He was so happy that he ended up singing and dancing.) [He was happy, and he was singing and dancing.] In the sentences above, the verbs 玩 (wán), 笑 (xiào), and 打球 (d qiú) and the adjective 高 (g oxìng) give the causes, while the complements 高 (g oxìng), 可 (k ài), 累 (lèi) and 又唱又跳 (yòu chàng yòu tiào) describe the effects on the subject. As shown in (1), (2), and (3), when an adjective serves as a descriptive complement, it is often preceded by the adverb 很 (h n), just like a predicate adjective. A complement describing the subject seldom appears in the negative. (4a) * 他高 得 有又唱又跳 *T g oxìng de méiy u yòu chàng yòu tiào. 2. Potential Complements 得 (de) or 不 (bu) is placed between a verb and a resultative or directional complement to indicate whether a certain result can be realized or not. 跳舞太, 我 不 Tiàow tài nán, w xué bu huì. (Dancing is too difficult. I can t learn it.) A: 你晚上六 半 能回? 我等你吃晚 N w nshang liù di n bàn néng huí lai ma? W d ng n ch w nfàn. (Can you be back by 6:30 p.m.? I will wait for you for dinner.) b: 我得, 六 半回不 W d i k i huì, liù di n bàn huí bu lái. (I have a meeting, and can t make it back by 6:30 p.m.)

203 174 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 碟我今天看不完 Zhè zh ng dié w j nti n kàn bu wán. (I can t finish watching this DVD today.) 那 字怎, 我想不 了 Nà ge zì z nme xi, w xi ng bu q lái le. (I can t remember how to write that character.) [See Dialogue 2 for 想不 (xi ng bu q lái).] y 健康保 太, 我 不 Jiànk ng b oxi n tài guì, w m i bu q. (Health insurance is too expensive. I can t afford it.) A: 封中文信你看得? Zhè f ng Zh ngwén xìn n kàn de d ng ma? (Can you understand this Chinese letter?) b: 我看得 W kàn de d ng. (Yes, I can understand it.) Potential complements usually appear in negative sentences. They are used in affirmative sentences much less often, mainly in answering questions that contain a potential complement, as in (6). The affirmative form and the negative form of a potential complement can be put together to form a question. 五十 子你吃得完吃不完? W shí ge ji ozi n ch de wán ch bu wán? (Can you eat fifty dumplings or not?) Potential complements are an important feature of Chinese. They are often the only way to convey the idea that the absence of certain conditions prevents a result from being achieved. Potential complements have a unique function that cannot be fulfilled by the 不能 (bù néng) + verb + resultative/directional complement construction. For example, 做不完 (zuò bu wán) means not able to finish, while 不能做完 (bù néng zuò wán) conveys the idea of not allowed to finish.

204 Lesson 16 Dating 175 老 得太快, 我听不清楚 L osh shu de tài kuài, w t ng bu q ngchu. (The teacher speaks too fast. I can t hear [him] clearly.) (8a) * 老 得太快, 我不能听清楚 *L osh shu de tài kuài, w bù néng t ng q ngchu. 今天的功 太多, 我做不完 J nti n de g ngkè tài du, w zuò bu wán. (There is too much homework today. I can t finish it.) (9a) * 今天的功 太多, 我不能做完 *J nti n de g ngkè tài du, w bù néng zuò wán. A potential complement cannot be used in a 把 (b ) sentence, either. (9b) * 我把今天的功 做不完 *W b j nti n de g ngkè zuò bu wán. 3. 就 (jiù) When used before a noun or pronoun, 就 (jiù) means only. Often the noun or pronoun is modified by a numeral-measure word combination. u v 我 班人很少, 就七 生 W men b n rén h n sh o, jiù q ge xuésheng. (Our class is small, with just seven students.) 今天功 很少, 就五 字 J nti n g ngkè h n sh o, jiù w ge Hànzì. (There s little homework today. Only five Chinese characters.) w 我 一家五口, 就你 味精 敏 W men yì ji w k u, jiù n duì wèij ng guòm n. (There are five people in our family. Only you are allergic to MSG.)

205 176 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook x 三 房 我打 了, 就一 房 整理 S n ge fángji n w d s o le li ng ge, jiù yí ge fángji n hái méi zh ngl. (I have cleaned two of the three rooms. Only one room hasn t been tidied up yet.) Language Practice A. your Comments, Please Work with your partner and ask each other the following questions: Example: a: 你昨天晚上 字 得累不累? A: N zuóti n w nshang xi Hànzì xi de lèi bú lèi? b: 我昨天晚上 字 B: W zuóti n w nshang xi 得很累 / 不累 你呢? Hànzì xi de h n lèi/bú lèi. N ne? 1. A: 你每天上 上得 N m i ti n shàng kè shàng de 累不累? lèi bú lèi? 2. A: 你昨天晚上睡 睡 N zuóti n w nshang shuì jiào shuì 得舒服不舒服? de sh fu bù sh fu? 3. A: 你上 周末玩儿得 N shàng ge zh umò wánr de 高 不高? g oxìng bù g oxìng?

206 Lesson 16 Dating 177 B. First Day of School! Find out about your practice partner s first day of school. Example: A: 你找得到找不到 A: N zh o de dào zh o bu dào 你的教室? n de jiàoshì? B: 我找得到我的教室 / B: W zh o de dào w de jiàoshì./ 我找不到我的教室 W zh o bu dào w de jiàoshì. 1. A: 你 得到 不到 A: N m i de dào m i bu dào 你要的? n yào de sh? 2. A: 你听得 听不 A: N t ng de d ng t ng bu d ng 中文老 的? Zh ngwén l osh shu de huà? 3. A: 你看得清楚看不 A: N kàn de q ngchu kàn bu 清楚老 的字? q ngchu l osh xi de zì? C. are You a Competitive Hot Dog Eater? Do you think you and your partner would be up to the challenge of competing in a hot-dog-eating competition? How about some other competitions? Let s find out. Example: x 30 A: 你吃得完三十 狗? N ch de wán s nshí ge règ u ma? b: 我吃得完三十 狗 / W ch de wán s nshí ge règ u. 我吃不完三十 狗 W ch bu wán s nshí ge règ u.

207 178 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 1. x x x x x 25 D. How Well Do You Know the Integrated Chinese Cast? Example: a: 他 都有弟弟? T men d u y u dìdi ma? b: 不, 就高小音一 人 Bù, jiù G o Xi oy n yí ge rén 有弟弟 y u dìdi. 1. A: 他 都 冰? 1. A: T men d u huì huá b ng ma?

208 2. A: 2. A: T men d u ch sù ma? Lesson 16 Dating A: 他 都 吃蛋糕? 3. A: T men d u ài ch dàng o ma? 4. A: 他 都不 4. A: T men d u bú huì shu 文? Y ngwén ma? E. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 王朋和李友 1. Wáng Péng hé L Y u rènshi 多 了? du cháng shíji n le? 2. 王朋常常 李友 2. Wáng Péng chángcháng b ng L 做什? Y u zuò shénme? 3. 王朋和李友一 玩儿 3. Wáng Péng hé L Y u y q wánr 的 候, 高? de shíhou, g oxìng ma? 4. 王朋和李友 什 4. Wáng Péng hé L Y u wèishénme 成了好朋友? chéng le h o péngyou? 5. 王朋 周末 李友做什? 5. Wáng Péng zhè ge zh umò q ng L Y u zuò shénme?

209 180 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 6. 王朋 到 影 6. Wáng Péng m i dào diàny ng 票了? piào le ma? 7. 几 人去看 影? 7. J ge rén qù kàn diàny ng? 8. 李友 看 影以前要 8. L Y u shu kàn diàny ng 做什? y qián yào zuò shénme? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋和李友在同一 校 快半年了 王朋常常 李友 中文, 他 常常一 玩儿, 每次都玩儿得很高 李友 王朋的印象很好, 王朋也很喜 李友, 他 成了好朋友 周末 校演一 中 影, 看 影的人很多, 王朋 了很大力气才 到票 他 李友去看 影, 李友 好极了 她 王朋 有 人跟他 一 看 影, 王朋 就他 李友很高, 看 影以前她 王朋吃晚 Wáng Péng hé L Y u zài tóng yí ge xuéxiào xuéxí kuài bàn nián le. Wáng Péng chángcháng b ng L Y u xué Zh ngwén, t men chángcháng yìq wánr, m i cì d u wánr de h n g oxìng. L Y u duì Wáng Péng de yìnxiàng h n h o, Wáng Péng y h n x huan L Y u, t men chéng le h o péngyou. Zhè ge zh umò xuéxiào y n yí ge Zh ngguó diàny ng, kàn diàny ng de rén h n du, Wáng Péng fèi le h n dà lìqi cái m i dào piào. T q ng L Y u qù kàn diàny ng, L Y u shu h o jí le. T wèn Wáng Péng hái y u bié rén g n t men yìq kàn diàny ng ma, Wáng Péng shu jiù t men li. L Y u h n g oxìng, shu kàn diàny ng y qián t q ng Wáng Péng ch w nfàn.

210 Lesson 16 Dating 181 Dialogue II: Turning Down an Invitation 喂, 李友小姐在? 我就是 你是哪一位? 我姓, 你 得 u 我? 姓? 你 得上 月高小音的生日舞? 我就是最后 你跳舞的那 人 你再想想 想 了? 不, 我想不 我是高小音的中 同 Language Notes u 得 (jìde, to remember) vs. 想 (xi ng qi lai, to remember; to recall): While 得 (jìde) pertains to the continuous state of remembering, 想 (xi ng qi lai) refers to the mental act of retrieving information from one s memory. Thus one can say: 我 得他上 我的, 可是我想不 他叫什 名字 (W jìde t shàng guo w de kè, k shì w xi ng bu q lái t jiào shénme míngzi, I do remember he took my class, but I can t think of his name at the moment).

211 182 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 是? 你是怎 知道我的 的? 是小音告 我的 先生, 你有事? 周末你有空儿? 我想 你去跳舞 周末不行, 下 星期我有三 考 系, 下 周末怎? 你考 完, 我 好好儿玩儿玩儿 下 周末也不行, 我要 宿舍搬出去, 得打 整理房 你看下下 周末, 好不好? 不, 下下 周末更不行了, 我要跟我的男朋友去 旅行 那 先生, 不, 我的手机 了 再見! 喂 喂 好好儿 (h oh or, all out; to one s heart s content) is a colloquial expression that often precedes a verb to serve as an adverbial, e.g. 考 以后我要去 好好儿玩儿玩儿 (K o shì y hòu w yào qù Ni yu h oh or wánr wanr. After the test I want to go to New York and have a great time). Note the different tone for the reduplicated syllable 好. For the rules on the pronunciation of reduplicated monosyllabic adjectives, see Grammar 6 in Lesson 12.

212 Lesson 16 Dating 183 Wéi, q ng wèn L Y u xi oji zài ma? W jiù shì. Q ng wèn n shì n yí wèi? W xìng Fèi, n hái jìde u w ma? Xìng Fèi? N hái jìde shàng ge yuè G o Xi oy n de sh ngrì w huì ma? W jiù shì zuìhòu q ng n tiào w de nà ge rén. N zài xi ng xiang. Xi ng qi lai le ma? Duìbuq, w xi ng bù q lái. W shì G o Xi oy n de zh ngxué tóngxué. Shì ma? N shì z nme zh dào w de diànhuà hàom de? Shì Xi oy n gàosu w de. Fèi xi nsheng, n y u shì ma? Zhè ge zh umò n y u kòngr ma? W xi ng q ng n qù tiào w. Zhè ge zh umò bù xíng, xià ge x ngq w y u s n ge k o shì. Méi gu nxi, xià gè zh umò z nmeyàng? N k o wán shì, w men h oh or v wánr wanr. Xià ge zh umò y bù xíng, w yào cóng sùshè b n chu qu, d i d s o, zh ngl fángji n. N kàn xià xià ge zh umò, h o bù h o? Duìbuq, xià xià ge zh umò gèng bù xíng le, w yào g n w de nánpéngyou qù Ni yu l xíng. Nà... Fèi xi nsheng, duìbuq, w de sh uj méi diàn le. Zàijiàn! Wéi wéi

213 184 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 得 jìde v to remember 2. 想 xi ng qi lai vc to remember; to recall 3. hàom n number 4. 搬 b n v to move 5. 打 d s o v to clean up (a room, apartment or house) s o v to sweep 6. 整理 zh ngl v to put in order 7. 房 fángji n n room 8. 旅行 l xíng v to travel 9. diàn n electricity There are many parks in Taipei that you could take a date to. Circle four on the map. If you wish to have some coffee on your date, can you locate a coffee shop on the map?

214 Lesson 16 Dating 185 Grammar 4. Directional Complements (II) Directional complements indicate the direction in which a person or object moves. A directional verb such as 上 (shàng, to go up), 下 (xià, to go down), (jìn, to go in), 出 (ch, to go out), 回 (huí, to return), (guò, to go over), (q, to rise), (k i, to part from), 到 (dào, to arrive), (lái, to come) or 去 (qù, to go) can be placed after another verb to become what is known as a simple directional complement. When a simple directional complement such as 上, 下,, 出, 回,,, or 到 (shang, xia, jin, chu, hui, guo, qi, kai or dao) is combined with or 去 (lai or qu), we have what is called a compound directional complement. Pattern I: Simple directional Complements: A. Subject + Verb + Place Word / Noun (Phrase) + / 去 她下 subject + verb + place word + directional complement T xià lóu lai. (She is coming downstairs.) 她上 去 T shàng lóu qu. (She is going upstairs.) 你 一些水果 subject + verb + noun phrase + directional complement Q ng n m i yì xi shu gu lai. (Please buy some fruit [and bring it] here.)

215 186 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 你 他送一 儿吃的 西去 N g i t sòng yìdi nr ch de d ngxi qu. (Take some food to him.) When a verb is followed by a location word, that verb can only be a directional verb such as 上 (shàng), 下 (xià), (jìn), 出 (ch ), 回 (huí), (guò), or 到 (dào), as shown in (1) and (2). B. Subject + Verb + / 去 + Noun y 他 了一些水果 T m i lai le yì xi shu gu. (He bought some fruit and brought it here.) When the object of the verb is a location word, the sentence can only appear in Pattern A, as in (1) and (2). When the object is a regular noun and the action is not completed, the sentence often appears in Pattern A as well, as in (3) and (4). If the action is completed, the sentence can appear either in Pattern A or in Pattern B. Pattern A should therefore be memorized as the essential form. Pattern II: A. Subject + Verb + 上 / 下 + Place Word /Noun 他走上 T z u shang lóu. (He walked upstairs.) [The sentence doesn t indicate whether the speaker is upstairs or downstairs.] 老 走 教室 L osh z u jin jiàoshì. (The teacher walked into the classroom.) [The sentence doesn t indicate whether the speaker is in the classroom or not.] 他拿出一 T ná chu yì zh ng zh. (He took out a piece of paper.)

216 Lesson 16 Dating 187 Compound Directional Complements A. Subject + Verb + 上 / 下 + Place Word / Noun+ / 去 她走下 T z u xia lóu lai. (She walked downstairs.) [The speaker is downstairs.] 老 走 教室去 / L osh z u jin jiàoshì qu/lai. (The teacher walked into the classroom.) [With 去, the speaker is not in the classroom; with, the speaker is in the classroom.] 弟弟跳上床 / 去 Dìdi tiào shang chuáng lai/qu. (My little brother jumped onto the bed.) [With, the speaker is on the bed; with 去, the speaker is not on the bed.] 我的同 走 店 / 去 W de tóngxué z u jin sh diàn lai/qu. (My classmate walked into the bookstore.) [With, the speaker was in the bookstore; with 去, the speaker was not in the bookstore.] 你 回一些梨 Q ng n m i hui yì xi lí lai. (Please buy some pears and bring them back here.) 他拿出一 T ná chu yì zh ng zh lai. (He took out a piece of paper.)

217 188 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 大家都拿 Q ng dàji d u ná qi b lai. (Please pick up a pen, everyone.) (qi), in the same way as (qi lai), signifies a movement from a lower point to a higher point. However, (qi) compounds only with (lai), never with 去 (qu), in forming a directional complement combination. The difference between 上 (shang) and (qi) is that 上 (shang) is followed by a location word which indicates the end point of the movement, while (qi) never precedes a location word. 走上 z u shang lóu (to go upstairs) (16a) * 走 *z u qi lóu B. Subject + Verb + 上 / 下 + / 去 + Noun 他 回 了一些水果 T m i hui lai le yì xi shu gu. (He bought some fruit and brought it back here.) As in the case of the simple directional compounds, when the object is a location word, the sentence appears only in Pattern A, as in (11) and (12). If the object is a regular noun and the action is not completed, the sentence often appears in Pattern A as well, as in (13), (14), and (15). If the action is completed, the sentence can appear either in Pattern A or in Pattern B. Again, Pattern A should be memorized as the essential form. When the 把 (b ) construction is used with a directional complement, the sentence can appear in either of these two patterns: I. Simple Directional Complement Subject + 把 + Object + Verb + / 去 把你的床搬 Q ng b n de chuáng b n lai. (Please move your bed here.)

218 Lesson 16 Dating 189 把 杯冰 拿去 B zhè b i b ngchá ná qu. (Take this glass of iced tea [with you].) II. Compound Directional Complement Subject + 把 + Object +Verb + 上 / 下 (+ place word) + / 去 我把 拿 了 W b sh ná qi lai le. (I picked up the book.) 快把 回家去 Kuài b ch k i hui ji qu. (Drive the car back home right away.) Language Practice F. second Opinion after you bought or did something, you want to get a second opinion from your friends. Example: A: 是我 的鞋, 你看看怎 Zhè shì w g ng m i de xié,? n kàn kan z nmeyàng? 1. 2.

219 190 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 3. [See Language Note 2 from Dialogue II in Lesson 15.] 4. [See Language Note 2 from Dialogue II in Lesson 15.] G. ask Nicely! make these requests to your partner, and try to soften the tone by reduplicating the verb: 1. You would like to see your partner s family picture. 2. You want your partner to have a look at the characters you have written. 3. You wish to listen to your partner s MP3. 4. You want to use your partner s cell phone. 5. You want your partner to help you look for your book. 6. You hope your partner will practice Chinese with you.

220 Lesson 16 Dating 191 H. the Big Move You are moving into the second-floor apartment in the house shown in the picture on the left. You are standing with all your stuff on the first floor, while the previous tenant has left behind some of her stuff upstairs. Tell the movers how to finish the move. Before After Hint: For things to be moved upstairs, you should say 把 ( ) 去 (B should say 把 搬 / 拿上 b n/ná shang lóu qu); for things to be placed downstairs, you 搬 / 拿下 ( ) (B b n/ná xia lóu lai)

221 192 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook I. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 先生是? 1. Fèi xi nsheng shì shéi? 2. 先生是怎 2. Fèi xi nsheng shì z nme 李友的? rènshi L Y u de? 3. 李友 得 先生? 3. L y u hái jìde Fèi xi nsheng ma? 4. 先生是怎 知道 4. Fèi xi nsheng shì z nme zh dào 李友的 的? L Y u de diànhuà hàom de? 5. 先生 什 5. Fèi xi nsheng wèishénme g i 李友打? L Y u d diànhuà? 6. 李友 周末她 什 不能去跳舞? 6. L Y u shu zhè ge zh umò t wèishénme bù néng qù tiào w? 7. 下 周末呢? 7. Xià ge zh umò ne? 8. 下下 周末呢? 8. Xià xià ge zh umò ne? 9. 先生 想 9. Fèi xi nsheng hái xi ng yu 李友? L Y u ma?

222 Lesson 16 Dating 193 Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 先生是高小音的中 同, 在高小音的生日舞 上, 他是最后一 李友跳舞的人 今天他 李友打, 李友 周末去跳舞 李友 下 星期有三 考, 所以 周末不能去跳舞 先生 下 周末行不行, 李友 她下 周末要 宿舍搬出去, 得打 整理房 先生又 下下 周末行不行, 李友 更不行, 她要跟男朋友去 旅行 先生可能 要 李友 的 去跳舞, 可是李友 她的手机 了, 先生就不能再 什 了 Fèi xi nsheng shì G o Xi oy n de zh ngxué tóngxué, zài G o Xi oy n de sh ngrì w huì shàng, t shì zuìhòu yí ge q ng L Y u tiào w de rén. J nti n t g i L Y u d diànhuà, yu L Y u zhè ge zh umò qù tiào w. L Y u shu xià ge x ngq y u s n ge k o shì, su y zhè ge zh umò bù néng qù tiào w. Fèi xi nsheng wèn xià ge zh umò xíng bù xíng, L Y u shu t xià ge zh umò yào cóng sùshè b n chu qu, d i d s o zh ngl fángji n. Fèi xi nsheng yòu wèn xià xià ge zh umò xíng bù xíng, L Y u shu gèng bù xíng, t yào g n nánpéngyou qù Ni yu l xíng. Fèi xi nsheng k néng hái yào yu L Y u bié de shíji n qù tiào w, k shì L Y u shu t de sh uj méi diàn le, Fèi xi nsheng jiù bù néng zài shu shénme le.

223 194 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook how about you? What activity would you enjoy on a date? 1. 听音 t ng y nyuèhuì vo to go to a concert 2. 唱卡拉 OK chàng k l uk i vo to sing karaoke 3. 博物 c ngu n bówùgu n vo to visit a museum 4. 野餐 y c n v to picnic 5. 兜 d u f ng vo to go for a drive What other activities do you think would be good ideas for a date? Please ask your teacher how to say them and make a note here:

224 Lesson 16 Dating 195 Culture Highlights u In premodern China, marriages were almost invariably arranged by the parents. Intimate contact between unmarried young men and women was strictly prohibited. Traditionally, Chinese people shied away from any public display of affection. Even as recently as the 1980s, one seldom saw a couple walking on the street hand-in-hand, but today people do not make much fuss about couples hugging and kissing each other in public. Valentine s Day, a Western holiday, is becoming popular in China now, especially among young people in the cities. As in the West, it is commercially a big day for retailers and restaurants, and young people spend lavishly on roses, chocolates, and candlelight dinners. Meanwhile, some people have been pushing to make the seventh day of the seventh month on the lunar calendar the Chinese Valentine s Day, or 情人 (Qíngrénjié). According to a romantic legend that came into existence nearly two millennia ago, the seventh day of the seventh month is the only day of the year when the Cowherd and the Weaving Girl, a loving couple that was forcibly separated, are allowed to meet each other on a bridge of magpies over the Silver River ( 河, Yínhé), the Chinese name for the Milky Way. w Chinese people are typically very concerned about saving face, not only for themselves but for other people as well. That is the reason a Chinese person would usually try to find excuses when turning down a request or an offer, instead of rejecting it bluntly.

225 196 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook x Seeing movies is part of the nightlife in Chinese cities, especially for people going out on dates. Meanwhile, Peking (Beijing) opera ( 京, j ngjù), a traditional form of entertainment that once flourished in many cities, especially those in the north, has been losing ground in competition with films, TV, karaoke clubs, and internet bars. A theatrical scene from Beijing Opera

226 Lesson 16 Dating 197 English Text Dialogue I Wang Peng and Li You go to the same school. They have known each other for almost six months now. Wang Peng often helps Li You practice speaking Chinese. They also often go out for fun, and they always have a good time. Li You has a very good impression of Wang Peng, and Wang Peng likes Li You very much, too. So they ve become good friends. * * * Wang Peng: This weekend they re showing a Chinese film at school. Shall we go together? Li You: Yes, but I hear that many people are going to see that film. Will we be able to get tickets? Wang Peng: I already got the tickets. It took a lot of trying. Li You: Fantastic. I ve wanted to see a Chinese film for a long time. Anyone else going with us? Wang Peng: No one else. Just the two of us. Li You: OK. When? Wang Peng: The day after tomorrow, eight o clock. Li You: Before the movie, I ll take you to dinner. Wang Peng: Great! It s a deal. Dialogue II Mr. Fei: Hello, is Miss Li You there? Li You: This is she. Who is this, please? Mr. Fei: My name is Fei. Do you remember me? Li You: Mr. Fei? Mr. Fei: Do you still remember Gao Xiaoyin s birthday party last month? I was the last person who asked you to dance. Think again. Do you remember now? Li You: I m sorry. I can t recall. Mr. Fei: I was Gao Xiaoyin s high school classmate. Li You: Is that so? How did you get my number? Mr. Fei: Xiaoyin gave it to me. Li You: Mr. Fei, can I help you? Mr. Fei: Are you free this weekend? I d like to ask you out to dance. Li You: This weekend won t do. Next week I have three tests. Mr. Fei: No problem. What about the following weekend? After your tests are over, we ll go have a good time. Li You: Next weekend won t work, either. I m moving out of the dorm. I have to clean and tidy up my room. Mr. Fei: How about two weeks from now? Li You: I m sorry, two weeks from now would be even more impossible. I m going on a trip to New York with my boyfriend. Mr. Fei: In that case Li You: Mr. Fei, I m sorry, my cell phone is out of power. Bye. Mr. Fei: Hello hello

227 198 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 17, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Set up a movie date or another outing with friends; Comment on how much work it takes to make arrangements for a date; Invite someone to go on a date; Accept an invitation to go on a date; Courteously decline a date; End a phone conversation without being rude.

228 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 第十七课租房子 Dì shíq kè Z fángzi Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Describe your current and ideal living quarters; Name common pieces of furniture; State how long you have been living at your current residence; Comment briefly on why a place is or isn t good for someone; Discuss and negotiate rent, utilities, and security deposits. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. What is the best way to find an apartment for rent? 2. What defines an apartment? What other living arrangements are available? 3. What are the advantages and disadvantages of living in a student dorm? How about living in an apartment? 4. Do people typically sign a lease for an apartment? Do leases include clauses for security deposits and pets? What other issues do leases cover?

229 200 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Narrative: Finding a Better Place 王朋在 校的宿舍住了 期了 j 他 得宿舍太 吵, 睡不好, 房 太小, 都放不下, 再 也 有地方可以做, 很不方便, 所以准 下 期搬 出去住 他找房子找了一 多月了, 可是 有找到合适的 才他在 上看到了一 告, 校附近有一套公寓出租, 离 校很近, 走路只要五分, 很方

230 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 201 便 公寓有一 室, 一 房, 一 生, 一 客, 家具 王朋 得 套公寓可能 他很合 Language Notes u While 洗澡 (x z oji n) is often used in Taiwan to refer to a bathroom (with a toilet and shower or bathtub), 生 (wèish ngji n, lit., hygiene room) is the most frequently used term for bathrooms in mainland China. In public places 生 (wèish ngji n) simply means restroom. Other Chinese terms for bathroom and restroom include: 浴室 (yùshì), bathroom for bathing, usually without a toilet, 所 (cèsu ), public restroom with no bathing facilities, 洗手 (x sh uji n), restroom or bathroom, and 室 (huàzhu ngshì), restroom (mainly in Taiwan). Occasionally, some Chinese speakers refer to the restroom euphemistically as 一 (y hào), literally, number one. Wáng Péng zài xuéxiào de sùshè zhù le li ng ge xuéq le j. T juéde sùshè tài ch o, shuì bu h o jiào. Fángji n tài xi o, lián diànn o d u fàng bu xià, zàishu y méiy u dìfang k y zuò fàn, h n bù f ngbiàn, su y zh nbèi xià ge xuéq b n chu qu zhù. T zh o fángzi zh o le yí ge du yuè le, k shì hái méiy u zh o dào héshì de. G ngcái t zài bàozh shang kàn dào le yí ge gu nggào, shu xuéxiào fùjìn y u yí tào g ngyù ch z, lí xuéxiào h n jìn, z u lù zh yào w f nzh ng, h n f ngbiàn. G ngyù y u yí ge wòshì, yí ge chúfáng, yí ge wèish ngji n, yí ge kèt ng, hái dài ji jù. Wáng Péng juéde zhè tào g ngyù k néng duì t h n héshì.

231 202 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 吵 ch o v/adj to quarrel; noisy 2. lián prep even 3. 做 zuò fàn vo to cook; to prepare a meal 4. bàozh n newspaper 5. 告 gu nggào n advertisement 6. 附近 fùjìn n vicinity; neighborhood; nearby area 7. 套 tào m (measure word for suite or set) 8. 公寓 g ngyù n apartment 9. 出租 ch z v to rent out 10. 走路 z u lù vo to walk 11. 分 f nzh ng n minute 12. 室 wòshì n bedroom 13. 房 chúfáng n kitchen 14. 生 wèish ngji n n bathroom 15. 客 kèt ng n living room 16. 家具 ji jù n furniture 17. 可能 k néng mv/adj maybe; possible

232 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 203 Grammar 1. verb + 了 (le) + Numeral + Measure Word + Noun + 了 (le) The sentence 王朋在 校的宿舍住了 期了 (Wáng Péng zài xuéxiào de sùshè zhù le li ng ge xuéq le.) means that Wang Peng has been living on campus for two semesters up to this moment. On its own, the sentence usually implies that the action has been continuing for some time and is expected to last into the future. u A: 你 出租汽 了几年了? N k i ch z qìch k i le j nián le?) (How many years have you been driving a cab?) B: 一年半了 Yì nián bàn le. (For a year and a half now.) v 弟弟 子 件 了半 了, 不知道 要 多 Dìdi xi diànz yóujiàn xi le bàn ge zh ngtóu le, bù zh dào hái yào xi du cháng shíji n. (My younger brother has been writing s for half an hour. Who knows how much longer he will be.) The following two sentences are different in meaning: w x 他病了三天了 T bìng le s n ti n le. (He has been sick for three days.) [The illness has continued for three days and he currently remains sick.) 他病了三天 T bìng le s n ti n. (He was sick for three days.) [He recovered from the illness on the fourth day.]

233 204 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook If, however, a clause in this pattern is followed by another clause, it may suggest that the action may come to an end. y 我打 房子打 了一上午了, 想休息一下 W d s o fángzi d s o le yí shàngw le, xi ng xi xi yí xià. (I ve been cleaning the house all morning. I d like to take a break.) This structure is not limited to temporal expressions. It can also be used to indicate quantity: z 衣服我已 了三件了, 了 Y fu w y j ng m i le s n jiàn le, gòu le. (I have already bought three pieces of clothing. That s plenty.) 封信我已 看了 遍了, 不想再看了 Zhè f ng xìn w y j ng kàn le li ng biàn le, bù xi ng zài kàn le. (I ve read this letter twice already and don t want to read it again.) 2. 都 / 也 (lián...d u/y ) (lián) is an intensifier which is always used in conjunction with 都 / 也 (d u/y ). u 我姐姐的孩子很 明, 日本 都 W ji jie de háizi h n c ngming, lián Rìb nhuà d u huì shu. (My sister s child is really smart. She can even speak Japanese.) 我弟弟 中文 了一年了, 可是 天 字都不 W dìdi xué Zh ngwén xuéle yì nián le, k shì lián ti n zì d u bú huì xi. (My younger brother has been studying Chinese for a year now, but can t even write the character 天.) 你怎 都忘了吃? N z nme lián yào d u wàng le ch? (How could you forget even to take your medicine?)

234 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 205 昨天 的生 我 一 也不 得了 Zuóti n xué de sh ngcí w lián yí ge y bú jìde le. (I can t recall even a single word we learned yesterday.) What follows (lián) usually represents an extreme case: the biggest or smallest, the best or worst, the most difficult or easiest, etc. (1), for instance, implies that Japanese is very difficult. If a child can speak such a difficult language as Japanese, then the child must be very intelligent. Similarly, 天 (ti n) is considered one of the easiest Chinese characters. If the younger brother in (2) does not know how to write 天 (ti n), it goes without saying that he can t write other more difficult characters. 3. Potential complements with Verb + 不下 (bu xià) The V + 不下 (bu xià) structure suggests that a location or container in question does not have the capacity to hold something. 客 大是大, 不 坐不下二十 人 Zhè ge kèt ng dà shì dà, búguò zuò bu xià èrshí ge rén. (This living room is pretty spacious, but still not large enough to seat twenty people.) 不下八百 字 Zhè zh ng zh xi bu xià b b i ge zì. (This piece of paper isn t big enough to write 800 characters on.) 冰箱放不下 西瓜 Zhè ge b ngxi ng fàng bu xià li ng ge x gua. (This refrigerator won t fit two watermelons.) 4. 多 (du ) Indicating an Approximate Number 多 (du ) can be placed after a number to indicate an approximate number. The combination indicates not an exact number but a general numeric range, e.g., 十多 (shí du ge) means more than ten but fewer than twenty; it could be eleven, twelve, thirteen, etc.

235 206 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook If the concept represented by the noun is not divisible into smaller units, and the number is ten or a multiple of ten, 多 (du ) precedes the measure word, e.g., 二十多 人 (èrshí du ge rén, more than twenty people), 三十多 生 (s nshí du ge xuésheng, more than thirty students), 一百多 (yì b i du zh ng zh, over one hundred sheets of paper). However, if the concept represented by the noun can be divided into smaller units (e.g., 一 = 十毛, 一 星期 = 七天 [yí kuài qián = shí máo, yí ge x ngq = q ti n]), there are two possibilities. If the number is not ten or a multiple of ten, 多 (du ) should be used after the measure word, e.g., 七 多 (q kuài du qián, more than seven dollars but less than eight), 一 多星期 (yí ge du x ngq, more than one week but less than two). If the number is ten or a multiple of ten, 多 (du ) can be used either before the measure word, e.g., 十多 (shí du kuài qián, more than ten dollars but less than twenty), or after the measure word, e.g., 十 多 (shí kuài du qián, more than ten dollars but less than eleven), but these two options represent different numeric ranges. 支 一 多 Zhè zh b yí kuài du qián. (This pen is over one dollar.) [The price is more than one dollar but less than two.] 我 班有二十多 生 W men b n y u èrshí du ge xuésheng. (There are over twenty students in our class.) [There are more than twenty students but fewer than thirty.] 妹妹感冒十多天了 Mèimei g nmào shí du ti n le. (My younger sister has had a cold for more than ten days.) [The number of days is between ten and twenty.] 他昨天 了四十多 梨 T zuóti n m i le sìshí du ge lí. (He bought over forty pears yesterday.) [The number is between forty and fifty.]

236 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 207 他昨天 物 了一百多 T zuóti n m i l wù hu le yìb i du kuài qián. (He bought over one hundred dollars worth of gifts yesterday.) [He spent more than one hundred dollars but less than two hundred.] A: 黑鞋十多 Zhè shu ng h i xié shí du kuài qián. (This pair of black shoes is over ten dollars.) [The price is more than ten dollars but less than twenty.] b: 咖啡色的鞋十 多 Zhè shu ng k f i sè de xié shí kuài du qián. (This pair of brown shoes is over ten dollars.) [The price is more than ten dollars but less than eleven.] A: 家 儿的 傅和服 十年多了 Zhè ji fàngu nr de sh fu hé fúwùyuán rènshi shí nián du le. (The chef and the waiter in this restaurant have known each other for ten years and some months.) [The length of time is longer than ten years but shorter than eleven.] B: 我以 他 十多年了 W y wéi t men rènshi shí du nián le. (I thought they had known each other for more than ten years.) [The length of time is between ten and twenty years.] Language Practice A. time Flies Work with your partner and find out the following from each other. 1. 你 中文 了 N xué Zh ngwén xué le 多 了? du cháng shíji n le?

237 208 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 2. 你上 (your school s name) 上了 N shàng (your school's name) 多 了? shàng le du cháng shíji n le? 3. 你在你 在住的地方 N zài n xiànzài zhù de dìfang 住了多 了? zhù le du cháng shíji n le? Based on your partner s situation, you may also want to ask how long he/she has been working, involved in his/her hobbies, etc. B. can You Believe It? A. Little Bai is absent-minded and often forgetful. Example: He even forgot to bring a pen with him when he had to take a test. 考 的 候, K o shì de shíhòu, 他 都 / 也忘了 了 t lián b d u/y wàng le dài le. In addition: 1. He even forgot his girlfriend s birthday. 2. He didn t even remember his own phone number. 3. He even forgot to bring money when he was treating his friends to dinner. B. Little Bai just moved into an apartment, and it already has so many problems. Example: The apartment doesn t even have a kitchen. 公寓 房都 / 也 有 G ngyù lián chúfáng d u/ y méi y u. In addition: 1. His bathroom doesn t even have (running) water. 2. His bedroom is so tiny that even a bed cannot be placed in it. 3. His living room is so small that it cannot even seat five people.

238 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 209 C. Little Bai is also behind the times. Example: He doesn t even know how to use a computer. 小白 都 / 也不 用 Xi o Bái lián diànn o d u/ y bú huì yòng. In addition: 1. He doesn t know how to use a cell phone. 2. He doesn t know how to send He doesn t know how to use a credit card. C. Size-Wise Take turns with your partner and find out the capacity of your apartment/room, living room, classroom, refrigerator, desk, etc. Use the proper verb for each question. Example: apartment/room A: 你的公寓 / 房 N de g ngyù/fángji n 住得下多少 / 几 人?zhù de xià du shao/j ge rén? B: 我的公寓 / 房 W de g ngyù/fángji n 住得下 人 zhù de xià ge rén.

239 210 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 1. living room 2. classroom 3. car 4. refrigerator 5. desk D. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of the Narrative: 1. 王朋在 校宿舍 1. Wáng Péng zài xuéxiào sùshè 住了多 了? zhù le du cháng shíji n le? 2. 他 什 要搬出去? 2. T wèishénme yào b n chu qu? 3. 他找房子找了 3. T zh o fángzi zh o le 多 了? du cháng shíji n le? 4. 他找到合 的了? 4. T zh o dào héshì de le ma? 5. 的 告 有一 什 的房子出租? 5. Bàozh de gu nggào shu y u yí ge shénme yàng de fángzi ch z? 6. 王朋 得 套公寓 6. Wáng Péng juéde zhè tào 他合? g ngyù duì t héshì ma?

240 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 211 Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋在 校的宿舍住了 期了 他 得宿舍太吵, 房 太小, 再 也不能做, 很不方便, 所以准 下 期搬出去 他找房子找了一 多月, 也 有找到合 的 才他在 上看到了一 告, 校附近有一套公寓出租, 那套公寓离 校很近, 有一 室, 一 房, 一 生, 一 客, 家具 王朋 得 套公寓可能 他很合 Wáng Péng zài xuéxiào de sùshè zhù le li ng ge xuéq le. T juéde sùshè tài ch o, fángji n tài xi o, zàishu y bù néng zuò fàn, h n bù f ngbiàn, su y zh nbèi xià ge xuéq b n chu qu. T zh o fángzi zh o le yí ge du yuè, y méiy u zh o dào héshì de. G ngcái t zài bàozh shang kàn dào le yí ge gu nggào, shu xuéxiào fùjìn y u yí tào g ngyù ch z, nà tào g ngyù lí xuéxiào h n jìn, y u yí ge wòshì, yí ge chúfáng, yí ge wèish ngji n, yí ge kèt ng, hái dài ji jù. Wáng Péng juéde zhè tào g ngyù k néng duì t h n héshì.

241 212 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue: Calling about an Apartment for Rent 喂, 你 是不是有公寓出租? 有啊, 一房一, 非常, 家具 有什 家具? 客 里有一套沙 一 桌跟四把椅子 室里有一 床 一 桌和一 架 你 那里安 不安? 非常安 Language Notes u Instead of 一房一 (yì fáng yì t ng), one can also say 一室一 (yí shì yì t ng). Both expressions refer to an apartment with one bedroom and one living room. By the same token, one may refer to a two-bedroom apartment with a living room as 房一 (li ng fáng yì t ng) or 室

242 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 213 每 月房租多少? 八百五十元 八百五十美元? 人民 差不多是 有一 儿, 能不能便宜 儿? 那你不用付水 要不要付押金? 要多付一 月的房租 押金, 搬出去的 候 你 另外, 我 公寓不准 物, 我 物有 趣, 什 物都不 那太好了 你今天下午 看看吧 好 一 (li ng shì yì t ng). One should not mix up 有 趣 (y u xìngqù) with 有意思 (y u yìsi). While 有 趣 (y u xìngqù) is a verb that pertains to a person who is interested (in something), 有意思 (y u yìsi) is an adjective describing someone or something that is interesting. Wéi, q ng wèn n men shì bú shì y u g ngyù ch z? Y u a, yì fáng yì t ng, f icháng g njìng, hái dài ji jù. Y u shénme ji jù? Kèt ng li y u yí tào sh f, yì zh ng fànzhu g n sì b y zi. Wòshì li y u yì zh ng chuáng, yì zh ng sh zhu hé yí ge sh jià. N men nàli njìng bù njìng? F icháng njìng. M i ge yuè fángz du shao qián?

243 214 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B b i w shí yuán. B b i w shí M iyuán? Rénmínbì chàbudu shì... Y u yì di nr guì, néng bù néng piányi di nr? Nà n búyòng fù shu diàn fèi. Yào bú yào fù y j n? Yào du fù yí ge yuè de fángz d ng y j n, b n chu qu de shíhou huán g i n. Lìngwài, w men g ngyù bù zh n y ng ch ngwù. Méi gu nxi, w duì y ng ch ngwù méi y u xìngqù, shénme ch ngwù d u bù y ng. Nà tài h o le. N j nti n xiàw lái kàn kan ba. H o. Vocabulary 1. 一房一 yì fáng yì t ng one bedroom and one living room 2. g njìng adj clean 3. 沙 sh f n sofa 4. 桌 fànzhu n dining table 5. 椅子 y zi n chair 6. 桌 sh zhu n desk 7. 架 sh jià n bookcase; bookshelf 8. 那里 nàli pr there 9. 安 njìng adj quiet 10. 房租 fángz n rent 11. 元 yuán m (measure word for the basic Chinese monetary unit); yuan 12. 美元 M iyuán n U.S. currency

244 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 215 Vocabulary 13. 人民 Rénmínbì n renminbi (RMB, Chinese currency) 人民 rénmín n the people bì n currency 14. 差不多 chàbudu adv/adj almost; nearly; similar 15. fèi n fee; expenses 16. 押金 y j n n security deposit 17. d ng v to serve as; to be 18. huán v to return (something) 19. 另外 lìngwài conj furthermore; in addition 20. 准 zh n v to allow; to be allowed 21. y ng v to raise 22. 物 ch ngwù n pet 23. 兴趣 xìngqù n interest 房 里有什? Zhè ge fángji n li y u shénme?

245 216 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Grammar 5. Question Pronouns with 都 / 也 (d u/y ) A question pronoun can appear in sentences other than questions. When a question pronoun is used in a statement with 都 / 也 (d u/y ) appearing after it, it simply means all or none in the sense of being all-inclusive or all-exclusive. u A: 你想喝 儿什 料? N xi ng h di nr shénme y nliào? (What beverage would you like to drink?) b:, 我不渴, 什 都不想喝 Xièxie, w bù k, shénme d u bù xi ng h. (No, thanks. I am not thirsty. I don t feel like drinking anything.) v 些公寓我哪套都不租 Zhè xi g ngyù w n tào d u bù z. (I am not renting any of these apartments.) w 中 我什 地方都 去 Zh ngguó w shénme dìfang d u méi qù guo. (I haven t been to any place in China.) x y 我什 物都不 物太 了! W shénme ch ngwù d u bù y ng. Y ng ch ngwù tài máfan le! (I don t keep any pets. Keeping pets is too much trouble!) 在 城市, 哪儿也吃不到糖醋 Zài zhè ge chéngshì, n r y ch bu dào tángcùyú. (You can t find sweet and sour fish anywhere in this city.)

246 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 217 z A: 在舞 上你 了? Zài w huì shang n rènshi le shéi? (Who did you get to know at the dance party?) b: 我 都 W shéi d u méi rènshi. (I didn t get to know anybody.) 你明天几 跟我 面都行 N míngti n j di n g n w jiàn miàn d u xíng. (You can meet with me any time tomorrow.) 些 我哪种都, 我的 敏都 有用 Zhè xi yào w n zh ng d u shì guo, duì w de guòm n d u méiy u yòng. (I have tried all these medicines; none of them is effective for my allergies.) According to the sign, what s not welcome here?

247 218 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Language Practice E. the Two Extremes Aisha and Mona are twin sisters, but they could not be more different: Aisha is easygoing and Mona is difficult. Example 1: Aisha likes all colors. vs. mona hates all colors. Aisha 什 色都喜 Aisha shénme yánsè d u x huan. Example 2: Mona 什 色都不喜 Mona shénme yánsè d u bù x huan. Aisha knows everyone. vs. Mona knows no one. Aisha 都 Mona 都不 Aisha shéi d u rènshi. Mona shéi d u bú rènshi. 1. Aisha eats all sorts of fruits and vegetables. vs. mona eats no fruits and vegetables at all. 2. Aisha has been to all kinds of places. vs. mona hasn t been anywhere. 3. Aisha is happy all the time. vs. mona is unhappy all the time. 4. Everyone thinks Aisha is cool. vs. Everyone thinks Mona is no fun.

248 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 219 F. A Floor Plan Look at the floor plan of this apartment. Name the rooms and describe what s in each room.

249 220 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook G. setting the Scene Look at the picture and work with your partner to describe this room: what s in the room and how things are positioned. Don t forget the person and the dog.

250 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 221 H. to Move or Not to Move Find out whether your partner likes the place he or she currently lives in. List the pros and cons of the place. What suits him/her What doesn t suit him/her Then report to the class why your partner thinks he/she should stay or move out. Carlos 得他的公寓 / 宿舍对他很 / 不合 Carlos juéde t de g ngyù/ sùshè duì t h n/bù héshì 因 1,2, Y nwèi 1, 2,... 所以他不想 / 想搬出去 su y t bù xi ng/xi ng b n chu qu. I. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of the Dialogue: 1. 那 要出租的公寓 1. Nà ge yào ch z de g ngyù 租出去了? z chu qu le ma? 2. 那 公寓有什 2. Nà ge g ngyù y u shénme 家具? ji jù? 3. 那 公寓安? 3. Nà ge g ngyù njìng ma? 4. 房租是多少? 4. Fángz shì du shao?

251 222 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 5. 王朋 出租房子的 5. Wáng Péng wèn ch z fángzi de 人能不能便宜一 儿, 那 人 什? nà ge rén shu shénme? rén néng bù néng piányi yì di nr, 6. 要不要付押金? 6. Yào bú yào fù y j n? 7. 公寓能 物? 8. 王朋什 候 去看那 公寓? 7. Zhè ge g ngyù néng y ng ch ngwù ma? 8. Wáng Péng shénme shíhou huì qù kàn nà ge g ngyù? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋看了 上的出租 告, 打 出租房子的人 出租房子的人 客 里有一套沙 一 桌跟四把椅子 室里有一 床 一 桌和一 架, 那里非常安 房租每 月是八百五十元, 不用付水 那 人 不准 物, 得多付一 月的房租 押金, 今天下午就可以去看房子 Wáng Péng kàn le bàozh shang de ch z gu nggào hòu, d diànhuà g i ch z fángzi de rén. Ch z fángzi de rén shu kèt ng li y u yí tào sh f, yì zh ng fànzhu g n sì b y zi. Wòshì li y u yì zh ng chuáng, yì zh ng sh zhu hé yí ge sh jià, hái shu nàli f icháng njìng. Fángz m i ge yuè shì b b i w shí yuán, búyòng fù shu diàn fèi. Nà ge rén hái shu bù zh n y ng ch ngwù, d i du fù yí ge yuè de fángz d ng y j n, j nti n xiàw jiù k y qù kàn fángzi.

252 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 223 how about you? What s in your living quarters? 1. 音 y nxi ng n stereo system 2. d ng n lamp; light 3. 柜子 guìzi n cabinet; cupboard 4. 物 zhíwù n plant 5. 海 h ibào n poster Any other household items in your room that you want to say in Chinese? Please ask your teacher and make a note here: 上出租房子的 告 Bàozh shang ch z fángzi de gu nggào

253 224 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Culture Highlights u Until the late 1990s, college students in China were all required to live in dorms on campus, with six or seven of them sharing a room and possibly dozens sharing a bathroom. Because there was no place to cook in the dorms, everyone ate in the students dining hall ( 生餐 xuésh ng c nt ng) on campus. Since the early 1980s, foreign students have generally been segregated into designated dormitories, typically with two to a room. Living conditions for Chinese students, meanwhile, have improved substantially since the late 1990s. At some colleges, students now have the option of renting apartments off campus, if they can afford it. It is becoming increasingly convenient to rent an apartment in a Chinese city. One can look for listings online, in the local newspapers, or simply call or stop by one of the many 中介公司 (zh ngjiè g ngs, intermediary companies), agencies that match apartment owners with potential tenants. Traditionally, the Chinese had a special love many still do for birds, especially parrots and canaries. Tropical fish also remain popular with many urbanites. Even crickets make good pets for some people. In the countryside, the most popular household pets are cats, at least partly for the practical purpose of keeping rats away. In recent decades, the population of dogs, especially in the cities, has increased dramatically. According to a report by China News Week in 2006, there were 550,000 licensed dogs in Beijing alone. By receiving the license, these animals became legal residents of the city.

254 Lesson 17 Renting an Apartment 225 English Text Narrative Wang Peng has been living in the school dorm for two semesters. He thinks that the dorm is too noisy, and he can t sleep well. His room is too small, and he can t even fit a computer there. Besides, he has nowhere to cook. It s really inconvenient, so he plans to move out next semester. He has been looking for a place for a month now, but he hasn t found anything suitable yet. He just saw an ad in the newspaper saying there s an apartment for rent. It s very close to school, only a five-minute walk very convenient. The apartment includes a bedroom, a kitchen, a bathroom, and a living room, and it s furnished. Wang Peng thinks this apartment may be just right for him. Dialogue Wang Peng: Hi, do you have an apartment for rent? Landlady: Yes, we do. One bedroom with a living room. It s very clean, and also furnished. Wang Peng: What kind of furniture does it have? Landlady: In the living room there is a sofa set, a dining table, and four chairs. The bedroom has a bed, a desk and a bookcase. Wang Peng: Is it quiet over there? Landlady: Extremely quiet. Wang Peng: How much is the monthly rent? Landlady: $850. Wang Peng: 850 U.S. dollars? In renminbi that s almost...that s a little bit expensive. Could you come down a little bit? Landlady: All right. You won t have to pay for the utilities. Wang Peng: Do I have to pay a deposit? Landlady: An extra month s rent as a security deposit, which will be returned to you when you move out. And another thing, no pets are allowed in our apartments. Wang Peng: That doesn t matter. I m not interested in keeping pets. I don t have pets of any kind. Landlady: Great. Why don t you come over this afternoon and take a look? Wang Peng: OK. progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 18, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Describe my living quarters; Name common pieces of furniture; Discuss the suitability of various living arrangements; Ask about and negotiate rent, utilities, and security deposits.

255 226 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 出租公寓的 告 ch z g ngyù de gu nggào

256 Lesson 18 Sports 第十八课 Dì shíb kè Yùndòng Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Name some popular sports; Talk about your exercise habits; Discuss your feelings about various sports; Make a simple comparison between how soccer and American football are played. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. Do people exercise regularly? 2. Are most people sports fans? Which sports are most popular? 3. Are there many sports programs on TV? 4. Which is more popular, American football or soccer?

257 228 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: My Gut Keeps Getting Bigger and Bigger! 你看, 我的肚子越 越大了 u 你平常吃得那 多, 又不, 然越 越胖了 那怎 呢? 如果怕胖, 你一 星期 三次, 每次半 小, 肚子就 小了 Language Notes 我 年 了 j, 做什 呢? 最 的 是跑步 冬天那 冷, 夏天那, 跑步 k 太 受了 u As mentioned before, 又 (yòu) can indicate repetition of an action over the course of time, e.g., 我昨天看了 一 影, 今天又看了一 (W zuóti n kàn le yí ge diàny ng, j nti n yòu kàn le yí ge, I watched a movie yesterday, and watched another one today). 又 (yòu) can also suggest augmentation or exacerbation of certain conditions or circumstances, as in the sentence 你平常吃 得那 多, 又不, 然越 越胖了 (N píngcháng ch de nàme du, yòu bú yùndòng, d ngrán yuè lái yuè pàng le. You usually eat so much, and on top of that you don t exercise. No wonder you re putting on more and more weight).

258 Lesson 18 Sports 229 你打网球吧 打网球得 网球拍 网球鞋, 你知道, 网球拍 网球鞋 了! 找几 人打 球吧 球很便宜 那每次都得打 人, 死了 你去游泳吧 不用找人, 也不用 很多, 什 候去都可以 游泳? 我怕水, 太危 了, 淹死了怎? 我也 法了 你不愿意, l 那就胖下去吧 N kàn, w de dùzi yuè lái yuè dà le. N píngcháng ch de nàme du, yòu bú yùndòng, d ngrán yuè lái yuè pàng le. Nà z nme bàn ne? Rúgu pà pàng, n yí ge x ngq yùndòng li ng, s n cì, m i cì bàn ge xi oshí, dùzi jiù huì xi o le. W li ng nián méi yùndòng le j, zuò shénme yùndòng ne? Zuì ji nd n de yùndòng shì p o bù. D ngti n nàme l ng, xiàti n nàme rè, p o bù tài nánshòu k le. N d w ngqiú ba. D w ngqiú d i m i w ngqiú p i, w ngqiú xié, n zh dao w ngqiú p i, w ngqiú xié guì jí le! Zh o j ge rén d lánqiú ba. M i ge lánqiú h n piányi. Nà m i cì d u d i d diànhuà yu rén, máfan s le.

259 230 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook N qù yóu y ng ba. Búyòng zh o rén, y búyòng hu h n du qián, shénme shíhou qù d u k y. Yóu y ng? W pà shu, tài w ixi n le, y n s le z nme bàn? W y méi bànf le. N bú yuànyì yùndòng, nà jiù pàng xia qu l ba. Vocabulary 1. 然 d ngrán adv of course 2. 胖 pàng adj fat 3. 怕 pà v to fear; to be afraid of 4. ji nd n adj simple 5. 跑步 p o bù vo to jog 跑 p o v to run 6. 受 nánshòu adj hard to bear; uncomfortable [See Grammar 2.] 7. 网球 w ngqiú n tennis 8. 拍 p i n racket 9. 球 lánqiú n basketball 10. 游泳 yóu y ng vo to swim 11. 危 w ixi n adj dangerous 12. 淹死 y n s vc to drown 13. 意 yuànyì av to be willing

260 Lesson 18 Sports 231 Grammar 1. duration of Non-Action Time Expression + (méi) + V + ( 了 ) This structure indicates that an action has not been or was not performed for a certain period of time. u v w x y 他三天 上网了 T s n ti n méi shàng w ng le. (He hasn t gone online for three days.) 我 年 查身体了 W li ng nián méi ji nchá sh nt le. (I haven t had a check-up in two years.) 我的狗病了, 一天 吃 西了 W de g u bìng le, yì ti n méi ch d ngxi le. (My dog is sick; she hasn t eaten anything for a day.) 妹妹上 月特 忙, 三 星期 回家 Mèimei shàng ge yuè tèbié máng, s n ge x ngq méi huí ji. (My younger sister was especially busy last month, and she didn t come home for three weeks.) 去年寒假我去 旅行, 一 月 吃中 Qùnián hánjià w qù Y ngguó l xíng, yí ge yuè méi ch Zh ngguó cài. (I went on a trip to Britain during the winter break last year, and didn t eat any Chinese food for a month.) Please note the difference between this construction and the one that indicates the duration of an action in an affirmative sentence. Compare:

261 232 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook z A: 我 了 年中文了 W xué le li ng nián Zh ngwén le. (I have been studying Chinese for two years.) B: 是? 我 年 中文了 Shì ma? W li ng nián méi xué Zh ngwén le. (Really? I haven t studied Chinese for two years.) 2. 好 / (h o/nán) + V Some verbs can be preceded by 好 or (h o or nán), and the resulting compounds become adjectives. In this case, 好 (h o) usually means easy while (nán) means difficult, e.g.: 好受 / 受 (h oshòu/nánshòu, easy to bear/hard to bear), 好 / (h oxi /nánxi, easy to write/hard to write), 好走 / 走 (h oz u/nánz u, easy to walk on/hard to walk on), 好 / (h oshu /nánshu, easy to say/difficult to say), 好 / (h od ng/ nánd ng, easy to understand/hard to understand), 好唱 / 唱 (h ochàng/ nánchàng, easy to sing/hard to sing). In some other compounds, however, 好 (h o) suggests that the action represented by the verb is pleasant, while (nán) means the opposite, e.g., 好吃 / 吃 (h och /nánch, delicious/unappetizing), 好看 / 看 (h okàn/nánkàn, pretty/ugly), 好 / (h ot ng/nánt ng, pleasant to the ear/unpleasant to the ear), etc. 3. 下去 (xia qu) Indicating Continuation 下去 (xia qu) signifies the continuation of an action that is already in progress. u v 下去 Shu xia qu. (Go on speaking.) 你 念下去了, 我一 也不喜 听 N bié niàn xia qu le, w yì di nr y bù x huan t ng. (Please stop reading. I don t like listening to it at all.)

262 Lesson 18 Sports 233 w x 中文很有意思, 我想 下去 Zh ngwén h n y u yìsi, w xi ng xué xia qu. (Chinese is very interesting. I d like to continue learning it.) 你已 跑了一 多小 了, 再跑下去, 要累死了 N y j ng p o le yí ge du xi oshí le, zài p o xia qu, yào lèi s le. (You ve already been running for more than an hour; if you keep running, you ll be exhausted.) Language Practice A. What s the Matter? Gao Wenzhong is not feeling well. Please help him describe his condition to his doctor. Example: 睡 三天 shuì jiào s n ti n 高文中三天 睡 了 G o Wénzh ng s n ti n méi shuì jiào le. 1. 吃 西 天 ch d ngxi li ng ti n 2. 喝 西一天 h d ngxi yì ti n 3. 上 所一 星期 shàng cèsu yí ge x ngq

263 234 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. Why Hasn t She Called? Wang Peng and Li You had a fight. They haven t seen each other, called, chatted online, or text-messaged for some time. With your partner, ask and answer questions about their strained relationship based on the visuals. Example: a week A: 李友多 L Y u du cháng shíji n méi 跟王朋 面了? g n Wáng Péng jiàn miàn le? b: 李友一 星期 L Y u yí ge x ngq méi 跟王朋 面了 g n Wáng Péng jiàn miàn le days 2. 6 days 3. 7 days

264 Lesson 18 Sports 235 C. opinion Forum By using the 好 / (h o/nán) + V phrase, have a discussion with your partner and find out whether you have similar or different opinions of the listed items. Example: A: 你 得哪种 好喝, N juéde n zh ng chá h oh, 哪种 喝? n zh ng chá nánh? B: 我 得 (name of the tea) W juéde (name of the tea) 很好喝 h n h oh. 我 得 (name of the tea) 很 喝 W juéde (name of the tea) h n nánh

265 236 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 4. Then report your findings to the class. If you two share the same opinion, you can say: Anya 跟我一, 我 都 得 If you don t share the same opinion, then you can say: Anya 跟我不一, 她 得 我 得 Anya g n w yíyàng, w men d u juéde Anya g n w bù yíyàng, t juéde w juéde D. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 王朋 高文中 1. Wáng Péng shu G o Wénzh ng 的肚子 什 越 de dùzi wèishénme yuè lái 越大? yuè dà? 2. 王朋 高文中 2. Wáng Péng shu G o Wénzh ng 得怎? d i z nme bàn? 3. 高文中几年 3. G o Wénzh ng j nián méi 了? yùndòng le? 4. 王朋 最 4. Wáng Péng shu zuì ji nd n 的 是跑步, de yùndòng shì p o bù, 高文中 什? G o Wénzh ng shu shénme? 5. 高文中想打 5. G o Wénzh ng xi ng d 网球? 什? w ngqiú ma? Wèishénme?

266 Lesson 18 Sports 高文中想打 6. G o Wénzh ng xi ng d 球? 什? lánqiú ma? Wèishénme? 7. 高文中想游泳 7. G o Wénzh ng xi ng yóu y ng? 什? ma? Wèishénme? 8. 王朋 有 的 8. Wáng Péng hái y u bié de 法? bànf ma? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 高文中 年 了, 平常又吃得很多, 所以肚子越 越大, 他 王朋怎 王朋 一 星期 三次, 每次半 小, 肚子就 小了 高文中不知道做什 好 王朋跟他 了几种, 他都 有 趣 跑步, 他 得冬天太冷, 夏天太, 太 受 ; 打网球, 他 得 网球拍 网球鞋太 了 ; 打 球, 他 得每次 人太 了 ; 游泳, 他 得太危, 怕淹死 王朋也 有 法了, 他告 高文中如果不 意, 那就胖下去吧 G o Wénzh ng li ng nián méi yùndòng le, píngcháng yòu ch de h n du, su y dùzi yuè lái yuè dà, t wèn Wáng Péng z nme bàn. Wáng Péng shu yí ge x ngq yùndòng li ng, s n cì, m i cì bàn ge xi oshí, dùzi jiù huì xi o le. G o Wénzh ng bù zh dào zuò shéme yùndòng h o. Wáng Péng g n t shu le j zh ng yùndòng, t d u méiy u xìngqù. P o bù, t juéde d ngti n tài l ng, xiàti n tài rè, tài nánshòu; d w ngqiú, t juéde m i w ngqiú p i, w ngqiú xié tài guì le; d lánqiú, t juéde m i cì yu rén tài máfan le; yóu y ng, t juéde tài w ixi n, pà y n s. Wáng Péng y méiy u bànf le, t gàosù G o Wénzh ng rúgu bú yuànyì yùndòng, nà jiù pàng xia qu ba.

267 238 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue II: Watching American Football 王朋的妹妹王 北京, 要在 美 上大 u, 在住在高小音家 v 里 文 了提高 文水平, 她每天都看 小 的 m Language Notes u 上 (shàng) is a versatile verb. To board a car or plane is 上 / (shàng ch /f ij ), and to go to the bathroom is 上 所 (shàng cèsu ). In this lesson, to go to school is 上 (shàng xué) in colloquial Mandarin. So one can say 上小 / 中 / 大 (shàng xi oxué/ zh ngxué/dàxué) for attending elementary school/ middle school/college. v 了 (wèile) usually appears in the first clause of a complex sentence, e.g., 了 好中文, 他每天听 小 音 (Wèile xué h o Zh ngwén, t m iti n t ng li ng ge xi oshí lùy n. In order to learn Chinese well, he listens to the recording for two hours everyday).

268 Lesson 18 Sports 239 * * * 快把 打, 足球比 始了 是? 我也喜 看足球 w x 是什 足球啊? 怎 不是 的? 不是 足球, 是美式足球 足球 用 踢, 什 那 人用手抱 l 跑呢? 美式足球可以用手 你看, 你看, 那 多人都 在一, 下面的人不是要被 o 坏了? w (sài) stands for 比 (b sài). x Although the term 足球 (zúqiú) literally means football, it refers to soccer, rather than American football. To avoid confusion, Chinese speakers refer to American football as 美式足 球 (M ishì zúqiú, American-style football) or 球 (g nl n qiú, lit., olive ball ). y 半天 (bànti n) does not always mean exactly a half day as the word literally suggests. Rather, it often metaphorically denotes a comparatively long stretch of time. 心, 他 的身 都很棒, 而且 穿特 的 服, y 我看了半天也看不 是看 的吧 你在美 住半年就 喜 了 我男朋友看美式足球的 候, 常常 都忘了吃

269 240 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Wáng Péng de mèimei Wáng Hóng g ng cóng B ij ng lái, yào zài M iguó shàng dàxué, xiànzài zhù zài G o Xi oy n ji li xué Y ngwén. Wèile v tíg o Y ngwén shu píng, t m i ti n d u kàn li ng ge xi oshí de diànshì m. * * * Kuài b diànshì d k i, zúqiú b sài k ish le. Shì ma? W y x huan kàn zúqiú sài w...zhè shì shénme zúqiú x a? Z nme bú shì yuán de? Zhè bú shì guójì zúqiú, zhè shì M ishì zúqiú. Zúqiú y ngg i yòng ji o t, wèishénme nà ge rén yòng sh u bào zhe n p o ne? M ishì zúqiú k y yòng sh u. N kàn, n kàn, nàme du rén d u y zài yìq, xiàmian de rén bú shì yào bèi o y huài le ma? Bié d n x n, t men de sh nt d u h n bàng, érqi hái chu n tèbié de yùndòngfú, méi wèntí. W kàn le bànti n y y kàn bu d ng. Háishi kàn bié de ba. N zài M iguó zhù bànnián jiù huì x huan le. W nánpéngyou kàn M ishì zúqiú de shíhou, chángcháng lián fàn d u wàng le ch. Vocabulary 1. 上大 shàng dàxué vo to attend college/university 2. 了 wèile prep for the sake of 3. 提高 tíg o v to improve; to raise; to heighten 4. 水平 shu píng n level; standard 5. 足球 zúqiú n soccer; football 6. 比 b sài n/v game; match; competition; to compete 7. guójì adj international 8. 美式 M ishì adj American-style 9. ji o n foot

270 Lesson 18 Sports 241 Vocabulary 10. 踢 t v to kick 11. 手 sh u n hand 12. 抱 bào v to hold or carry in the arms 13. y v to press; to hold down; to weigh down 14. 被 bèi prep by [See Grammar 6.] 15. 心 d n x n vo to worry 16. 棒 bàng adj fantastic; super [colloq.] 17. 服 yùndòngfú n sportswear; athletic clothing 18. 半天 bànti n half a day; a long time In this headline, what kind of sport event is reported? Grammar 4. duration of Actions When a sentence contains both a time expression that indicates the duration of an action and an object, it needs to be formed in one of these two patterns: A. Repetition of the verb or B. Time expression placed before the object, often with 的 (de). u A. 她每天听 音听一 小 T m iti n t ng lùy n t ng yí ge xi oshí.

271 242 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. 她每天听一 小 ( 的 ) 音 T m iti n t ng yí ge xi oshí (de) lùy n. (She listens to recordings for an hour every day.) v A. 她每天下午游泳游四十分 T m iti n xiàw yóu y ng yóu sìshí f nzh ng. B. 她每天下午游四十分 ( 的 ) 泳 T m iti n xiàw yóu sìshí f nzh ng (de) y ng. (She swims for forty minutes every afternoon.) w A. 她每天看 文 看 小, 所以 文越 越好了 T m iti n kàn Y ngwén bàozh kàn li ng ge xi oshí, su y Y ngwén yuè lái yuè h o le. B. 她每天看 小 ( 的 ) 文, 所以 文越 越好了 T m iti n kàn li ng ge xi oshí (de) Y ngwén bàozh, su y Y ngwén yuè lái yuè h o le. (She reads English newspapers for two hours every day, so her English is getting better and better.) 5. the Particle (zhe) (zhe) signifies the continuation of an action or a state. Its function is descriptive. When (zhe) is used between two verbs, the one that precedes (zhe) signifies the accompanying action, while the second verb signifies the main action. u 老 站 教, 生坐 听 L osh zhàn zhe ji o kè, xuésheng zuò zhe t ng kè. (While the teacher stood lecturing, the students sat listening.)

272 Lesson 18 Sports 243 v 我喜 躺 听音 W x huan t ng zhe t ng y nyuè. (I like to listen to music while lying down.) w 美式足球可以抱 球跑 M ishì zúqiú k y bào zhe qiú p o. (In American football, you can run with the ball in your hands.) (zhe) is normally used after a verb to indicate a continuing action or a state. 在 (zài) is normally used before a verb to indicate an ongoing action. x A: 生 在做什 呢? Xuésheng men zài zuò shénme ne? (What are the students doing?) B: 在 Zài yùndòng. (They re exercising.) 在 (zài) in (4) above cannot be replaced with (zhe). Likewise, (zhe) in the earlier sentences cannot be replaced with 在 (zài), either. 6. 被 / 叫 / (bèi/jiào/ràng) in Passive-Voice Sentences A sentence in the passive voice can be constructed with 被 (bèi), 叫 (jiào), or (ràng). Its structure is as follows: receiver of the action + 被 (bèi)/ 叫 (jiào)/ (ràng) + agent of the action + verb + other element (complement/ 了 {le}, etc.) u 我的功 被 / 叫 / 狗吃了 W de g ngkè bèi/jiào/ràng g u ch le. (My homework was eaten by my dog.)

273 244 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook v w x 你 的那些 被 / 叫 / 你的女朋友拿去了 N m i de nà xi sh bèi/jiào/ràng n de n péngyou ná qù le. (The books that you bought were taken away by your girlfriend.) 糟糕, 你的网球拍被 / 叫 / 我 坏了 Z og o, n de w ngqiú p i bèi/jiào/ràng w y huài le. (Oh gosh, your tennis racket was crushed [by me].) 你看, 我的梨被 / 叫 / 你的西瓜 坏了 N kàn, w de lí bèi/jiào/ràng n de x gua y huài le. (Take a look. My pears were crushed by your watermelon.) In Chinese, the passive voice is not used as often as it is in English. It often carries negative connotations and usually appears in situations that are unpleasant for the receiver of the action, or in situations where something is lost. As in the 把 (b ) structure (see Lesson 13), the verb is usually followed by another element, such as a complement or 了 (le). In a passive-voice sentence with 被 (bèi)/ 叫 (jiào) / (ràng), the agent of the action does not always have to be specified. If the agent of the action is someone that is not identifiable or need not be identified, it can be referred to simply as 人 (rén, someone; people). y 我的信用卡被 / 叫 / 人拿走了 W de xìnyòngk bèi/jiào/ràng rén ná z u le.) (My credit card was taken away.) With 被 (bèi), the agent of the action can be omitted from the sentence: z 同 在教室里又唱又跳, 他快被吵死了 Tóngxué men zài jiàoshì li yòu chàng yòu tiào, t kuài bèi ch o s le. (His classmates are singing and dancing in the classroom. The noise is driving him to distraction.) 被 (bèi) sometimes can be used in a positive sense, but we will not discuss it in detail here.

274 Lesson 18 Sports 245 Language Practice E. a Busy Day? Take a look at the chart and summarize who did what for how long yesterday. Example :00pm 7:00am 7:30am 11:00am 10:00am 4:00pm 11:00pm 8:00am 8:15am 12:00pm 12:30pm 6:30pm Example: 先生昨天跳舞跳了三 小 Fèi xi nsheng zuóti n tiào w tiào le s n ge xi oshí. or 先生昨天跳了三 Fèi xi nsheng zuóti n tiào le s n 小 ( 的 ) 舞 ge xi oshí (de) w

275 246 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook F. study Strategies Wang Hong came to the United States to improve her English. To achieve her goal, she watches two hours of English-language TV every day. How can you improve your Chinese? Get together with a group of classmates and get everyone s suggestions by asking 怎 才能提高中文水平 (Z nme cái néng tíg o Zh ngwén shu píng?) Example: 了提高中文水平, Wèile tíg o Zh ngwén shu píng, 你 每天听 n y ngg i m iti n t ng li ng ge 小 ( 的 ) 音 xi o shí (de) lùy n. 1. Classmate #1 2. Classmate #2 3. Classmate #3

276 Lesson 18 Sports 247 G. describing What You See Describe the persons in the pictures using V + (zhe) structure. Example: 王朋 高文中 李友坐 聊天 高小音站 聊天 Wáng Péng, G o Wénzh ng, L Y u zuò zhe liáo ti nr. G o Xi oy n zhàn zhe liáo ti nr

277 248 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook H. not His Lucky Day! Use the 被 (bèi)/ 叫 (jiào)/ (ràng) structure to describe what happened to Little Gao yesterday. 1. His homework was eaten by his dog. 2. His coffee was drunk by his sister. 3. His credit card was taken away from him by his mother. 4. His car was driven to school by his brother. 5. The birthday gift that he was going to give to his friend was crushed by the sofa. Have any of these ever happened to you? Do you have any similar experiences that you could share with your class? I. Workout Queen/King! Go around the class and ask one another: 1. Do you exercise? If so: If not: 2. What sports do you play? 2. What sports do you dislike? 3. Why do you like them? 3. Why don t you like them?

278 Lesson 18 Sports How often do you exercise? 4. How long have you not been exercising? 5. How long do you exercise each time? 5. When do you plan to start exercising? After gathering everyone s information, then tell the class who the workout king/queen is. 得最多, 是我 的 天王! yùndòng de zuì du, shì w men de yùndòng ti nwáng! J. Recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. 王 看 美式 1. Wáng Hóng kàn guo M ishì 足球? zúqiú ma? 2. 足球和美式足球 有什 不同? y u shénme bù tóng? 2. Guójì zúqiú hé M ishì zúqiú 3. 踢美式足球的人 3. T M ishì zúqiú de rén 什 不 被 坏? wèishénme bú huì bèi y huài? 4. 王 看得 美式 4. Wáng Hóng kàn de d ng M ishì 足球? zúqiú ma? 5. 怎 知道高小音的 5. Z nme zh dào G o Xi oy n de 男朋友喜 看美式足球? zúqiú? nánpéngyou x huan kàn M ishì

279 250 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋的妹妹王 北京, 要在美 上大, 在住在高小音家里 文 了 文, 她每天都看 小 的 一天 吃完晚, 高小音就和王 看 里的足球比 正在比 的是美式足球, 王 看 美式足球, 不知道球 什 不是 的, 踢球的人 什 用手抱 球跑 她看 那 多人都 在一, 心下面的人 被 坏了 她看不, 得 有意思 可是高小音, 在美 住半年就 喜 了 Wáng Péng de mèimei Wáng Hóng g ng cóng B ij ng lái, yào zài M iguó shàng dàxué, xiànzài zhù zài G o Xi oy n ji li xué Y ngwén. Wèile liànxí Y ngwén, t m i ti n d u kàn li ng ge xi oshí de diànshì. Zhè yì ti n g ng ch wán w nfàn, G o Xi oy n jiù hé Wáng Hóng kàn diànshì li de zúqiú b sài. Zhèngzài b sài de shì M ishì zúqiú, Wáng Hóng méi kàn guo M ishì zúqiú, bù zh dào qiú wèishénme bú shì yuán de, t qiú de rén wèishénme yòng sh u bào zhe qiú p o. T kàn jiàn nàme du rén d u y zài yìq, d n x n xiàmian de rén huì bèi y huài le. T kàn bù d ng, juéde méiy u yìsi. K shì G o Xi oy n shu, zài M iguó zhù bànnián jiù huì x huan le.

280 Lesson 18 Sports 251 how about you? What s your favorite or least favorite sport? 1. 慢跑 mànp o v/n to jog; jogging 2. 打棒球 d bàngqiú vo to play baseball 3. 打乒乓球 d p ngp ngqiú vo to play table tennis 4. 做瑜伽 zuò yúji vo to do yoga 5. 打太极拳 d tàijíquán vo to do Tai Chi (a kind of traditional Chinese shadow boxing) If the sports that you like and dislike are not listed above, ask your teacher and make a note here:

281 252 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Culture Highlights u As living standards in China have improved in recent decades, the consumption of calorie-rich foods, especially meat, has been on the rise. Obesity has quietly become a problem for many people in urban areas, especially children. That change is reflected in sociolinguistic effects. Before the 1970s one could say 你胖了 (N pàng le, You ve put on weight) and have it received as a compliment, but now one has to be really careful with that expression. v In recent decades, China has consolidated its status as the leading sports power in Asia. In some sports events, such as table tennis and diving, China has enjoyed a dominant position in the world. By far the most popular sport in China, as in many other countries, is soccer, but ironically, China s national soccer team is second-rate even in Asia. What Chinese speakers call football ( 足球 zúqiú) is actually soccer in American English. American football, called 美式足球 (M ishì zúqiú) or 球 (g nl nqiú) in China, is not played there. Actually, not many people in China would understand the frenzy and exhilaration of American fans watching what can seem to be little more than a group scuffling on grass. w One of the most spectacular scenes in a Chinese city is in the early morning, when hundreds or even thousands of men and women, most of them older people and retirees, gather in the parks to do Tai Chi boxing ( 太极拳 tàijíquán) and other forms of exercise.

282 Lesson 18 Sports 253 x In China, all television stations are state-owned. Apart from Chinese Central Television (CCTV), each province has its own TV stations. CCTV has a channel, CCTV 5, exclusively devoted to sports, where NBA games are regularly aired. It also offers an English channel, Channel 9, which can be received all over the world through satellite transmission. Is CCTV s Channel 9 listed? What other cities TV listings can you recognize here?

283 254 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook English Text Dialogue I Gao Wenzhong: Look, my gut is getting bigger and bigger. Wang Peng: You usually overeat, and on top of that you don t exercise; of course you re putting on more and more weight. Gao Wenzhong: What should I do? Wang Peng: If you re afraid of being overweight, you should exercise two or three times a week, for half an hour each time. Then your belly will get smaller. Gao Wenzhong: I haven t exercised for two years. What kind of exercise should I do? Wang Peng: The simplest exercise is jogging. Gao Wenzhong: It s so cold in winter, and so hot in summer. Jogging is too uncomfortable. Wang Peng: How about playing tennis? Gao Wenzhong: Then I d have to get a tennis racket and tennis shoes. You know tennis rackets and tennis shoes are very expensive! Wang Peng: How about getting a few people together to play basketball? Buying a basketball is very inexpensive. Gao Wenzhong: Then every time I d have to call people and arrange to meet. That s way too much hassle. Wang Peng: Then why don t you swim? There s no need to look for people, it wouldn t cost much money, and you could go any time. Gao Wenzhong: Swimming? I m afraid of water. That s too dangerous. What if I drown? Wang Peng: There s nothing I can do [to help]. If you re not willing to exercise, then keep packing on the pounds. Dialogue II Wang Peng s younger sister, Wang Hong, just came from Beijing. She will be going to college in the United States. Right now she is staying at Gao Xiaoyin s place, studying English. To improve her English, she watches two hours of TV every day. * * * Gao Xiaoyin: Hurry, turn the TV on. The football game is starting. Wang Hong: Really? I like watching football games too...what kind of football is this? How come it s not round? Gao Xiaoyin: This is not international football, this is American football. Wang Hong: To play football you should kick (the ball) with your feet. Why is that guy running with the ball in his hands? Gao Xiaoyin: In American football you can use your hands. Wang Hong: Look! All those people are piling on top of each other. Wouldn t the people underneath be crushed to pieces? Gao Xiaoyin: Don t worry, they re really strong. Besides, they wear special sports clothing, so everything s fine. Wang Hong: I ve been watching for a while and I still don t get it. Let s watch something else. Gao Xiaoyin: You only have to live in America for half a year before you will begin to like American football. When my boyfriend is watching a football game, often he will even forget to eat.

284 Lesson 18 Sports 255 progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 19, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Explain briefly why certain sports are or are not appealing to me; Describe the frequency and duration of my exercise routine, or how long I haven t exercised; Make a simple comparison between how soccer and American football are played.

285 256 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook What do you say?

286 Lesson 19 Travel 第十九课旅行 Dì shíji kè L xíng Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Talk about your plans for summer vacation; Describe what kind of city Beijing is; Describe your travel itinerary; Ask for discounts, compare airfares and routes, and book an airplane ticket; Ask about seat assignments and request meal accommodations based on your dietary restrictions or preferences. Relate and Get ready In your own culture/community 1. How do students normally spend the summer? 2. What town or city is the nearest cultural or political center? What are its special attractions? 3. Where can people get good deals on airline tickets? 4. What s a common expression for a commercial discount?

287 258 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Traveling to Beijing 李友, 得快, 上就要放假了, 我 的同, 有的去暑期班, 有的去公司, 有的回家打工, 你有什? 我 有想好 你呢, 王朋? u 我暑假打算回北京去看父母 是? 我听 北京 城市很有意思 然 北京是中 的首都, 也是中 的政治 文化中心, 有很多名胜古 Language Notes u While the verbs 打算 (d suàn) and (jìhuà) are synonyms, the former is more colloquial and the latter more formal.

288 啊, 城很有名 有, 北京的好 多得不得了 j 的? 我去 香港 台北, 去 北京, 要是能去北京就好了 那你跟我一 回去吧, 我 你的 的? 那太好了! 我已 有了, 我得赶快 v 那我 上 旅行社打 票 Lesson 19 Travel 259 v To apply for a certificate or official documentation, one usually uses the verb (bàn), especially in spoken Chinese, as in (bàn hùzhào, to apply for a passport) and (bàn qi nzhèng, to apply for a visa). More examples: 生 (bàn xuésh ngzhèng, to apply for a student ID), (bàn sh uxù, to do the paperwork), and (bàn jiéh nzhèng, to apply for a marriage license). L Y u, shíji n guò de zh n kuài, m shàng jiù yào fàng jià le, w men de tóngxué, y ude qù sh q b n xuéxí, y ude qù g ngs shíxí, y ude huí ji d g ng, n y u shénme jìhuà? W hái méiy u xi ng h o. N ne, Wáng Péng? W sh jià d suàn huí B ij ng qù kàn fùm. Shì ma? W t ngshu B ij ng zhè ge chéngshì h n y uyìsi. D ngrán. B ij ng shì Zh ngguó de sh ud, y shì Zh ngguó de zhèngzhì, wénhuà zh ngx n, y u h n du míngshèng g jì. Duì a, Chángchéng h n y umíng. Hái y u, B ij ng de h o fàngu n du de bù déli o j. Zh n de? W qù guo Xi ngg ng, Táib i, hái méi qù guo B ij ng, yàoshi néng qù B ij ng jiù h o le. Nà n g n w yìq huí qu ba, w d ng n de d oyóu. Zh n de ma? Nà tài h o le! Hùzhào w y j ng y u le. W d i g nkuài bàn qi nzhèng v. Nà w m shàng g i l xíngshè d diànhuà dìng f ij piào.

289 260 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 上 m shàng adv immediately; right away 2. 放假 fàng jià vo go on vacation; have time off 放 fàng v to let go; to set free 假 jià n vacation; holiday 3. 公司 g ngs n company 4. shíxí v to intern 5. 打工 d g ng vo to work at a temporary job (often part time) 6. jìhuà n/v plan; to plan 7. 暑假 sh jià n summer vacation 8. 打算 d suàn v/n to plan; plan 9. 父母 fùm n parents; father and mother 10. 首都 sh ud n capital city 11. 政治 zhèngzhì n politics 12. 文化 wénhuà n culture 13. 名胜古 míngshèng g jì famous scenic spots and historic sites 14. 有名 y umíng adj famous; well-known 15. d oyóu n tour guide 16. 照 hùzhào n passport 17. dìng v to reserve; to book (a ticket, a hotel room, etc.) 18. qi nzhèng n visa 19. 旅行社 l xíngshè n travel agency

290 Lesson 19 Travel 261 Vocabulary Proper Nouns 20. 城 Chángchéng the Great Wall 21. 香港 Xi ngg ng Hong Kong 22. 台北 Táib i Taipei 城的照片 li ng zh ng Chángchéng de zhàopiàn 你想去香港 是上海? N xi ng qù Xi ngg ng háishi Shàngh i?

291 262 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Grammar 1. 不得了 (bù déli o, extremely) The expression 不得了 (bù déli o, extremely), which often follows the structure adjective + 得 (de), indicates a high degree, in the speaker s judgment, of the attribute signified by the adjective. For example, if one cannot stand the summer heat in a certain place, one can comment on it by saying: u 那 地方夏天 得不得了 Nà ge dìfang xiàti n rè de bù déli o. (Summer is unbearably hot in that place.) If the Great Wall is extremely crowded, one can describe the scene by saying: v 城上的人多得不得了 Chángchéng shàng de rén du de bù déli o. (There was an incredible number of people on the Great Wall.) Language Practice A. Planning Ahead Ask your partner about his/her plans for tonight, 1) for the coming weekend, 2) for the summer break, 3) for next semester, and 4) for next year. Example: 你今天晚上打算做什? N j nti n w nshang d suàn zuò shénme?

292 Lesson 19 Travel 263 B. survey Your Class Move around the classroom and interview your classmates to find out more about their opinions and experiences. Then report the results of your survey to the class by using 我的同 有的人 有的人 (W de tóngxué y ude rén, y ude rén...). Possible topics include: your classmates favorite beverages, cuisines, fruits, colors, or sports; their thoughts on Chinese pronunciation, Chinese grammar, or Chinese characters; their allergies, living arrangements, travel plans, etc. Each student should choose a different topic to ask about. Example: beverages 我的同 有的人喜 喝可, 有的人喜 喝咖啡 W de tóngxué y ude rén x huan h k lè, y ude rén x huan h k f i. C. name That Capital! You have learned how to say the capital of China is Beijing : 中 的首都是北京 Zh ngguó de sh ud shì B ij ng. Now can you name the capitals of the following countries? 1. 美 M iguó 2. Y ngguó 3. 日本 Rìb n 4. Hánguó South Korea 5. 加拿大 Ji nádà Canada 6. 墨西哥 Mòx g Mexico 7. 澳大利 Àodàlìyà Australia

293 264 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook D. World Cities With your partner, recap what you know about Beijing, and then find one or two other cities in the world that are similar to Beijing in some ways. What do they have in common? If you could travel to any city in the world during your next vacation, where would you go? Why? What attractions would you especially want to see? E. name That Person! Name That Place! You must know celebrities that you adore and ones that you dislike; you may have been to attractive places and repulsive ones. Share with the class your sentiments about those people and places by using the adj + 得不得了 (de bù déli o) formation. Celebrities Example: 可 k ài (name of the celebrity) (name of the celebrity) 可 得不得了 k ài de bù déli o. 1. shuài 2. 明 c ngming 3. 漂亮 piàoliang 4. 用功 yòngg ng 5. 酷 kù 6. 坏 huài 7. l n

294 Lesson 19 Travel 265 places 1. 漂亮 piàoliang 2. 有意思 y u yìsi 3. 安 njìng 4. g njìng 5. 人多 rén du 6. rè 7. 冷 l ng 8. 危 w ixi n 9. 吵 ch o F. What Do You Want to Be? Survey your classmates to find out their aspirations for the future: 你以后想 什? N y hòu xi ng d ng shénme? 老 律, 是 生? L osh, l sh, háishi y sh ng? G. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue I: 1. 快放暑假了, 王朋 1. Kuài fàng sh jià le, Wáng Péng 的同 想做 de tóngxué men xi ng zuò 什? shénme?

295 266 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 2. 李友暑假打算做 2. L Y u sh jià d suàn zuò 什? shénme? 3. 王朋暑假打算做 3. Wáng Péng sh jià d suàn zuò 什? shénme? 4. 李友听 北京? 4. L Y u t ngshu guo B ij ng ma? 5. 王朋 北京是一 5. Wáng Péng shu B ij ng shì yí 什 的城市? ge shénme yàng de chéngshì? 6. 李友想去北京? 6. L Y u xi ng qù B ij ng ma? 7. 王朋 什 去 7. Wáng Péng wèishénme shu qù 北京他可以 李友的 B ij ng t k y d ng L Y u de? d oyóu? 8. 王朋和李友去 8. Wáng Péng hé L Y u qù 中 以前, 得先做什? zuò shénme? Zh ngguó y qián, d i xi n

296 Lesson 19 Travel 267 Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 快放暑假了, 王朋的同 有的去暑期班, 有的去公司, 有的回家去打工 李友 想好暑假的 王朋要回北京看父母, 他 李友介 北京是中 的首都, 也是中 的政治 文化中心, 有很多名胜古, 北京的好 儿多得不得了 李友去 台北和香港, 但是 去 北京, 听了王朋的介 很想去北京 王朋 李友跟他一 回北京, 他 李友的 李友听了很高 李友已 有 照了, 得 王朋 他赶快 旅行社打 票 Kuài fàng sh jià le, Wáng Péng de tóngxué y ude qù sh q b n xuéxí, y ude qù g ngs shíxí, y ude huí ji qù d g ng. L Y u hái méi xi ng h o sh jià de jìhuà. Wáng Péng yào huí B ij ng kàn fùm, t g i L Y u jièshào shu B ij ng shì Zh ngguó de sh ud, y shì Zh ngguó de zhèngzhì, wénhuà zh ngx n, y u h n du míngshèng g jì, B ij ng de h o fàngu nr du de bù déli o. L Y u qù guo Táib i hé Xi ngg ng, dànshì méi qù guo B ij ng, t ng le Wáng Péng de jièshào h n xi ng qù B ij ng. Wáng Péng ràng L Y u g n t yìq huí B ij ng, t d ng L Y u de d oyóu. L Y u t ng le h n g oxìng. L Y u y j ng y u hùzhào le, d i bàn qi nzhèng. Wáng Péng shu t g nkuài g i l xíngshè d diànhuà dìng f ij piào.

297 268 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue II: Planning an Itinerary 天一旅行社, 你好 你好 六月初机票多少? u 到北京的 您要 程票 是往返票? 我要 往返票 你想 哪家航空公司的? k 哪家的便宜, 就 哪家的 Language Notes u 月初 (yuè ch ) refers to the first few days of the month, typically from the 1st to the 5th or 6th. 月中 (yuè zh ng) is for the middle of the month, roughly from the 14th to 16th or 17th. 月 (yuè d ) means the final days of the month, usually from the 27th or 28th. One can also say 年初 (nián ch, beginning of the year), 年中 (nián zh ng, middle of the year), and 年 (nián d, end of the year). The words 初 (ch, beginning), 中 (zh ng, middle), and (d, end; bottom) usually compound with either 月 (yuè) or 年 (nián) and are never used with 星期 (x ngq ).

298 Lesson 19 Travel 269 等等, 我查一下 好几家航空公司都有航班 v 中 航空公司, 一千五 l, 西北航空公司正在打折 w, 差不多一千四百六十, 可是要 机 x 西北只比 航便宜四十几 m, 我 是 航吧 哪一天走 y? 哪一天回? 六月十 走, 七月十五 回 在可以 位子? 可以 你 喜 靠窗戶的 是靠走道的? 靠走道的 了 z, 我朋友吃素, 她 一份素餐 您在北京要 旅館 租? 不用,! v In Taiwan, people say 班 (b nj ) instead of 航班 (hángb n). w The approach to describing a discount in Chinese is different from that in English. In English the emphasis is on the amount that is given as a discount, e.g., 10% off, 20% off, etc. In Chinese, however, the emphasis is on the proportion of the original price that is actually paid. Therefore, 九折 (ji zhé) means that the price is 90% of the original price, or 10% off; 七五折 (q w zhé) means 75% of the original price; and 折 (duì zhé) 50% of the original price. x 中 航空公司 (Zh ngguó Guójì Hángk ng G ngs, literally, China International Airlines ) is often shortened to (Guóháng). It s known in English as Air China. y As introduced in Lesson 10, the basic meaning of 走 (z u) is to walk. Here 走 (z u) means to leave or to depart. z 了 (duì le) is often used when one suddenly thinks of something. For instance, if a student is saying goodbye to his classmate, and all of a sudden it occurs to him that they need to study for a test the next day, he can say: 明天 了, 明天考, 忘了 (Míngti n jiàn...duì le, míngti n k o shì, bié wàng le fùxí, See you tomorrow. Oh yes, we have a test tomorrow. Don t forget to review.)

299 270 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Ti n Y l xíngshè, n h o. N h o. Q ng wèn liùyuè ch dào B ij ng de j piào du shao qián? Nín yào m i d nchéng piào háishi w ngf n piào? W yào m i li ng zh ng w ngf n piào. N xi ng m i n ji hángk ng g ngs de? N ji de piányi, jiù m i n k ji de. Q ng d ng deng, w chá yí xià... H o j ji hángk ng g ngs d u y u hángb n v. Zh ngguó Guójì Hángk ng G ngs, yì qi n w l, zhíf i. X b i Hángk ng G ngs zhèngzài d zhé w, chàbudu yì qi n sì b i liùshí, k shì yào zhu n j. X b i zh b Guóháng x piányi sìshí j kuài qián m, w háishi m i Guóháng ba. N yì ti n z u y? N yì ti n huí lai? Liùyuè shí hào z u, q yuè shíw hào huí lai. Xiànzài k y dìng wèizi ma? K y. N men x huan kào chu nghu de háishi kào z udào de? Kào z udào de. Duì le z, w péngyou ch sù, máfan b ng t dìng yí fèn sùc n. Méi wèntí Nín zài B ij ng yào dìng l gu n, z ch ma? Búyòng, xièxie! 是去哪 的 票? 是 程票 是往返票? Zhè shì qù n r de ch piào? Shì d nchéng piào háishi w ngf n piào?

300 Lesson 19 Travel 271 Vocabulary 1. 初 ch n beginning 2. 程 d nchéng n one-way trip 3. 往返 w ngf n v make a round trip; go there and back 4. 航空 hángk ng n aviation 5. 查 chá v to check; to look into 6. 航班 hángb n n scheduled flight 7. 千 qi n nu thousand 8. zhí f i fly directly 9. 打折 d zhé vo to sell at a discount; to give a discount 10. zhu n j vo change planes 11. 靠 kào v to lean on; to lean against; to be next to 12. 窗戶 chu nghu n window 13. 走道 z udào n aisle 14. 份 fèn m (measure word for meal order, job) 15. 素餐 sùc n n vegetarian meal 16. 旅 l gu n n hotel 17. 租 z v to rent Proper Nouns 18. 中 航空公司 Zh ngguó Guójì Hángk ng G ngs Air China 19. 西北航空公司 X b i Hángk ng Northwest G ngs Airlines

301 272 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 去上海的机票最便宜能打几折? Qù Shàngh i de j piào zuì piányí néng d j zhé? Grammar 2. Question Pronouns as Indefinite References (Whoever, Whatever, etc.) A question pronoun repeated in two separate but related clauses of the same sentence forms the equivalent of the question pronoun + -ever expression in English. Its first occurrence refers to an indefinite person, object, time, place, etc. Its second occurrence then refers to that same person, object, time, place, etc. u 想去, 就去 Shéi xi ng qù, shéi jiù qù. (Whoever wants to go can go.) v 你吃什, 我就吃什 N ch shénme, w jiù ch shénme. (I ll have whatever you re having.) w 哪 鞋便宜, 就 哪 N shu ng xié piányi, jiù m i n shu ng.) (Buy whichever pair of shoes is the cheapest.) x Taxi Driver: 您想怎 走? Nín xi ng z nme z u? (Which way do you want to take?)

302 Lesson 19 Travel 273 Passenger: 怎 近, 怎 走 Z nme jìn, z nme z u. (I ll take whichever is the shortest distance.) In this kind of sentence, sometimes the two occurrences of the question pronoun play the same grammatical role, i.e, both are subjects, as in (1); or both are objects, as in (2). Sometimes the two occurrences of the question pronoun perform different grammatical functions. In (3), for example, the first 哪 (n shu ng) is the subject whereas the second 哪 (n shu ng) is the object. The adverb 就 (jiù) often precedes the verb in the second clause, but not always, as shown in (5) and (6) below. y 哪 安, 我住哪 N r njìng, w zhù n r. (I ll live wherever it s quiet.) z A: 他找 他搬家具? T zh o shéi b ng t b n ji jù? (Who is he going to ask to help him move his furniture?) B: 身 棒, 他找 Shéi sh nt bàng, t zh o shéi. (He ll ask whoever is strong.) 3. numbers over One Thousand You have already learned how to count in Chinese up to a thousand. Number Chinese Pinyin English 1 一 y one 10 十 shí ten 100 百 b i hundred 1000 千 qi n thousand

303 274 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook However, in Chinese the next larger unit after a thousand is not called * 十千 (*shí qi n), but 万 (wàn). Even though the Chinese share the international practice of segmenting a long Arabic number into three-digit sets in writing or in print, they mentally divide the number into four-digit sets instead when they read it. Starting at the fifth digit from the right is the four-digit set of 万 (wàn), and the next fourdigit set is that of (yì). In the examples below, we have artificially indicated such divisions as an aid. English Arabic Number Chinese Mental Chinese Pinyin Division thousand 1, ( 一 ) 千 (yì) qi n ten thousand hundred thousand 10, ( 一 ) 万 (yí) wàn 100, 十万 shí wàn million 1,000, ( 一 ) 百万 (yì) b i wàn ten million 10,000, ( 一 ) 千万 (yì) qi n wàn hundred million 100,000, ( 一 ) / ( 一 ) 万万 (yí) yì/ (yí) wànwàn billion 1,000,000, 十 shí yì Examples of large numbers: 12,345 (1 2345) 一万 千三百四十五 25,000 (2 5000) 万五千 yí wàn li ng qi n s n b i sìshíw li ng wàn w qi n 340,876 ( ) 三十四万零八百七十六 s nshísì wàn líng b b i q shíliù 1,000,900,000 ( ) 十 零九十万 shí yì líng ji shí wàn

304 Lesson 19 Travel comparative Sentences with 比 (b ) (II) [See also Grammar 1 in Lesson 11.] In a sentence where 比 (b ) is used, a numeral + measure word combination can be placed after the adjective to indicate the disparity. A + 比 (b ) + B + Adjective + Numeral + Measure Word + Noun u 我 班比你 班多四 生 W men b n b n men b n du sì ge xuésheng. (Our class is larger than yours by four students.) v 件 衫比那件 衫 二十塊 Zhè jiàn chènsh n b nà jiàn chènsh n guì èrshí kuài qián.) (This shirt is twenty dollars more expensive than that shirt.) w 我的房租比你的便宜五百 W de fángz b n de piányi w b i kuài. (My rent is five hundred dollars cheaper than yours.) x 我表弟比我小三 W bi odì b w xi o s n suì. (My cousin is three years younger than I.)

305 276 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Language Practice H. big Sale A furniture store is having a big sale. Compare the original prices and the sale prices, and figure out with a partner what discount the store is offering on each item. Example: A: 床打几折? B: 床打八折 Zhè zh ng chuáng d j zhé? Zhè zh ng chuáng d b zhé

306 Lesson 19 Travel 277 在 商店 西, 可以打几折? Zài zhè ge sh ngdiàn m i d ngxi, k y d j zhé? I. being Flexible and Accommodating Mr. Li has just started dating Ms. Wang. He tries to be very nice and asks Ms. Wang what she would like to do, where she would like to go, etc. Ms. Wang is trying to be nice, too, so she leaves it to Mr. Li to decide. Do a role play with a partner, and see if you two can settle on a day, time, place, and activity. Example: Pick a place to go. 李先生 : 你想去 L xi nsheng: N xi ng qù 哪 玩? n r wánr? 王小姐 : 你想去哪 Wáng xi oji : N xi ng qù n r 玩, 我就 wánr, w jiù 去哪 玩 qù n r wánr.

307 278 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 1. Find out what she is interested in. 2. Find out what cuisine she prefers. 3. Find out when she would like to see a movie. 4. Find out which city she would like to travel to. J. i Almost Forgot! 1. You have just said goodbye to your friend, but suddenly it occurs to you that you need to borrow a Chinese book from him. What do you say? 2. You have been talking to your mom on the phone to ask for more money, and she has granted your request. You ve just said Thanks, but it occurs to you that you should mention your plan to travel to China for the summer and ask for your mom s opinion. 3. You are on the phone with your travel agency and have just booked your flight. Before you hang up the phone, it occurs to you that you should ask for a seat assignment. K. Who Got a Better Deal? Compare notes with your partner and find out the differences in what you pay for rent, security deposit, and utilities. Then report to the class. 1. 房租 fángz 2. 押金 y j n 3. 水 shu diàn fèi

308 Lesson 19 Travel 279 L. don t Leave Any Questions Out! Divide the class into two groups, one of travelers and the other of travel agents. Travelers: As an experienced traveler, what questions will you ask when you make a flight reservation? Make your list as detailed as possible Travel Agents: As an experienced travel agent, what questions will you ask your customer when he/she books a flight? Make your list as detailed as possible After each group completes its list, the two groups should compare lists and see if any important questions have been left out. Then the whole class decides which list is more satisfactory. M. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, ask and answer the following questions based on Dialogue II. 1. 王朋 哪 旅行社 1. Wáng Péng g i n ge l xíngshè 打? d diànhuà? 2. 王朋要 什 2. Wáng Péng yào m i shénme 候 什 的 票? shíhou, shénme yàng de j piào? 3. 王朋要 哪家 3. Wáng Péng yào m i n ji 航空公司的 票? hángk ng g ngs de j piào?

309 280 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 4. 旅行社的人 票多少? 4. L xíngshè de rén shu j piào du shao qián? 5. 王朋 了哪家 5. Wáng Péng m i le n ji 航空公司的 票? hángk ng g ngs de j piào? 6. 王朋和李友哪天 6. Wáng Péng hé L Y u n ti n 走, 哪天回? z u, n ti n huí lai? 7. 王朋要什 的位子? 7. Wáng Péng yào shénme yàng de wèizi? 8. 王朋 李友 了 8. Wáng Péng g i L Y u dìng le 什? shénme? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋打 旅行社 票 他要 去北京的往返票, 六月十 走, 七月十五 回 然西北航空公司在打折, 但是得 机, 中 航空公司只比西北航空公司 四十, 可是不用 机, 所以他 了 航的票 他 了靠走道的位子, 李友 了一份素餐 Wáng Péng d diànhuà g i l xíngshè dìng j piào. T yào m i li ng zh ng qù B ij ng de w ngf n piào, liùyuè shí hào z u, q yuè shíw hào huí lai. Su rán X b i Hángk ng G ngs zài d zhé, dànshì d i zhu n j, Zh ngguó Guójì Hángk ng G ngs zh b X b i Hángk ng G ngs guì sìshí kuài qián, k shì búyòng zhu n j, su y t m i le Guóháng de piào. T dìng le kào z udào de wèizi, hái g i L Y u dìng le yí fèn sùc n.

310 Lesson 19 Travel 281 how about you? What are the must haves when you travel? 1. 金 xiànj n n cash 2. 件 zhèngjiàn n ID; document 3. 照相机 zhàoxiàngj n camera Is there anything else you must have when you travel? Please ask your teacher and make a note here: What would make your flight more comfortable? 1. 等 tóud ngc ng n first class 2. 商 sh ngwùc ng n business class 3. 阿司匹林 s p lín n aspirin 4. 枕 zh ntou n pillow 5. 毯子 t nzi n blanket 公 就是商 G ngwùc ng jiùshì sh ngwùc ng. Any other things that would make your flight more comfortable? Please ask your teacher and make a note here:

311 282 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Culture Highlights u Most travel agencies in China belong to three travel agency groups targeting different types of tourists: International Travel Agencies ( 旅行社 Guójì L xíngshè) or 旅 (Guó L ); China Travel Agencies ( 中 旅行社 Zh ngguó L x ngshè) or 中旅 (Zh ng L ); and Youth Travel Agencies ( 青年旅行社 Q ngnián L xíngshè), also known as 青旅 (Q ng L ). While 旅 (Guó L ) and 中旅 (Zh ng L ) mainly serve foreign tourists and overseas Chinese respectively, 青旅 (Q ng L ) is primarily oriented toward Chinese citizens. v The busiest travel season in China is January and February, when millions upon millions of people travel to join their families or friends for the Chinese New Year. Railroad remains the major means of domestic travel. During the Chinese New Year period, all the railroad stations across the country are overcrowded with travelers awaiting their trains or seeking tickets. There are four different classes of train tickets: for carriages with hard seats ( 硬座 yìng zuò), cushioned seats ( 座 ru n zuò), hard sleeping berths ( 硬 yìng wò), or cushioned sleeping berths ( ru n wò). In recent decades, in the wake of the rapid growth of China s aviation industry, airplane travel has become an increasingly competitive option for domestic travelers.

312 Lesson 19 Travel 283 English Text Dialogue I Wang Peng: Li You, time flies. It ll be break soon. Some of our classmates are going to summer school; some of them are going to intern at different companies. Some will go home and work. What are your plans? Li You: I haven t decided. What about you, Wang Peng? Wang Peng: I plan to go back to Beijing to see my parents. Li You: Really? I hear that Beijing is a really interesting city. Wang Peng: Of course. Beijing is China s capital, and it s also China s political and cultural center with lots of famous historic sites. Li You: That s right. The Great Wall is very famous. Wang Peng: And there are tons of great restaurants in Beijing. Li You: Really? I ve been to Hong Kong and Taipei, but I ve never been to Beijing. I wish I could go to Beijing. Wang Peng: Why don t you go with me? I could be your guide. Li You: Really? That would be great! I already have a passport. I ll have to apply for a visa at once. Wang Peng: I ll give the travel agency a call right away and get the plane tickets. Dialogue II Travel Agent: Tianyi Travel Agency, good morning. Wang Peng: Good morning. How much is a ticket to Beijing for the beginning of June? Travel Agent: One way or round trip? Wang Peng: Two round trip tickets. Travel Agent: Which airline? Wang Peng: I ll get whichever airline is the least expensive. Travel Agent: Please wait a moment. Let me check. Quite a few airlines fly there. Air China, $1,500, direct flight. Northwest is having a sale. About $1,460, but you have to change planes. Wang Peng: Northwest is only $40 cheaper than China Airlines. I ll go with China Airlines. Travel Agent: What are the dates for departure and return? Wang Peng: Departing on June 10, returning on July 15. Can I reserve seats now? Travel Agent: Yes, you can. Do you prefer window or aisle seats? Wang Peng: Aisle seats. Oh, that s right, my friend is a vegetarian. Could you please order vegetarian meals for her? Travel Agent: No problem. While in Beijing, do you need to make reservations for a hotel or car rental? Wang Peng: No, thank you.

313 284 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook progress Checklist Before proceeding to Lesson 20, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Describe my travel, study, and/or work plans for the summer; Give a basic description of Beijing; Make a travel reservation by giving my travel dates, asking for airfares, and comparing options; Inquire about seat assignments and special meal orders; Express a commercial discount. 什 保? Zhèr mài shénme b oxi n?

314 At the Lesson 20 Airport 第二十 在机 Dì èrshí kè Zài j ch ng Learning Objectives In this lesson, you will learn to use Chinese to Check in at the airport; Wish departing friends a safe journey and remind them to keep in touch; Greet guests at the airport; Compliment someone on his or her language ability; Ask about someone s health; Remind people to move on to the next event. Relate and Get Ready In your own culture/community 1. What do people say when seeing someone off on a trip? 2. During the summer, do people prefer to fly or take road trips? 3. What do people say to their guests when greeting them at the airport, train, or bus station? 4. What are some local foods that your guests from elsewhere should try?

315 286 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue I: Checking In at the Airport ( 在国航的服务台 ) j 小姐, 这是我们的机票 请把 照给我看看 你们有几件行李要托运? Language Notes u When asking others for help, one polite way is to begin the request with 烦 (máfan). 两件 这个包不托运, 我们带上飞机 烦 u 您把箱子拿上来 小姐, 超重吧?

316 Lesson 20 At the Airport 287 有 是你 的 照 机票, 是登机牌 v 到五 登机口上 机 * * * 哥哥, 你 去北京了, 就我一 人在 儿 小, 哭, 我 几 星 j 期就回, 你好好儿地 文, 跑 不是几 星期就回, 是几 星期以后才回 心, 我姐姐小音 照 你, 心 机几? 中午十二, 有 多小 白, 你什 候去? 我不去 了 文中 我在加州找了一份 工作 v The Chinese word for boarding pass is either 登机牌 (d ngj pái, lit., boarding card) or 登机 (d ngj zhèng, lit., boarding certificate). In mainland China, boarding gates are called 登机口 (d ngj k u). In Taiwan and Hong Kong, they are called 登机 (d ngj mén) and 口 (zhák u) respectively.

317 288 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook, 我 下 星期 去加州 是? 一 儿, 一 儿玩儿, 太好了 j 小心 祝你 玩儿得 高 祝你 一路平安 到了北京以后 k, 忘了 我 子 件 好, 那我 秋天 下 期 再! (Zài Guóháng de fúwùtái) Xi oji, zhè shì w men de j j piào. Q ng b hùzhào g i w kàn kan. N men y u j jiàn xíngli yào tu yùn? Li ng jiàn. Zhè ge b o bù tu yùn, w men dài shang f ij. Máfan nín b xi ngzi ná shang lai. Xi oji, méi ch ozhòng ba? Méiy u. Zhè shì n men de hùzhào, j piào, zhè shì d ngj pái. Q ng dào w hào d ngj k u shàng f ij. Xièxie. * * * G ge, n men qù B ij ng le, jiù w yí ge rén zài zhèr. Xi o Hóng, bié k, w men j ge x ngq jiù huí lai, n h oh or de j xué Y ngwén, bié luàn p o. Bú shì j ge x ngq jiù huí lai, shì j ge x ngq y hòu cái huí lai. Bié d n x n, w ji jie Xi oy n huì zhàogu n. Duì, bié d n x n. F ij j di n q f i?

318 Lesson 20 At the Airport 289 Zh ngw shí èr di n, hái y u li ng ge du xi oshí. Bái Y ng ài, n shénme shíhou qù Ni yu shíxí? W bú qù Ni yu le. Wénzh ng b ng w zài Ji zh u zh o le yí fèn shíxí g ngzuò. Duì, w men xià ge x ngq k i ch qù Ji zh u. Shì ma? Yìbi nr k i ch, yìbi nr wánr, tài h o le. K i ch xi ox n. Zhù n men wánr de j g oxìng. Zhù n men yí lù píng n. Dào le B ij ng y hòu, bié wàng le g i w men f ge diànz yóujiàn. H o, nà w men qi ti n jiàn. Xià ge xuéq jiàn. Zàijiàn! 是一 登机牌 Zhè shì yì zh ng d ngj pái.

319 290 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Vocabulary 1. 行李 xíngli n luggage 2. 托 tu yùn v to check (luggage) 3. 包 b o n bag; sack; bundle; package 4. 箱子 xi ngzi n suitcase; box 5. 超重 ch ozhòng v to be overweight (of luggage, freight, etc.) 超 ch o v to exceed; to surpass 6. 登机牌 d ngj pái n boarding pass 牌 pái n plate; tablet; card 7. 登机口 d ngj k u n boarding gate 口 k u n opening; entrance; mouth 8. 哭 k v to cry; to weep 9. 地 de p (particle to link adverbial and verb) [See Grammar 1.] 10. 照 zhàogu v to look after; to care for; to attend to 11. q f i v (of airplanes) to take off 12. 小心 xi ox n v to be careful 13. 一路平安 yí lù píng n have a good trip; bon voyage

320 Lesson 20 At the Airport 291 Grammar 1. 的 (de), 得 (de), 地 (de) Compared A. 的 (de) usually follows an attributive but not an adverbial. The attributive can be formed by an adjective, a noun, or a verbal phrase. u v w x y 漂亮的女孩子 piàoliang de n háizi (pretty girl) 哥哥的公司 g ge de g ngs (older brother s company) 我的 室 w de wòshì (my bedroom) 的机票 g ng m i de j piào (a recently purchased plane ticket) 我 做的蛋糕 m ma g i w men zuò de dàng o (the cake Mom made for us) In most cases, 的 (de) is followed by a noun, as seen in (1) to (5), but it can also precede an adjective or verb if that adjective or verb serves as the subject or object in the sentence. z 南京的 [ 是有名的 ] Nánj ng de rè [shì y umíng de]. (Nanjing s heat/that Nanjing is hot [is well-known].)

321 292 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook { 他的死 [ 大家最近才听 ] T de s [dàji zuìjìn cái t ngshu ]. (His death/that he has died [became known to everyone only recently].) B. 地 (de) links an adverb or adverbial to a following verb. An adjective, an adverb, or a set phrase can serve as an adverbial if followed by 地 (de). u v w x 慢慢儿地吃 mànm nr de ch (to eat slowly) 很高 地 h n g oxìng de shu (to say happily) 一 地走 yìzhí de z u (to walk straight forward) 好好儿地玩儿 h oh or de wánr (to have some real fun) C. 得 is used after a verb or an adjective to connect it with a descriptive complement or a complement of degree. u v 跑得很快 p o de h n kuài (to run fast) 做 做得很好 zuò cài zuò de h n h o (to cook well)

322 Lesson 20 At the Airport 293 w x 高 得跳 來 g oxìng de tiào q lái (to leap up with joy) 危 得不得了 w ixi n de bù déli o (unbelievably dangerous) Compare the following two sentences: y 他高 地唱 歌走回宿舍 T g oxìng de chàng zhe g z u hui sùshè. (He sang happily on his way back to the dorm.) z 他高 得唱 歌 了 T g oxìng de chàng qi g lai le. (He was so happy that he started to sing.) In (5) 高 (g oxìng) is used to describe the manner of his singing. In (6) 高 (g oxìng) is the cause of his singing. A Quick Reference Table for 的, 地, 得 (de, de, de) Attributive + 的 (de) + Noun Adverbial + 地 (de) + Verb Verb/Adj + 得 (de) + Adj/Verb 2. 的 候 (...de shíhou) and 以后 (...y hòu) Compared In a sentence of the pattern V1 的 候 (de shíhou),v2..., the second action and the first action take place simultaneously. u 走的 候 忘了 些 Z u de shíhou bié wàng le dài xi qián. (Don t forget to take some money with you when you leave.)

323 294 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook v 我看 他的 候, 他正在打球 W kàn jiàn t de shíhou, t zhèngzài d qiú. (When I saw him, he was playing ball.) w 妹妹看短信的 候, 一 看一 笑 Mèimei kàn du nxìn de shíhou, yìbi n kàn yìbi n xiào. (When my little sister was reading the text messages, she smiled as she read along.) However, in a sentence of the pattern V1 以后 (y hòu), V2..., the second action takes place after the first one. x 他走了以后, 才想 忘了 T z u le y hòu, cái xi ng qi lai wàng le dài qián. (He didn t realize until after he had left that he had forgotten to take any money with him.) The 的 候 (de shíhou) structure describes two simultaneous actions. One may say in English, When I get to China, I will eat Beijing roast duck, when one really means, After I get to China, I ll eat Beijing roast duck. In Chinese, that idea has to be conveyed with 以后 (y hòu): y 我到中 以后要吃北京烤 W dào Zh ngguó y hòu yào ch B ij ng k oy. (I will eat some Beijing roast duck after I arrive in China.) [ 烤 (k oy, roast duck) See Dialogue II.] (5a) * 我到中国的时候要吃北京烤鸭 *W dào Zh ngguó de shíhou yào ch B ij ng k oy. [This sentence is incorrect because you won t eat Beijing roast duck until after you arrive in China.]

324 Lesson 20 At the Airport 295 Language Practice A. rules Are Rules Parents and teachers always seem to have more rules for their children and students. Work with a partner and figure out what the rules are, based on the visuals. Example: 做功 的 候, Zuò g ngkè de shíhou, 不准 / 不能看 bù zh n/bù néng kàn diànshì

325 296 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook B. before or After Work with a partner and find out when Wang Peng normally takes a shower, takes his medicine, goes online, and cleans his room. Example: A: 王朋平常什 Wáng Péng píngcháng shénme 候做功? shíhou zuò g ngkè? B: 他平常吃了晚 Wáng Péng píngcháng ch le 以后做功 w nfàn y hòu zuò g ngkè

326 Lesson 20 At the Airport 297 C. Heading to the Airport Unlike Li You, you may not have a Chinese friend to accompany you on your trip to China and be your interpreter or tour guide. Work with a partner to make a list of questions and responses that may come in handy when you check in at a Chinese airline counter. D. before the School Break Go around the classroom and ask each of your classmates about his/her summer plans, and how long the activities he/she has planned will last. Remind him/her to keep in touch, and give appropriate good wishes before moving on to the next person. E. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of the text: 1. 王朋和李友托 行李了? 2. 他 在几 登机口上 机? 3. 去机 送王朋和李友? 4. 王 什 哭了? 5. 王朋 王 做什? 6. 王 得王朋和李友去北京的? 1. Wáng Péng hé L Y u tu yùn xíngli le ma? 2. T men zài j hào d ngj k u shàng f ij? 3. Shéi qù j ch ng sòng Wáng Péng hé L Y u? 4. Wáng Hóng wèishénme k le? 5. Wáng Péng ràng Wáng Hóng zuò shénme? 6. Wáng Hóng juéde Wáng Péng hé L Y u qù B ij ng de shíji n cháng ma? 7. 机几? 7. F ij j di n q f i? 8. 白 和高文中暑假做什? 8. Bái Y ng ài hé G o Wénzh ng sh jià zuò shénme?

327 298 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 9. 王朋和李友上 机以前, 大家都 了些什? 9. Wáng Péng hé L Y u shàng f ij y qián, dàji d u shu le xi shéme? Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋和李友要去北京了, 在机 他 托 了 件行李, 要在五 登机口上 机 王 高文中和白 去送他 王 哭了, 因 她的父母在北京, 哥哥也要去北京了 王朋 妹妹跟小音好好儿 文 高文中 白 在加州找了一份工作, 他 下 星期要 去加州 王朋 他 要小心, 他 王朋和李友 一路平安 大家 秋天, 下 期 Wáng Péng hé L Y u yào qù B ij ng le, zài j ch ng t men tu yùn le li ng jiàn xíngli, yào zài w hào d ngj k u shàng f ij. Wáng Hóng, G o Wénzh ng hé Bái Y ng ài qù sòng t men. Wáng Hóng k le, y nwèi t de fùm zài B ij ng, g ge y yào qù B ij ng le. Wáng Péng ràng mèimei g n Xi oy n h oh or liànxí Y ngwén. G o Wénzh ng b ng Bái Y ng ài zài Ji zh u zh o le yí fèn g ngzuò, t men xià ge x ngq yào k i ch qù Ji zh u. Wáng Péng duì t men li shu k i ch yào xi ox n, t men duì Wáng Péng hé L Y u shu yí lù píng n. Dàji shu qi ti n jiàn, xià ge xuéq jiàn.

328 Lesson 20 At the Airport 299 Dialogue II: Arriving in Beijing ( 在北京首都机 ) 小朋! 爸,! 好 爸,, 我 你 介 一下, 是我的同 李友 Language Notes u One can address a person to whom one is not related as (sh shu, uncle) or ( yí, aunt) if the person is about one s parents age. These respectful forms of address can be applied even to strangers. 叔叔, 阿姨 u, 你 好 迎你 北京 李友, 你的中文 得 好 是因 王朋教得好

329 300 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 哪里, 是因 你 明, 你 都 明 小朋, 你好像瘦了 儿 是不是打工太忙, 有 吃? 我 瘦 我常常, 身体比以前棒多了 小 怎? 她很好, 文水平提高了很多 走吧, 我 上 以后, 再慢慢儿地聊吧 奶奶在烤 店等我 呢! 烤 店? (Zài B ij ng Sh ud J ch ng ) Xi o Péng! Bà, m! Lèi huài le ba? Hái h o. Bà, m, w g i n men jièshao yí xià, zhè shì w de tóngxué L Y u. Sh shu, yí, n men h o. Hu nyíng n lái B ij ng. L Y u, n de Zh ngwén shu de zh n h o. Xièxie. Shì y nwèi Wáng Péng ji o de h o. N li, shì y nwèi n c ngming. i, n men li d u c ngming. Xi o Péng, n h oxiàng shòu le di nr. Shì bu shì d g ng tài máng, méiy u shíji n ch fàn?

330 Lesson 20 At the Airport 301 W méi shòu. W chángcháng yùndòng, sh nt b y qián bàng du le. Xi o Hóng z nmeyàng? T h n h o, Y ngwén shu píng tíg o le h n du. Z u ba, w men shàng ch y hòu, zài mànm nr de liáo ba. Yéye, n inai zài k oy diàn d ng w men ne! K oy diàn? Vocabulary 1. sh shu n uncle [See Grammar 4.] 2. yí n aunt [See Grammar 4.] 3. hu nyíng v to welcome 4. 瘦 shòu adj thin, slim (usually of a person or animal); lean 5. yéye n paternal grandfather [See Grammar 4.] 6. n inai n paternal grandmother [See Grammar 4.] 7. k oy n roast duck Proper Noun 8. Sh ud J ch ng the Capital Airport (in Beijing)

331 302 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Grammar 3. (hái) + Positive Adjective (hái) when used before a commendatory adjective may indicate that something is acceptable if not truly outstanding. u A: 你 那家旅 的印象怎? N duì nà ji l gu n de yìnxiàng z nmeyàng? (What was your impression of that hotel?) B: 好 Hái h o. (It s okay.) v w x 房 可以, 挺干 的 Zhè ge chúfáng hái k y, t ng g njìng de. (This kitchen is all right. It s pretty clean.) 那套公寓 行, 家具 Nà tào g ngyù hái xíng, dài ji jù. (That apartment is not too bad. It s furnished.) 那 的 牛肉和家常豆腐 不 Nà ge fàngu n de hóngsh o niúròu hé ji cháng dòufu hái búcuò. (That restaurant s beef braised in soy sauce and family-style tofu are pretty good.)

332 Lesson 20 At the Airport Kinship Terms The system of kinship terms in Chinese is rather complicated, especially because Chinese people make a distinction between paternal and maternal relatives, older and younger siblings, even among differently related uncles and aunts, etc. The following is a list of Chinese kinship terms: [f]: indicates a more formal way of address; [n]: northern Chinese usage; [s]: southern Chinese usage. A. Parents: father; dad 爸爸 (bàba) mother; mom B. Grandparents: [paternal] grandfather 父 (fùqin) (m ma) 母 (m qin) [f] [f] (yéye) 祖父 (z fù) [f] [paternal] grandmother 奶奶 (n inai) 祖母 (z m ) [f] [maternal] grandfather 姥 (l oye) [n] 外公 (wàig ng) [s] 外祖父 (wàiz fù) [maternal] grandmother 姥姥 (l olao) [n] 外婆 (wàipó) [s] 外祖母 (wàiz m ) [f] C. Uncles and aunts: father s older brother 大 (dàye) [n] 伯伯 (bóbo) father s older brother s wife [f] 伯父 (bófù) [f] 大 (dàm ) 大娘 (dàniáng) 伯母 (bóm ) [f] father s younger brother 叔叔 (sh shu) 叔父 (sh fù) [f] father s younger brother s wife (sh nshen) 儿 (sh nr) father s sister 姑姑 (g gu) 姑 (g m ) father s sister s husband 姑父 (g fù) 姑丈 (g zhàng) mother s brother 舅舅 (jiùjiu) mother s brother s wife 舅 (jiùm )

333 304 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook mother s sister 姨 (yí) [n] 阿姨 ( yí) 姨 (yím ) mother s sister s husband 姨父 (yífu) 姨丈 (yízhàng) D. Brothers, sisters and their spouses: older brother 哥哥 (g ge) older brother s wife 嫂嫂 (s osao) 嫂子 (s ozi) older sister 姐姐 (ji jie) older sister s husband 姐夫 (ji fu) younger brother 弟弟 (dìdi) younger brother s wife 弟妹 (dìmèi) younger sister 妹妹 (mèimei) younger sister s husband 妹夫 (mèifu) E. Cousins: father s brother s son older than oneself 堂哥 (tángg ) father s brother s son younger than oneself 堂弟 (tángdì) father s brother s daughter older than oneself 堂姐 (tángji ) father s brother s daughter younger than oneself 堂妹 (tángmèi) other male cousin older than oneself 表哥 (bi og ) other male cousin younger than oneself 表弟 (bi odì) other female cousin older than oneself 表姐 (bi oji ) other female cousin younger than oneself 表妹 (bi omèi) F. Children and their spouses: son 儿子 (érzi) son s wife 儿媳 (érxífu) daughter 女儿 (n ér) daughter s husband 女婿 (n xu) H. Grandchildren: son s son 子 (s nzi) son s daughter daughter s son 女 (s nn ) 外 (wàis n) daughter s daughter 外 女 (wàis nn )

334 Lesson 20 At the Airport 305 Language Practice F. being Diplomatic This is your friend Ellen after a complete fashion makeover. She wants your opinion on her new look. You don t like her new style, but you don t want to hurt her feelings, so you try to be tactful. Example: Ellen: 你 得我的 N juéde w de 大衣怎? dày z nmeyàng? You: 我 得你的大衣 不 / 行 W juéde n de dày hái búcuò/hái xíng G. My Dear Puppy! You and your friend just adopted a puppy and are very attentive to its every move. You are extremely careful, and often think the puppy is either losing weight, or gaining weight. You are also worried that the puppy might be 1) tired, 2) thirsty, 3) hungry, 4) having a cold, 5) having a fever, etc. By the way, the puppy s name is 毛毛 (Máomao). Example:, 我 得毛毛好像瘦了 / 胖了 i, w juéde Máomao h oxiàng shòu le/pàng le.

335 306 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook What other things will you say when you look at the puppy? H. seeing a Friend Off Brainstorm with your partner and list the things that people say to each other when saying goodbye at the airport or train station, e.g. safe journey, give us a call when you get there, I ll be back soon, Don t worry, I ll be fine, etc. Put the phrases you listed in a logical order. Based on your list, do a role-play of a seeing-off scenario. I. greeting Newly Arrived Guests Brainstorm with your partner and list the things that people say to each other when greeting guests at the airport/train station, e.g. Welcome to, Thank you for picking me up, You must be exhausted after a long trip, I m okay, not too tired, Let me help you with your luggage, etc. Put the phrases you listed in a logical order. Based on you list, do a role-play between a guest and a person who comes to pick up the guest.

336 Lesson 20 At the Airport 307 J. recap and Narrate Working with a partner, recap the content of Dialogue II: 1. Shéi qù B ij ng Sh ud J ch ng 1. ji Wáng Péng hé L Y u? Wáng Péng shu t lèi bu lèi? 3. Wáng Péng de m ma shu L Y u 3. de Zh ngwén z nmeyàng? 4. L Y u hé Wáng Péng shu L Y u 4. h o? 5. z nmeyàng? de Zh ngwén wèishénme zhème 5. Wáng Péng de m ma juéde Wáng Péng de sh nt 6. Wáng Péng shu t de sh nt 6. z nmeyàng? 7. Wáng Péng shu t mèimei zài 7. M iguó z nmeyàng? 8. Wáng Péng de yéye, n inai 8. zài n r d ng t men ne? 9. L Y u t ngshu yào qù k oy 9. diàn y hòu, wèishénme shu k oy diàn?

337 308 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Using the words and phrases in blue as prompts, connect your answers above to form a narrative like this example: 王朋和李友到北京以后, 在首都机 看 了王朋的爸爸, 王朋把李友介 他的父母 王朋的 李友中文 得很好, 李友 是因 王朋教得好, 王朋 是因 李友 明 王朋的 得王朋瘦了, 是不是打工太累了? 王朋 他不但 瘦, 而且因 常常, 身 比以前棒多了 王朋 妹妹在美 很好, 文水平提高了很多 王朋的爸爸 他 快上, 因 王朋的 奶奶在烤 店等他 呢 李友吃素, 她去烤 店吃什 呢? Wáng Péng hé L Y u dào B ij ng y hòu, zài Sh ud J ch ng kàn jiàn le Wáng Péng de bàba m ma, Wáng Péng b L Y u jièshào g i t de fùm. Wáng Péng de m ma shu L Y u Zh ngwén shu de h n h o, L Y u shu shì y nwèi Wáng Péng ji o de h o, Wáng Péng shu shì y nwèi L Y u c ngming. Wáng Péng de m ma juéde Wáng Péng shòu le, shì bú shì d g ng tài lèi le? Wáng Péng shu t búdàn méi shòu, érqi y nwèi chángcháng yùndòng, sh nt b y qián bàng du le. Wáng Péng hái shu mèimei zài M iguó h n h o, Y ngwén shu píng tíg o le h n du. Wáng Péng de bàba ràng t men kuài shàng ch, y nwèi Wáng Péng de yéye, n inai zài k oy diàn d ng t men ne. L Y u ch sù, t qù k oy diàn ch shénme ne? 以前的烤 傅 y qián de k oy sh fu 在的烤 傅 xiànzài de de k oy sh fu

338 Lesson 20 At the Airport 309 how about you? What airport facility is important to you? 1. 水器 y nshu qì n water dispenser 2. 免稅商店 mi n shuì sh ngdiàn n duty-free shop 3. 航站 hángzhànlóu n concourse (of airport) 4. 海 h igu n n customs Any other airport facilities you would like to know to say? Please ask your teacher and make a note here: 商店 北京烤? Zhè ge sh ngdiàn mài B ij ng k oy ma?

339 310 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Culture Highlights u For domestic flights in China, each passenger is allowed to check only one piece of luggage. Snacks or meals are usually served on domestic flights. v Originally a delicacy on imperial menus, Beijing roast duck boasts a history several centuries long. Now it is arguably the food item most emblematic of the culinary culture of northern China. Indeed, its reputation is well reflected in the Chinese saying that no visit to Beijing is complete without a visit to the Great Wall and a meal at a roast duck restaurant. The most famous roast duck restaurant in Beijing is 全聚德 (Quánjùdé), which was established in 1864.

340 Lesson 20 At the Airport 311 English Text Dialogue I (At the Air China Counter) Wang Peng: Miss, these are our tickets. Airline staff: Please show me your passports. How many pieces of checked luggage do you have? Wang Peng: Two. We won t check this bag. We ll take it on board. Airline staff: Please put the suitcases up here. Li You: Miss, they are not over the weight limit, I hope. Airline staff: No, they re not. Here are your passports and tickets. These are your boarding passes. Please go to Gate 5 to board the plane. Wang Peng: Thank you. * * * Wang Hong: You re both leaving for Beijing. I ll be all alone here. Wang Peng: Xiao Hong, don t cry. We ll be back in just a few weeks. Work hard on your English. Don t go running around. Wang Hong: Be back in a few weeks? Won t be back till a few weeks later! Gao Wenzhong: Don t worry. My sister Xiaoyin will take good care of you. Li You: That s right. Don t worry. Bai Ying ai: When does the plane leave? Wang Peng: 12:00 noon. There are two hours left. Li You: Bai Ying ai, when are you going to New York for your internship? Bai Ying ai: I m not going to New York anymore. Wenzhong helped me get an internship in California. Gao Wenzhong: That s right. We re driving to California next week. Li You: Really? Driving and sightseeing at the same time, that s really wonderful. Wang Peng: Drive carefully. Have fun! Bai Ying ai: Have a safe trip. Don t forget to us after you arrive in Beijing. Wang Peng: OK. See you in the fall then. Gao Wenzhong: See you next semester. Bai Ying ai and Wang Hong: Goodbye!

341 312 Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook Dialogue II (At the Beijing Capital Airport) Wang Peng s Dad: Xiao Peng! Wang Peng: Dad, Mom! Mom: You must be really tired. Wang Peng: Not really. Dad, Mom, let me introduce you This is my classmate Li You. Li You: Uncle, Aunt, how do you do? Dad: Welcome to Beijing. Mom: Li You, you speak Chinese wonderfully. Li You: Thank you. It s because Wang Peng is a good teacher. Wang Peng: You flatter me. It s because you re smart. Dad: Hey, you re both smart. Mom: Xiao Peng, you seem to have lost some weight. Is it because you were too busy working and had no time to eat? Wang Peng: Mom, I haven t lost any weight. I exercise a lot. I m much stronger than before. Mom: How is Xiao Hong? Wang Peng: She s great. Her English has really improved. Dad: Let s go. We ll talk at leisure after we get in the car. Grandpa and Grandma are waiting for us at the roast duck restaurant. Li You: Roast duck restaurant? progress Checklist Before proceeding to Level 2, be sure you can complete the following tasks in Chinese: I am able to Check in for a flight and check my luggage at the airport counter; Wish others a safe journey; Greet out-of-town guests at the airport; Compliment someone on his/her language ability; Express concern about someone s health; Remind people to move on to the next engagement.

342 A Review of Functional Expressions from Lessons After gauging your progress and before moving on to the next phase, let s take a break and see how some of the functional expressions that you have encountered in the previous lessons really work! I. 一言 定 (yì yán wéi dìng, it s a deal; it s decided) You say 一言 定 (yì yán wéi dìng) when you and your friends or business partners have reached a decision. By saying it, you remind all the other parties that the decision should be remembered and honored. u A: 明年我们去中国, 怎 样? Míngnián w men qù Zh ngguó, z nmeyàng? (We ll go to China next year. How about it?) B: 好啊! H o a! (That s great.) A: 一言 定 Yì yán wéi dìng. (That settles it.) v A: 考完试我们出去玩儿, 好吗? K o wán shì w men ch qu wánr, h o ma? (After the exam let s go out and have some fun, all right?) B: 太好了 你开车? Tài h o le. N k i ch? (Wonderful! Will you drive?)

343 314 Contents Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook A: 没问题 Méi wèntí. (No problem.) B: 一言 定 Yì yán wéi dìng. (It s a deal.) A: 一言 定 Yì yán wéi dìng. (Deal.) II. Good, Very good, Excellent, Extraordinary Here are some expressions to convey varying degrees of approval, in progressive order of intensity: u x y 他的中文不错 T de Zh ngwén búcuò. (His Chinese is quite good.) 他的中文很好 T de Zh ngwén h n h o. (His Chinese is very good.) 他的中文好得很 T de Zh ngwén h o de h n. (His Chinese is very, very good.) 他的中文非常好 T de Zh ngwén f icháng h o. (His Chinese is unusually good.) 他的中文好极了 T de Zh ngwén h o jí le. (His Chinese is fantastic.)

344 That s How the Chinese Contents Say It! 315 z 他的中文好得不得了 T de Zh ngwén h o de bù dé li o. (His Chinese is extraordinary.) III. Greetings and Farewells Greetings u 你好, 老! N h o, l osh! (Hello, professor!) 王先生, 早上好! Wáng xi nsheng, z oshang h o! (Good morning, Mr. Wang!) 早安! Z o n! (Good morning!) In daily life, however, a common way to greet a person is by asking a casual question about what that person is doing at the moment: u 老李, 上课去呀? L o L, shàng kè qu ya? (Lao Li, going to class? ) [It looks like Lao Li is going to class.] 小王, 回家呀? Xi o Wáng, huí ji ya? (Little Wang, going home?) [Upon seeing someone wrapping up his things and leaving the office, or someone on his way home, for instance.]

345 316 Contents Integrated Chinese Level 1 Part 2 Textbook 爸爸, 回来了? Bàba, huí lai le? (Dad, you re home?) [Upon seeing one s father walking in the door, for instance.] Saying goodbye to guests u 再见! Zàijiàn! (Bye!) 明天见! Míngti n jiàn! (See you tomorrow!) 回头见! Huí tóu jiàn! (See you later!) x 慢走! Màn z u! (Take care!) [Literally, walk carefully!] Upon finishing a meal before others u 慢吃! Màn ch! (Take your time [to enjoy the meal]!) 慢用! Màn yòng! (Enjoy the meal!) Any other useful expressions you would like to learn? Please ask your teacher and make a note here:

346 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 317 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) The Chinese-English index is alphabetized according to pinyin. Words containing the same Chinese characters are first grouped together. Homonyms appear in the order of their tonal pronunciation (i.e., first tones first, second tones second, third tones third, fourth tones fourth, and neutral tones last). Proper nouns from the dialogues and readings are shown in green. Supplementary vocabulary from the How About You? section is shown in blue. Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech A English Lesson 啊 啊 a p (a sentence-final particle) 6 阿司匹林 阿司匹林 s p lín n aspirin 19 阿姨 阿姨 yí n aunt 20 哎 哎 i excl (exclamatory particle to express 13 surprise or dissatisfaction) 爱 愛 ài v to love; to like; to be fond of 14 安静 安靜 njìng adj quiet 17 B 把把 b m (measure word for bunches of things, and chairs) 把 把 b prep (indicating a thing is disposed of) 15 爸爸 爸爸 bàba n father, dad 2 吧 吧 ba p (a sentence-final particle) 5 白菜 白菜 báicài n bok choy 12 白英爱 白英愛 Bái Y ng ài pn (a personal name) 2 百 百 b i nu hundred 9 百事可乐 百事可樂 B ishìk lè pn Pepsi-Cola 5 班 班 b n n class 14 搬 搬 b n v to move 16 斑马线 斑馬線 b nm xiàn n zebra crossing; pedestrian 13 crosswalk 半 半 bàn nu half; half an hour 3 半天 半天 bànti n half a day; a long time 18 办 辦 bàn v to handle; to do 11 办法 辦法 bànf n method; way (of doing 15 something) 14

347 318 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 办公室 辦公室 bàng ngshì n office 6 帮 幫 b ng v to help 6 棒 棒 bàng adj fantastic; super [colloq.] 18 包 包 b o n bag; sack; bundle; package 20 保险 保險 b oxi n n insurance 15 抱 抱 bào v to hold or carry in the arms 18 报纸 報紙 bàozh n newspaper 17 杯 杯 b i m (measure word for cup and glass) 5 北 北 b i n north 13 北京 北京 B ij ng pn Beijing 1 被 被 bèi prep by 18 本 本 b n m (measure word for books) 14 本子 本子 b nzi n notebook 7 鼻子 鼻子 bízi n nose 14 笔 筆 b n pen 7 比 比 b prep/v (comparison marker); to compare 11 比赛 比賽 b sài n/v game; match; competition; to 18 compete 遍遍 biàn m (measure word for complete courses of an action or instances of an action) 表姐 表姐 bi oji n older female cousin 14 别 别 bié adv don t 6 别人 别人 biérén n other people; another person 4 冰茶 冰茶 b ngchá n iced tea 12 冰箱 冰箱 b ngxi ng n refrigerator 15 饼干 餅乾 b ngg n n cookies; crackers 14 病人 病人 bìngrén n patient 15 不 不 bù adv not; no 1 不错 不錯 (bùcuò) búcuò adj pretty good 4 不但 不但 (bùdàn) búdàn..., conj not only..., but also 而且 而且 érqi... 不过 不過 (bùguò) búguò conj however; but 9 不好意思 不好意思 bù h oyìsi to feel embarrassed 10 不用 不用 (bùyòng) búyòng need not 9 15

348 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 319 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech C English Lesson 才 才 cái adv not until, only then 5 菜 菜 cài n dishes, cuisine 3 参观 參觀 c ngu n vo to visit a museum 16 博物馆 博物館 bówùgu n 餐厅 餐廳 c nt ng n dining room, cafeteria 8 草莓 草莓 c oméi n strawberry 14 厕所 廁所 cèsu n restroom, toilet 15 茶 茶 chá n tea 5 查 查 chá v to check; to look into 19 差不多 差不多 chàbudu adv/adj almost; nearly; similar 17 常常 常常 chángcháng adv often 4 常老师 常老師 Cháng l osh pn Teacher Chang 6 长城 長城 Chángchéng pn the Great Wall 19 长短 長短 chángdu n n length 9 唱歌 ( 儿 ) 唱歌 ( 兒 ) chàng g (r) vo to sing (a song) 4 唱卡拉 OK 唱卡拉 OK chàng k l uk i vo to sing karaoke 16 场 場 ch ng n field 13 超重 超重 ch ozhòng v to be overweight (of luggage, 20 freight, etc.) 潮湿 潮濕 cháosh adj wet; humid 11 吵 吵 ch o v/adj to quarrel; noisy 17 炒面 炒麵 ch omiàn n stir-fried noodles 12 衬衫 襯衫 chènsh n n shirt 9 成 成 chéng v to become 16 城市 城市 chéngshì n city 10 吃 吃 ch v to eat 3 吃坏 吃壞 ch huài vc to get sick because of bad food 15 宠物 寵物 ch ngwù n pet 17 初 初 ch n beginning 19 出去 出去 ch qu vc to go out 11 出租 出租 ch z v to rent out 17 出租汽车 出租汽車 ch z qìch n taxi 10 厨房 廚房 chúfáng n kitchen 17

349 320 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 除了 除了 chúle...y wài conj in addition to; besides 8 以外 以外 春天 春天 ch nti n n spring 11 穿 穿 chu n v to wear; to put on 9 窗戶 窗戶 chu nghu n window 19 次 次 cì m (measure word for frequency) 13 聪明 聰明 c ngming adj smart; bright; clever 14 从 從 cóng prep from 13 错 錯 cuò adj wrong 12 D 打棒球 打棒球 d bàngqiú vo to play baseball 18 打车 打車 d ch vo to take a taxi 10 打电话 打電話 d diànhuà vo to make a phone call 6 打工 打工 d g ng vo to work at a temporary job 19 (often part time) 打喷嚏 打噴嚏 d p nti vo to sneeze 15 打乒乓球 打乒乓球 d p ngp ngqiú vo to play table tennis 18 打球 打球 d qiú vo to play ball 4 打扫 打掃 d s o v to clean up (a room, apartment 16 or house) 打算 打算 d suàn v/n to plan; plan 19 打太极拳 打太極拳 d tàijíquán vo to do Tai Chi (a kind of 18 traditional Chinese shadow boxing) 打折打折 d zhé vo to sell at a discount; to give a discount 打针 打針 d zh n vo to get an injection 15 大 大 dà adj big; old 3 大哥 大哥 dàg n eldest brother 2 大家 大家 dàji pr everybody 7 大姐 大姐 dàji n eldest sister 2 大小 大小 dàxi o n size 9 大学生 大學生 dàxuésh ng n college student 2 大衣 大衣 dày n overcoat 9 带 帶 dài v to bring; to take; to carry; to 12 come with 19

350 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 321 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 单程 單程 d nchéng n one-way trip 19 单行道 單行道 d nxíngdào n one-way street 13 担心 擔心 d n x n vo to worry 18 蛋 蛋 dàn n egg 12 蛋糕 蛋糕 dàng o n cake 14 蛋花汤 蛋花湯 dànhu t ng n egg drop soup 12 但是 但是 dànshì conj but 6 当 當 d ng v to serve as; to be 17 当然 當然 d ngrán adv of course 18 导游 導遊 d oyóu n tour guide 19 到 到 dào v to go to; to arrive 6 德国 德國 Déguó pn Germany 1 德文 德文 Déwén pn the German language 6 地 地 de p (particle to link adverbial and 20 verb) 的的 de p (a possessive or descriptive particle) 得 得 de p (a structural particle) 7 得 得 d i mv must; to have to 6 灯 燈 d ng n lamp; light 17 登机口 登機口 d ngj k u n boarding gate 20 登机牌 登機牌 d ngj pái n boarding pass 20 等 等 d ng v to wait; to wait for 6 第 第 dì prefix (prefix for ordinal numbers) 7 弟弟 弟弟 dìdi n younger brother 2 地方 地方 dìfang n place 13 地铁 地鐵 dìti n subway 10 地图 地圖 dìtú n map 13 地下 地下 dìxià (t ng)dào n pedestrian underpass 13 ( 通 ) 道 ( 通 ) 道 点 點 di n m o clock (lit. dot, point, thus 3 points on the clock ) 点菜 點菜 di n cài vo to order food 12 点 ( 儿 ) 點 ( 兒 ) di n(r) m a little, a bit; some 5 2

351 322 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 电 電 diàn n electricity 16 电脑 電腦 diànn o n computer 8 电视 電視 diànshì n television 4 电影 電影 diàny ng n movie 4 电子邮件 電子郵件 diànz yóujiàn n 10 碟 碟 dié n disc; small plate, dish, saucer 11 订 訂 dìng v to reserve; to book (a ticket, a 19 hotel room, etc.) 东 東 d ng n east 13 东京 東京 D ngj ng pn Tokyo 13 东西 東西 d ngxi n things; objects 9 冬天 冬天 d ngti n n winter 11 懂 懂 d ng v to understand 7 都 都 d u adv both; all 2 兜风 兜風 d u f ng vo to go for a drive 16 豆腐 豆腐 dòufu n tofu; bean curd 12 肚子 肚子 dùzi n belly; abdomen 15 对 對 duì adj right; correct 4 对不起 對不起 duìbuq v sorry 5 多 多 du adv how many/much; to what extent 3 多 多 du adj many; much 7 多少 多少 du shao qpr how much/many 9 E 俄文 俄文 Éwén pn the Russian language 6 饿 餓 è adj hungry 12 儿子 兒子 érzi n son 2 二姐 二姐 èrji n second oldest sister 2 F 发短信發短信 f du nxìn vo to send a text message; (lit.) to send a short message 发烧 發燒 f sh o vo to have a fever 15 发音 發音 f y n n pronunciation 8 10

352 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 323 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 法国 法國 F guó pn France 1 法文 法文 F wén pn the French language 6 饭 飯 fàn n meal; (cooked) rice 3 饭馆 ( 儿 ) 飯館 ( 兒 ) fàngu n(r) n restaurant 12 饭卡 飯卡 fànk n meal card 12 饭桌 飯桌 fànzhu n dining table 17 方便 方便 f ngbiàn adj convenient 6 房间 房間 fángji n n room 16 房租 房租 fángz n rent 17 放 放 fàng v to put; to place 12 放假 放假 fàng jià vo go on vacation; have time off 19 非常 非常 f icháng adv very, extremely, exceedingly 11 飞机 飛機 f ij n airplane 10 ( 飞 ) 机场 ( 飛 ) 機場 (f i)j ch ng n airport 10 费 費 fèi v to spend; to take (effort) 16 费 費 fèi n fee; expenses 17 分 分 f n m (measure word for 1/100 of a 9 kuai, cent) 分钟 分鐘 f nzh ng n minute 17 粉红色 粉紅色 f nhóngsè n pink 9 份 份 fèn m (measure word for meal order, 19 风 風 f ng n wind 11 封 封 f ng m (measure word for letters) 8 服务员 服務員 fúwùyuán n waiter; attendant 12 附近 附近 fùjìn n vicinity; neighborhood; nearby 17 父母 父母 fùm n parents; father and mother 19 父亲节 父親節 Fùq njié pn Father s Day 3 付钱 付錢 fù qián vo to pay money 9 复习 復習 fùxí v to review 7 job) area

353 324 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech G English Lesson 干净 乾淨 g njìng adj clean 17 感恩节 感恩節 G n njié pn Thanksgiving 3 感冒 感冒 g nmào v to have a cold 15 赶快 趕快 g nkuài adv right away; quickly; in a hurry 15 刚 剛 g ng adv just 12 刚才 剛才 g ngcái t just now; a moment ago 11 钢笔 鋼筆 g ngb n fountain pen 7 高速公路 高速公路 g osù g nglù n highway 10 高文中 高文中 G o Wénzh ng pn (a personal name) 2 高小音 高小音 G o Xi oy n pn (a personal name) 5 高兴 高興 g oxìng adj happy, pleased 5 告诉 告訴 gàosu v to tell 8 哥哥 哥哥 g ge n older brother 2 个 個 gè/ge m (a measure word for many 2 common everyday objects) 给 給 g i v to give 5 给 給 g i prep to; for 6 跟 跟 g n prep with 6 更 更 gèng adv even more 11 宮保鸡丁 宮保雞丁 g ngb o j d ng n Kung Pao chicken 12 工程师 工程師 g ngchéngsh n engineer 2 工人 工人 g ngrén n worker 2 工商管理 工商管理 g ngsh ng n business management 8 gu nl 工作 工作 g ngzuò n/v job; to work 2 公共汽车 公共汽車 g nggòng qìch n bus 10 公司 公司 g ngs n company 19 公寓 公寓 g ngyù n apartment 17 公园 公園 g ngyuán n park 11 功课 功課 g ngkè n homework; schoolwork 7 狗 狗 g u n dog 14 够 夠 gòu adj enough 12 拐 拐 gu i v to turn 13 广告 廣告 gu nggào n advertisement 17

354 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 325 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 逛街 逛街 guàng ji vo to windowshop 4 贵 貴 guì adj honorable; expensive 1 柜子 櫃子 guìzi n cabinet; cupboard 17 国际 國際 guójì adj international 18 果汁 果汁 gu zh n fruit juice 5 过 過 guò v to pass 13 过敏 過敏 guòm n v to be allergic to 15 过 過 guo p (particle used after a verb to indi- 13 cate a past experience) H 还 還 hái adv also; too; as well 3 还是 還是 háishi conj or 3 孩子 孩子 háizi n child 2 海报 海報 h ibào n poster 17 海关 海關 h igu n n customs 20 海伦 海倫 H ilún pn Helen 14 韩国 韓國 Hánguó pn South Korea 1 韩文 韓文 Hánwén pn the Korean language 6 寒假 寒假 hánjià n winter vacation 10 汉字 漢字 Hànzì n Chinese characters 7 航班 航班 hángb n n scheduled flight 19 航空 航空 hángk ng n aviation 19 航站楼 航站樓 hángzhànlóu n concourse (of airport) 20 好 好 h o adj fine; good; nice; O.K.; it s settled 1 好吃 好吃 h och adj delicious 12 好几 好幾 h o j quite a few 15 好久 好久 h o ji a long time 4 好玩儿 好玩兒 h owánr adj fun, amusing, interesting 11 好像 好像 h oxiàng v to seem; to be like 12 号 號 hào m (measure word for number in a 3 series; day of the month) 号 號 hào n size 9 号码 號碼 hàom n number 16 喝 喝 h v to drink 5

355 326 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 和 和 hé conj and 2 合适 合適 héshì adj suitable 9 黑 黑 h i adj black 9 很 很 h n adv very 3 红 紅 hóng adj red 9 红绿灯 紅綠燈 hóngl d ng n traffic light 13 红烧 紅燒 hóngsh o v to braise in soy sauce 12 后来 後來 hòulái t later 8 后天 後天 hòuti n t the day after tomorrow 16 胡萝卜 胡蘿蔔 húluóbo n carrot 12 护照 護照 hùzhào n passport 19 花 花 hu v to spend 10 花 花 hu n flower 14 花粉 花粉 hu f n n pollen 15 花生 花生 hu sh ng n peanuts 15 滑冰 滑冰 huá b ng vo to ice skate 11 画画儿 畫畫兒 huà huàr vo to draw; to paint 4 化学 化學 huàxué n chemistry 8 欢迎 歡迎 hu nyíng v to welcome 20 还 還 huán v to return (something) 17 换 換 huàn v to exchange; to change 9 黄 黄 huáng adj yellow 9 黄瓜 黄瓜 huánggua n cucumber 12 灰尘 灰塵 hu chén n dust 15 灰色 灰色 hu sè n gray 9 回家 回家 huí ji vo to go home 5 回来 回來 huí lai vc to come back 6 回去 回去 huí qu vc to go back; to return 11 会 會 huì mv can; know how to 8 会 會 huì mv will 11 活动 活動 huódòng n activity 13 或者 或者 huòzh conj or 10 护士 護士 hùshi n nurse 2

356 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 327 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech J English Lesson 鸡 雞 j n chicken 12 极 極 jí adv extremely 12 几 幾 j nu how many; some; a few 2 记得 記得 jìde v to remember 16 计划 計劃 jìhuà n/v plan; to plan 19 家 家 ji n family; home 2 家常 家常 ji cháng n home-style 12 家具 傢具 ji jù n furniture 17 加拿大 加拿大 Ji nádà pn Canada 1 加州 加州 Ji zh u pn California 1, 11 夹克 夾克 jiákè n jacket 9 检查 檢查 ji nchá v to examine 15 简单 簡單 ji nd n adj simple 18 件 件 jiàn m (measure word for shirts, dresses, 9 jackets, coats, etc.) 见 見 jiàn v to see 3 见面 見面 jiàn miàn vo to meet up; to meet with 6 健康 健康 jiànk ng adj/n healthy; health 15 教 教 ji o v to teach 7 脚 腳 ji o n foot 18 饺子 餃子 ji ozi n dumplings (with vegetable and/or 12 meat filling) 叫 叫 jiào v to be called; to call 1 教室 教室 jiàoshì n classroom 8 教授 教授 jiàoshòu n professor 2 接 接 ji v to catch; to meet; to welcome 14 节 節 jié m (measure word for class periods) 6 姐姐 姐姐 ji jie n older sister 2 介绍 介紹 jièshào v to introduce 5 今年 今年 j nnián t this year 3 今天 今天 j nti n t today 3 紧张 緊張 j nzh ng adj nervous, anxious 10 近 近 jìn adj near 13

357 328 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 进 進 jìn v to enter 5 进来 進來 jìn lai vc to come in 5 经济 經濟 j ngjì n economics 8 经理 經理 j ngl n manager 2 九月 九月 ji yuè n September 3 就 就 jiù adv precisely; exactly 6 就 就 jiù adv just; only (indicating a small number) 橘子 橘子 júzi n tangerine 14 橘红色 橘紅色 júhóngsè n orange (color) 9 觉得 覺得 juéde v to feel; to think 4 军人 軍人 j nrén n soldier; military officer 2 K 咖啡 咖啡 k f i n coffee 5 咖啡色 咖啡色 k f isè n brown; coffee color 9 卡片 卡片 k piàn n card 14 开车 開車 k i ch vo to drive a car 10 开会 開會 k i huì vo to have a meeting 6 开始 開始 k ish v/n to begin, to start; beginning 7 看 看 kàn v to watch; to look; to read 4 看病 看病 kàn bìng vo to see a doctor; (of a doctor) to 15 see a patient 考试 考試 k o shì vo/n to give or take a test; test 6 烤鸭 烤鴨 k oy n roast duck 20 靠 靠 kào v to lean on; to lean against; to be 19 next to 咳嗽 咳嗽 késòu v to cough 15 渴 渴 k adj thirsty 12 可爱 可愛 k ài adj cute; lovable 14 可口可乐 可口可樂 K k uk lè pn Coca-Cola 5 可乐 可樂 k lè n [Coke or Pepsi] cola 5 可能 可能 k néng mv/adj maybe; possible 17 可是 可是 k shì conj but 3 可以 可以 k y mv can; may 5 刻 刻 kè m quarter (of an hour) 3 16

358 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 329 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 课 課 kè n class; course; lesson 6 课本 課本 kèb n n textbook 7 课文 課文 kèwén n text of a lesson 7 客气 客氣 kèqi adj polite 6 客厅 客廳 kèt ng n living room 17 空 ( 儿 ) 空 ( 兒 ) kòng(r) n free time 6 口 口 k u m (measure word for number of 2 family members) 哭 哭 k v to cry; to weep 20 酷 酷 kù adj cool 7 裤子 褲子 kùzi n pants 9 快 快 kuài adv/adj quickly; fast, quick 5 快乐 快樂 kuàilè adj happy 10 块 塊 kuài m (measure word for the basic 9 Chinese monetary unit) 矿泉水礦泉水 kuàngquánshu n mineral water 5 L 拉丁文 拉丁文 L d ngwén pn the Latin language 6 来 來 lái v to come 5 蓝 藍 lán adj blue 10 篮球 籃球 lánqiú n basketball 18 懒 懶 l n adj lazy 15 老师 老師 l osh n teacher 1 了 了 le p (a dynamic particle) 5 累 累 lèi adj tired 8 冷 冷 l ng adj cold 11 离 離 lí prep away from 13 梨 梨 lí n pear 14 里边 裏邊 l bian n inside 13 礼物 禮物 l wù n gift; present 14 李友 李友 L Y u pn (a personal name) 1 力气 力氣 lìqi n strength; effort 16 历史 歷史 lìsh n history 8

359 330 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 俩 倆 li nu+m (coll.) two 16 连 連 lián prep even 17 脸 臉 li n n face 14 练习 練習 liànxí v to practice 6 练习本 練習本 liànxíb n n exercise book 7 凉拌 涼拌 liángbàn v (of food) cold blended ; cold 12 tossed 凉快 涼快 liángkuai adj pleasantly cool 11 两 兩 li ng nu two; a couple of 2 聊天 ( 儿 ) 聊天 ( 兒 ) liáo ti n(r) vo to chat 5 零食 零食 língshí n snacks 14 另外 另外 lìngwài conj furthermore; in addition 17 流鼻涕 流鼻涕 liú bítì vo to have a runny nose 15 楼 樓 lóu n multi-storied building; floor (of a 14 multi-level building) 路口 路口 lùk u n intersection 13 录音 錄音 lùy n n/vo sound recording; to record 7 旅馆 旅館 l gu n n hotel 19 旅行 旅行 l xíng v to travel 16 旅行社 旅行社 l xíngshè n travel agency 19 绿 綠 l adj green 10 律师 律師 l sh n lawyer 2 乱 亂 luàn adv randomly; arbitrarily; messily 15 M 妈妈 媽媽 m ma n mother, mom 2 马上 馬上 m shàng adv immediately; right away 19 吗 嗎 ma qp (question particle) 1 麻烦 麻煩 máfan adj troublesome 10 麻婆豆腐 麻婆豆腐 mápó dòufu n Mapo tofu 12 买 買 m i v to buy 9 卖完 賣完 mài wán vc to be sold out 12 慢 慢 màn adj slow 7 慢跑 慢跑 mànp o v/n to jog; jogging 18 忙 忙 máng adj busy 3

360 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 331 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 猫 貓 m o n cats 15 毛 毛 máo m (measure word for 1/10 of a 9 kuai, dime (for US money)) 毛笔 毛筆 máob n writing brush 7 毛衣 毛衣 máoy n woolen sweater 9 帽子 帽子 màozi n hat; cap 9 没 没 méi adv not 2 没关系 没關係 méi gu nxi it doesn t matter 12 每 每 m i pr every; each 10 美国 美國 M iguó pn America 1 美式 美式 M ishì adj American-style 18 美元 美元 M iyuán n U.S. currency 17 妹妹 妹妹 mèimei n younger sister 2 闷热 悶熱 m nrè adj hot and stifling 11 米饭 米飯 m fàn n cooked rice 12 免稅商店 免稅商店 mi n shuì n duty-free shop 20 sh ngdiàn 面试 面試 miànshì v/n to interview; interview 11 明天 明天 míngti n t tomorrow 3 名胜古迹 名勝古蹟 míngshèng g jì famous scenic spots and historic 19 名字 名字 míngzi n name 1 墨西哥 墨西哥 Mòx g pn Mexico 1 母亲节 母親節 M q njié pn Mother s Day 3 N 拿 拿 ná v to take; to get 13 哪 哪 n /n i qpr which 6 哪里 哪裏 n li pr where 7 哪儿 哪兒 n r qpr where 5 那 那 nà pr that 2 那 那 nà conj in that case; then 4 那里 那裏 nàli pr there 17 那么 那麽 nàme pr (indicating degree) so, such 11 那儿 那兒 nàr pr there 8 sites

361 332 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 奶奶 奶奶 n inai n paternal grandmother 20 男 男 nán adj male 2 南 南 nán n south 13 难 難 nán adj difficult 7 难受 難受 nánshòu adj hard to bear; uncomfortable 18 呢 呢 ne qp (question particle) 1 能 能 néng mv can; to be able to 8 你 你 n pr you 1 年级 年級 niánjí n grade in school 6 念 念 niàn v to read aloud 7 您 您 nín pr you (honorific for 你 ) 6 牛肉 牛肉 niúròu n beef 12 纽约 紐約 Ni yu pn New York 1 农民 農民 nóngmín n farmer; peasant 2 暖和 暖和 nu nhuo adj warm 11 女 女 n adj female 2 女儿 女兒 n ér n daughter 2 P 怕 怕 pà v to fear; to be afraid of 18 拍 拍 p i n racket 18 盘 盤 pán n plate; dish 12 旁边 旁邊 pángbi n n side 13 胖 胖 pàng adj fat 18 跑步 跑步 p o bù vo to jog 18 朋友 朋友 péngyou n friend 3 篇 篇 pi n m (measure word for essays, 8 articles, etc.) 便宜 便宜 piányi adj cheap; inexpensive 9 片 片 piàn m (measure word for tablet; slice) 15 票 票 piào n ticket 10 漂亮 漂亮 piàoliang adj pretty 5 瓶 瓶 píng m/n (measure word for bottles); bottle 5 平常 平常 píngcháng adv usually 7

362 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 333 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 苹果 蘋果 pínggu n apple 14 葡萄 葡萄 pútao n grape 14 葡萄牙文 葡萄牙文 Pútáoyáwén pn the Portuguese language 6 Q 骑摩托车 騎摩托車 qí mótu ch vo to ride a motorcycle 10 骑自行车 騎自行車 qí zìxíngch vo to ride a bicycle 10 起床 起床 q chuáng vo to get up 8 起飞 起飛 q f i v (of airplanes) to take off 20 气球 氣球 qìqiú n balloons 14 汽水 ( 儿 ) 汽水 ( 兒 ) qìshu (r) n soft drink; soda pop 5, 14 千 千 qi n nu thousand 19 铅笔 鉛筆 qi nb n pencil 7 签证 簽證 qi nzhèng n visa 19 钱 錢 qián n money 9 前 前 qián n forward; ahead 13 前面 前面 qiánmian n ahead; in front of 13 青菜 青菜 q ngcài n green/leafy vegetable 12 清楚 清楚 q ngchu adj clear 12 情人节 情人節 Qíngrénjié pn Valentine s Day 3 晴天 晴天 qíngti n n sunny day 11 请 請 q ng v please (polite form of request); to 1 treat or to invite (somebody) 请客請客 q ng kè vo to invite someone (to dinner, coffee, etc.); to play the host 秋天 秋天 qi ti n n autumn; fall 11 去 去 qù v to go 4 去年 去年 qùnián t last year 14 裙子 裙子 qúnzi n skirt 9 R 然后 然後 ránhòu adv then 10 让 讓 ràng v to allow or cause (somebody to 10 do something) 热熱 rè adj hot 11 4

363 334 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 人 人 rén n people; person 1 人民币 人民幣 rénmínbì n renminbi (RMB, Chinese currency) 认识 認識 rènshi v to be acquainted with; recognize 3 日本 日本 Rìb n pn Japan 1, 13 日记 日記 rìjì n diary 8 日文 日文 Rìwén pn the Japanese language 6, 13 容易 容易 róngyì adj easy 7 肉 肉 ròu n meat 12 如果 的话 如果 的話 rúgu de huà conj if 9 S 沙发 沙發 sh f n sofa 17 商店 商店 sh ngdiàn n store; shop 9 商人 商人 sh ngrén n merchant; businessperson 2 商务舱 商務艙 sh ngwùc ng n business class 19 上 上 shàng v to go [colloq.] 13 上菜 上菜 shàng cài vo to serve food 12 上次 上次 shàng cì last time 15 上大学 上大學 shàng dàxué vo to attend college/university 18 上个 上個 shàng ge the previous one 7 上海 上海 Shàngh i pn Shanghai 1, 12 上课 上課 shàng kè vo to go to a class; to start a class; 7 to be in class 上网 上網 shàng w ng vo to go online; to surf the internet 8 上午 上午 shàngw t morning 6 上衣 上衣 shàngy n upper garment 9 谁 誰 shéi qpr who 2 身体 身體 sh nt n body; health 15 什么 什麽 shénme qpr what 1 生病 生病 sh ng bìng vo to get sick 15 生词 生詞 sh ngcí n new words; vocabulary 7 生日 生日 sh ngrì n birthday 3 师傅 師傅 sh fu n master worker 12 17

364 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 335 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 十八 十八 shíb nu eighteen 3 十二 十二 shí èr nu twelve 3 时候 時候 shíhou n (a point in) time; moment; (a 4 duration of) time 时间 時間 shíji n n time 6 实习 實習 shíxí v to intern 19 试 試 shì v to try 9 是 是 shì v to be 1 事 ( 儿 ) 事 ( 兒 ) shì(r) n matter; affair; event 3 收 收 sh u v to receive; to accept 9 手 手 sh u n hand 18 手机 手機 sh uj n cell phone 10 首都 首都 sh ud n capital city 19 首都机场 首都機場 Sh ud J ch ng pn the Capital Airport (in Beijing) 20 瘦 瘦 shòu adj thin, slim (usually of a person or 20 animal); lean 售货员 售貨員 shòuhuòyuán n shop assistant; salesclerk 9 书 書 sh n book 4 书店 書店 sh diàn n bookstore 13 书架 書架 sh jià n bookcase; bookshelf 17 书桌 書桌 sh zhu n desk 17 舒服 舒服 sh fu adj comfortable 11 叔叔 叔叔 sh shu n uncle 20 属 屬 sh v to belong to 14 暑假 暑假 sh jià n summer vacation 19 暑期 暑期 sh q n summer term 14 数学 數學 shùxué n mathematics 8 刷卡 刷卡 shu k vo to pay with a credit card 9 帅 帥 shuài adj handsome 7 双 雙 shu ng m (measure word for a pair) 9 水 水 shu n water 5 水果 水果 shu gu n fruit 14 水平 水平 shu píng n level; standard 18 睡觉 睡覺 shuì jiào vo to sleep 4 说 説 shu v to say; to speak 6

365 336 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 说话 説話 shu huà vo to talk 7 送 送 sòng v to see off or out; to take (someone somewhere) 送 送 sòng v to give as a gift 14 素 素 sù adj vegetarian; made from vegetables 12 素餐 素餐 sùc n n vegetarian meal 19 宿舍 宿舍 sùshè n dormitory 8 酸 酸 su n adj sour 12 酸辣汤 酸辣湯 su nlàt ng n hot and sour soup 12 算了 算了 suàn le forget it; never mind 4 虽然 雖然 su rán conj although 9 岁 歲 suì n year (of age) 3 所以 所以 su y conj so 4 T T 恤衫 T 恤衫 T-xùsh n n T-shirt 9 他 他 t pr he; him 2 她 她 t pr she; her 2 它 它 t pr it 9 台北 台北 Táib i pn Taipei 19 太 了 太 了 tài le too; extremely 3 毯子 毯子 t nzi n blanket 19 汤姆 湯姆 T ngm pn Tom 14 糖醋鱼 糖醋魚 tángcùyú n fish in sweet and sour sauce 12 糖 ( 果 ) 糖 ( 果 ) táng (gu ) n candy 14 躺下 躺下 t ng xia vc to lie down 15 桃儿 桃兒 táor n peach 14 套 套 tào m (measure word for suite or set) 17 特別 特別 tèbié adv especially 10 疼死 疼死 téng s adj+c really painful 15 踢 踢 t v to kick 18 提高 提高 tíg o v to improve; to raise; to heighten 18 天 天 ti n n day 3 天气 天氣 ti nqì n weather 11 10

366 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 337 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 天桥 天橋 ti nqiáo n pedestrian overpass 13 甜 甜 tián adj sweet 12 条 條 tiáo m (measure word for pants and 9 long, thin objects) 跳舞 跳舞 tiào w vo to dance 4 听 聽 t ng v to listen 4 听说 聽説 t ngshu v to be told; to hear of 13 听音乐会 聽音樂會 t ng y nyuèhuì vo to go to a concert 16 挺 挺 t ng adv very; rather 9 同 同 tóng adj same; alike 16 同学 同學 tóngxué n classmate 3 头等舱 頭等艙 tóud ngc ng n first class 19 头疼 頭疼 tóu téng to have a headache 15 图书馆 圖書館 túsh gu n n library 5 托运 托運 tu yùn v to check (luggage) 20 W 袜子 襪子 wàzi n socks 9 外国 外國 wàiguó n foreign country 4 外套 外套 wàitào n outer garment; coat; jacket 9 玩 ( 儿 ) 玩 ( 兒 ) wán(r) v to have fun; to play 5 玩游戏机 玩遊戲機 wán yóuxìj vo to play videogames 4 碗 碗 w n n bowl 12 晚 晚 w n adj late 7 晚饭 晚飯 w nfàn n dinner; supper 3 晚上 晚上 w nshang t/n evening; night 3 王红 王紅 Wáng Hóng pn (a personal name) 14 王朋 王朋 Wáng Péng pn (a personal name) 1 往 往 w ng prep towards 13 往返 往返 w ngf n v make a round trip; go there and 19 网球 網球 w ngqiú n tennis 18 网上 網上 w ng shang on the internet 11 忘 忘 wàng v to forget 12 back

367 338 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 危险 危險 w ixi n adj dangerous 18 喂 喂 wéi/wèi interj (on telephone) Hello!; Hey! 6 位 位 wèi m (polite measure word for people) 6 位子 位子 wèizi n seat 12 味精 味精 wèij ng n monosodium glutamate (MSG) 12 为了 為了 wèile prep for the sake of 18 为什么 為什麽 wèishénme qpr why 3 卫生间 衛生間 wèish ngji n n bathroom 17 文化 文化 wénhuà n culture 19 问 問 wèn v to ask (a question) 1 问题 問題 wèntí n question; problem 6 我 我 w pr I; me 1 我们 我們 w men pr we 3 卧室 臥室 wòshì n bedroom 17 午饭 午飯 w fàn n lunch, midday meal 8 舞会 舞會 w huì n dance party; ball 14 物理 物理 wùl n physics 8 X 西 西 x n west 13 西班牙文 西班牙文 X b nyáwén pn the Spanish language 6 西北航空 西北航空 X b i Hángk ng pn Northwest Airlines 19 公司 公司 G ngs 西瓜 西瓜 x gua n watermelon 14 西装 西裝 x zhu ng n (western-style) suit 9 希腊文 希臘文 X làwén pn the Greek language 6 希望 希望 x wàng v/n to hope; hope 8 喜欢 喜歡 x huan v to like 3 洗澡 洗澡 x z o vo to take a bath/shower 8 虾 蝦 xi n shrimp 12 下车 下車 xià ch vo to get off (a bus, train, etc.) 10 下个 下個 xià ge next one 6 下棋 下棋 xià qí vo to play chess 4 下午 下午 xiàw t afternoon 6

368 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 339 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 下雪 下雪 xià xu vo to snow 11 下雨 下雨 xià y vo to rain 11 夏天 夏天 xiàti n n summer 11 夏威夷 夏威夷 Xiàw iyí pn Hawaii 1 先 先 xi n adv first 10 先生 先生 xi nsheng n Mr.; husband; teacher 1 线 線 xiàn n line 10 现金 現金 xiànj n n cash 19 现在 現在 xiànzài t now 3 香港 香港 Xi ngg ng pn Hong Kong 19 香蕉 香蕉 xi ngji o n banana 14 箱子 箱子 xi ngzi n suitcase; box 20 想 想 xi ng mv to want to; would like to; to 4 think 想起来 想起來 xi ng qi lai vc to remember; to recall 16 像 像 xiàng v to be like; to look like; to take 14 小 小 xi o adj small; little 4 小姐 小姐 xi oji n Miss; young lady 1 小时 小時 xi oshí n hour 15 小心 小心 xi ox n v to be careful 20 笑 笑 xiào v to laugh at; to laugh; to smile 8 些 些 xi m (measure word for an indefinite 12 after amount); some 鞋 鞋 xié n shoes 9 写 寫 xi v to write 7 谢谢 謝謝 xièxie v to thank 3 新 新 x n adj new 8 新年 新年 x nnián n new year 10 信 信 xìn n letter (correspondence) 8 信用卡 信用卡 xìnyòngk n credit card 9 星期 星期 x ngq n week 3 星期四 星期四 x ngq sì n Thursday 3 行 行 xíng v all right; O.K. 6

369 340 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 行李 行李 xíngli n luggage 20 姓 姓 xìng v/n (one s) surname is...; to be 1 surnamed; surname 兴趣 興趣 xìngqù n interest 17 休息 休息 xi xi v to take a break; to rest 15 学 學 xué v to study; to learn 7 学期 學期 xuéq n school term; semester/quarter 8 学生 學生 xuésheng n student 1 学习 學習 xuéxí v to study; to learn 7 学校 學校 xuéxiào n school 5 雪碧 雪碧 Xu bì pn Sprite 5 Y 压壓 y v to press; to hold down; to weigh down 押金 押金 y j n n security deposit 17 亚洲研究 亞洲研究 Yàzh u yánji n Asian studies 8 呀 呀 ya p (interjectory particle used to 5 soften a question) 淹死 淹死 y n s vc to drown 18 盐 鹽 yán n salt 12 颜色 顏色 yánsè n color 9 演 演 y n v to show (a film); to perform 16 眼睛 眼睛 y njing n eye 14 洋葱 洋蔥 yángc ng n onion 12 羊肉 羊肉 yángròu n lamb; mutton 12 养 養 y ng v to raise 17 痒 癢 y ng adj itchy 15 样子 樣子 yàngzi n style 9 药 藥 yào n medicine 15 药店 藥店 yàodiàn n pharmacy 15 要 要 yào v to want 5 要 要 yào mv will, to be going to; to want to, 6 to have a desire to 要不然 要不然 yàobùrán conj otherwise 15 要是 要是 yàoshi conj if 6 18

370 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 341 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 爷爷 爺爺 yéye n paternal grandfather 20 也 也 y adv too; also 1 野餐 野餐 y c n v to picnic 16 夜里 夜裏 yèli n at night 15 一边 一邊 (y bi n) yìbi n adv simultaneously; at the same time 8 一定 一定 (y dìng ) yídìng adj/adv certain(ly); definite(ly) 14 一房一厅 一房一廳 (y fáng y t ng) one bedroom and one living 17 yì fáng yì t ng room 一共 一共 (y gòng) yígòng adv altogether 9 一路平安 一路平安 (y lù píng n) yí lù píng n have a good trip; bon voyage 20 一起 一起 (y q ) yìq adv together 5 一下 一下 (y xià) yí xià n+m once; a bit 5 一言为定 一言為定 (y yán wéi dìng) it s a deal, that settles it; it s yì yán wéi dìng decided 一样 一樣 (y yàng) yíyàng adj same; alike 9 一直 一直 (y zhí) yìzhí adv straight; continuously 13 衣服 衣服 y fu n clothes 9 医生 醫生 y sh ng n doctor; physician 2 医院 醫院 y yuàn n hospital 15 以后 以後 y hòu t after 6 以前 以前 y qián t before 8 以为 以為 y wéi v to assume erroneously 14 已经 已經 y j ng adv already 8 椅子 椅子 y zi n chair 17 意大利文 意大利文 Yìdàlìwén pn the Italian language 6 阴天 陰天 y nti n n overcast day 11 因为 因為 y nwèi conj because 3 音响 音響 y nxi ng n stereo system 17 音乐 音樂 y nyuè n music 4 音乐会 音樂會 y nyuèhuì n concert 8 饮料 飲料 y nliào n beverage 14 饮水器 飲水器 y nshu qì n water dispenser 20 印度 印度 Yìndù pn India 1 印象 印象 yìnxiàng n impression 16 16

371 342 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 英国 英國 Y ngguó pn Britain; England 3 英文 英文 Y ngwén pn English (language) 2 用 用 yòng v to use 8 用功 用功 yòngg ng adj hard-working; diligent; studious 14 游泳 游泳 yóu y ng vo to swim 18 有 有 y u v to have; to exist 2 有的 有的 y ude pr some 4 有名 有名 y umíng adj famous; well-known 19 有意思 有意思 y u yìsi adj interesting 4 又 又 yòu adv again 11 右 右 yòu n right 13 鱼 魚 yú n fish 12 语法 語法 y f n grammar 7 语言学 語言學 y yánxué n linguistics 8 预报 預報 yùbào v to forecast 11 预习 預習 yùxí v to preview 7 元 元 yuán m (measure word for the basic 17 Chinese monetary unit); yuan 圆 圓 yuán adj round 14 圆珠笔 圓珠筆 yuánzh b n ballpoint pen 7 远 遠 yu n adj far 13 愿意 願意 yuànyì av to be willing 18 约 約 yu v to make an appointment 11 月 月 yuè n month 3 越来越 越來越 yuè lái yuè adv more and more 15 越南 越南 Yuènán pn Vietnam 1 运动 運動 yùndòng n sports 13 运动服 運動服 yùndòngfú n sportswear; athletic clothing 18 Z 在 在 zài prep at; in; on 5 在 在 zài v to be present; to be at (a place) 6 再 再 zài adv again 9 再见 再見 zàijiàn v goodbye; see you again 3

372 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 343 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 再说 再説 zàishu conj moreover 15 糟糕 糟糕 z og o adj in a terrible mess; how terrible 11 早 早 z o adj early 7 早饭 早飯 z ofàn n breakfast 8 早上 早上 z oshang t morning 7 怎么 怎麽 z nme qpr how; how come 7 怎么样 怎麽樣 z nmeyàng qpr Is it O.K.? How is that? How 3 does that sound? 站站 zhàn m (measure word for stops of bus, train, etc.) 张張 zh ng m (measure word for flat objects, paper, pictures, etc.) 长 長 zh ng v to grow; to appear 14 长大 長大 zh ng dà vc to grow up 14 找 找 zh o v to look for 4 找 ( 钱 ) 找 ( 錢 ) zh o (qián) v(o) to give change 9 照顾 照顧 zhàogu v to look after; to care for; to 20 attend to 照片 照片 zhàopiàn n picture; photo 2 照相机 照相機 zhàoxiàngj n camera 19 这 這 zhè pr this 2 这么 這麽 zhème pr so; such 7 这儿 這兒 zhèr pr here 9 真 真 zh n adv really 7 枕头 枕頭 zh ntou n pillow 19 整理 整理 zh ngl v to put in order 16 证件 證件 zhèngjiàn n ID; document 19 正在 正在 zhèngzài adv in the middle of (doing 8 something) 政治 政治 zhèngzhì n politics 19 枝 枝 zh m (measure word for long, thin, 7 inflexible objects, pens, rifles, etc.) 知道 知道 zh dào v to know 8 直飞 直飛 zhí f i fly directly

373 344 Contents Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 植物 植物 zhíwù n plant 17 只 只 zh adv only 4 纸 紙 zh n paper 7 中 中 zh ng adj medium; middle 9 中国 中國 Zh ngguó pn China 1 中国城 中國城 Zh ngguóchéng n Chinatown 13 中国国际航空公司 中國國際航空公司 Zh ngguó Guójì Hángk ng pn Air China 19 G ngs 中间 中間 zh ngji n n middle 13 中文 中文 Zh ngwén pn Chinese (language) 6 中午 中午 zh ngw n noon 8 中心 中心 zh ngx n n center 13 中学 中學 zh ngxué n middle school ; secondary school 14 钟头 鐘頭 zh ngtóu n hour 14 种 種 zh ng m (measure word for kinds, sorts, 9 types) 重 重 zhòng adj heavy; serious 14 周末 週末 zh umò n weekend 4 猪肉 豬肉 zh ròu n pork 12 住 住 zhù v to live (in a certain place) 14 祝 祝 zhù v to wish (well) 8 专业 專業 zhu nyè n major (in college); specialty 8 转机 轉機 zhu n j vo change planes 19 准 准 zh n v to allow; to be allowed 17 准备 準備 zh nbèi v to prepare 6 桌子 桌子 zhu zi n table 12 紫色 紫色 z sè n purple 9 字 字 zì n character 7 字典 字典 zìdi n n dictionary 7 自己 自己 zìj pr oneself 10 走 走 z u v to go by way of; to walk 10 走道 走道 z udào n aisle 19 走路 走路 z u lù vo to walk 10, 17 租 租 z v to rent 19

374 Vocabulary Index (Chinese-English) Contents 345 Simplified Traditional Pinyin Part of Speech English Lesson 足球 足球 zúqiú n soccer; football 18 嘴 嘴 zu n mouth 14 最 最 zuì adv most, (of superlative degree) -est 14 最好 最好 zuìh o adv had better 15 最后 最後 zuìhòu final; last 10 最近 最近 zuìjìn t recently 8 昨天 昨天 zuóti n t yesterday 4 左 左 zu n left 13 做 做 zuò v to do 2 做饭 做飯 zuò fàn vo to cook; to prepare a meal 17 做瑜伽 做瑜伽 zuò yúji vo to do yoga 18 坐 坐 zuò v to sit 5 坐 坐 zuò v to travel by 10 坐船 坐船 zuò chuán vo to travel by ship; to take a boat 10 坐电车 坐電車 zuò diànch vo to take a cable car, trolley bus, 10 or tram 坐火车 坐火車 zuò hu ch vo to travel by train 10 坐计程车 坐計程車 zuò jìchéngch vo to take a taxi (in Taiwan) 10

375 346 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Proper nouns from the dialogues and readings are shown in green. Supplementary vocabulary from the How About You? section is shown in blue. English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson A a little, a bit; some 点 ( 儿 ) di n(r) m 5 a long time 好久 h o ji 4 activity 活动 huódòng n 13 advertisement 广告 gu nggào n 17 after 以后 y hòu t 6 afternoon 下午 xiàw t 6 again 再 zài adv 9 again 又 yòu adv 11 ahead; in front of 前面 qiánmian n 13 Air China 中国国际航空公司 Zh ngguó Guójì hángk ng G ngs pn 19 airplane 飞机 f ij n 10 airport ( 飞 ) 机场 (f i)j ch ng n 10 aisle 走道 z udào n 19 all right; O.K. 行 xíng v 6 allow; be allowed 准 zh n v 17 allow or cause (somebody to do 让 ràng v 10 something) almost; nearly; similar 差不多 chàbudu adv/adj 17 already 已经 y j ng adv 8 also; too; as well 还 hái adv 3 although 虽然 su rán conj 9 altogether 一共 yígòng adv 9 America 美国 M iguó pn 1 American-style 美式 M ishì adj 18 and 和 hé conj 2 apartment 公寓 g ngyù n 17 apple 苹果 pínggu n 14

376 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 347 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson Asian studies 亚洲研究 Yàzh u yánji n 8 ask (a question) 问 wèn v 1 aspirin 阿司匹林 s p lín n 19 assume erroneously 以为 y wéi v 14 at; in; on 在 zài prep 5 at night 夜里 yèli n 15 aunt 阿姨 yí n 20 autumn; fall 秋天 qi ti n n 11 aviation 航空 hángk ng n 19 away from 离 lí prep 13 B bag; sack; bundle; package 包 b o n 20 Bai Ying ai 白英爱 Bái Y ng ài pn 2 (apersonal name) balloons 气球 qìqiú n 14 ballpoint pen 圆珠笔 yuánzh b n 7 banana 香蕉 xi ngji o n 14 basketball 篮球 lánqiú n 18 bathroom 卫生间 wèish ngji n n 17 be 是 shì v 1 be acquainted with; recognize 认识 rènshi v 3 be allergic to 过敏 guòm n v 15 be called; call 叫 jiào v 1 be careful 小心 xi ox n v 20 be like; look like; take after 像 xiàng v 14 be overweight (of luggage, 超重 ch ozhòng v 20 freight, etc.) be present; be at (a place) 在 zài v 6 be sold out 卖完 mài wán vc 12 be told; hear of 听说 t ngshu v 13 be willing 愿意 yuànyì av 18 because 因为 y nwèi conj 3 become 成 chéng v 16 bedroom 卧室 wòshì n 17

377 348 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson beef 牛肉 niúròu n 12 before 以前 y qián t 8 begin, start; beginning 开始 k ish v/n 7 beginning 初 ch n 19 Beijing 北京 B ij ng pn 1 belly; abdomen 肚子 dùzi n 15 belong to 属 sh v 14 beverage 饮料 y nliào n 14 big; old 大 dà adj 3 birthday 生日 sh ngrì n 3 black 黑 h i adj 9 blanket 毯子 t nzi n 19 blue 蓝 lán adj 10 boarding gate 登机口 d ngj k u n 20 boarding pass 登机牌 d ngj pái n 20 body; health 身体 sh nt n 15 bok choy 白菜 báicài n 12 book 书 sh n 4 bookcase; bookshelf 书架 sh jià n 17 bookstore 书店 sh diàn n 13 both; all 都 d u adv 2 bowl 碗 w n n 12 braise in soy sauce 红烧 hóngsh o v 12 breakfast 早饭 z ofàn n 8 bring; take; carry; come with 带 dài v 12 Britain; England 英国 Y ngguó pn 3 brown; coffee colored 咖啡色 k f isè n 9 bus 公共汽车 g nggòng qìch n 10 business class 商务舱 sh ngwùc ng n 19 business management 工商管理 g ngsh ng n 8 gu nl busy 忙 máng adj 3 but 但是 dànshì conj 6 but 可是 k shì conj 3 buy 买 m i v 9 by 被 bèi prep 18

378 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 349 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson C cabinet; cupboard 柜子 guìzi n 17 cake 蛋糕 dàng o n 14 California 加州 Ji zh u pn 1, 11 camera 照相机 zhàoxiàngj n 19 can; able to 能 néng mv 8 can; know how to 会 huì mv 8 can; may 可以 k y mv 5 Canada 加拿大 Ji nádà pn 1 candy 糖 ( 果 ) táng (gu ) n 14 Capital Airport (in Beijing) 首都机场 Sh ud J ch ng pn 20 capital city 首都 sh ud n 19 card 卡片 k piàn n 14 carrot 胡萝卜 húluóbo n 12 cash 现金 xiànj n n 19 catch; meet; welcome 接 ji v 14 cats 猫 m o n 15 cell phone 手机 sh uj n 10 center 中心 zh ngx n n 13 certain(ly); definite(ly) 一定 yídìng adj/adv 14 chair 椅子 y zi n 17 change planes 转机 zhu n j vo 19 character 字 zì n 7 chat 聊天 ( 儿 ) liáo ti n(r) vo 5 cheap; inexpensive 便宜 piányi adj 9 check; look into 查 chá v 19 check (luggage) 托运 tu yùn v 20 chemistry 化学 huàxué n 8 chicken 鸡 j n 12 child 孩子 háizi n 2 China 中国 Zh ngguó pn 1 Chinatown 中国城 Zh ngguóchéng n 13 Chinese characters 汉字 Hànzì n 7 Chinese (language) 中文 Zh ngwén pn 6

379 350 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson city 城市 chéngshì n 10 class 班 b n n 14 class; course; lesson 课 kè n 6 classmate 同学 tóngxué n 3 classroom 教室 jiàoshì n 8 clean 干净 g njìng adj 17 clean up (a room, apartment or 打扫 d s o v 16 house) clear 清楚 q ngchu adj 12 clothes 衣服 y fu n 9 Coca-Cola 可口可乐 K k uk lè pn 5 coffee 咖啡 k f i n 5 [Coke or Pepsi] cola 可乐 k lè n 5 cold 冷 l ng adj 11 (of food) cold blended ; cold 凉拌 liángbàn v 12 tossed college student 大学生 dàxuésh ng n 2 color 颜色 yánsè n 9 come 来 lái v 5 come back 回来 huí lai vc 6 come in 进来 jìn lai vc 5 comfortable 舒服 sh fu adj 11 company 公司 g ngs n 19 (comparison marker); compare 比 b prep/v 11 computer 电脑 diànn o n 8 concert 音乐会 y nyuèhuì n 8 concourse (of airport) 航站楼 hángzhànlóu n 20 convenient 方便 f ngbiàn adj 6 cook; prepare a meal 做饭 zuò fàn vo 17 cooked rice 米饭 m fàn n 12 cookies; crackers 饼干 b ngg n n 14 cool 酷 kù adj 7 cough 咳嗽 késòu v 15 credit card 信用卡 xìnyòngk n 9 cry; weep 哭 k v 20

380 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 351 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson cucumber 黄瓜 huánggua n 12 culture 文化 wénhuà n 19 customs 海关 h igu n n 20 cute; lovable 可爱 k ài adj 14 D dance 跳舞 tiào w vo 4 dance party; ball 舞会 w huì n 14 dangerous 危险 w ixi n adj 18 daughter 女儿 n ér n 2 day 天 ti n n 3 day after tomorrow 后天 hòuti n t 16 delicious 好吃 h och adj 12 desk 书桌 sh zhu n 17 diary 日记 rìjì n 8 dictionary 字典 zìdi n n 7 difficult 难 nán adj 7 dining room, cafeteria 餐厅 c nt ng n 8 dining table 饭桌 fànzhu n 17 dinner; supper 晚饭 w nfàn n 3 disc; small plate, dish, saucer 碟 dié n 11 dishes, cuisine 菜 cài n 3 do 做 zuò v 2 do Tai Chi (a kind of traditional Chinese shadow boxing) 打太极拳 d tàijíquán vo 18 do yoga 做瑜伽 zuò yúji vo 18 doctor; physician 医生 y sh ng n 2 dog 狗 g u n 14 don t 别 bié adv 6 dormitory 宿舍 sùshè n 8 draw; paint 画画儿 huà huàr vo 4 drink 喝 h v 5 drive a car 开车 k i ch vo 10 drown 淹死 y n s vc 18

381 352 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson dumplings (with vegetable and/or 饺子 ji ozi n 12 meat filling) dust 灰尘 hu chén n 15 duty-free shop 免稅商店 mi n shuì n 20 sh ngdiàn (dynamic particle) 了 le p 5 E early 早 z o adj 7 easy 容易 róngyì adj 7 east 东 d ng n 13 eat 吃 ch v 3 economics 经济 j ngjì n 8 egg 蛋 dàn n 12 egg drop soup 蛋花汤 dànhu t ng n 12 eighteen 十八 shíb nu 3 eldest brother 大哥 dàg n 2 eldest sister 大姐 dàji n 2 electricity 电 diàn n 16 电子邮件 diànz yóujiàn n 10 engineer 工程师 g ngchéngsh n 2 England; Britain 英国 Y ngguó pn 3 English (language) 英文 Y ngwén pn 2 enough 够 gòu adj 12 enter 进 jìn v 5 especially 特别 tèbié adv 10 even 连 lián prep 17 even more 更 gèng adv 11 evening; night 晚上 w nshang t/n 3 every; each 每 m i pr 10 everybody 大家 dàji pr 7 examine 检查 ji nchá v 15 exchange; change 换 huàn v 9 (exclamatory particle to express surprise or dissatisfaction) 哎 i excl 13

382 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 353 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson exercise book 练习本 liànxíb n n 7 extremely 极 jí adv 12 eye 眼睛 y njing n 14 F face 脸 li n n 14 family; home 家 ji n 2 famous; well-known 有名 y umíng adj 19 famous scenic spots and historic sites 名胜古迹 míngshèng g jì 19 fantastic; super [colloq.] 棒 bàng adj 18 far 远 yu n adj 13 farmer; peasant 农民 nóngmín n 2 fat 胖 pàng adj 18 father, dad 爸爸 bàba n 2 Father s Day 父亲节 Fùq njié pn 3 fear; be afraid of 怕 pà v 18 fee; expenses 费 fèi n 17 feel; think 觉得 juéde v 4 feel embarrassed 不好意思 bù h oyìsi 10 female 女 n adj 2 field 场 ch ng n 13 final; last 最后 zuìhòu 10 fine; good; nice; O.K.; it s settled 好 h o adj 1 first 先 xi n adv 10 first class 头等舱 tóud ngc ng n 19 fish 鱼 yú n 12 fish in sweet and sour sauce 糖醋鱼 tángcùyú n 12 flower 花 hu n 14 fly directly 直飞 zhí f i 19 foot 脚 ji o n 18 for the sake of 为了 wèile prep 18 forecast 预报 yùbào v 11 foreign country 外国 wàiguó n 4

383 354 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson forget 忘 wàng v 12 forget it; never mind 算了 suàn le 4 forward; ahead 前 qián n 13 fountain pen 钢笔 g ngb n 7 France 法国 F guó pn 1 free time 空 ( 儿 ) kòng(r) n 6 French language 法文 F wén n 6 friend 朋友 péngyou n 3 from 从 cóng prep 13 fruit 水果 shu gu n 14 fruit juice 果汁 gu zh n 5 fun, amusing, interesting 好玩儿 h owánr adj 11 furniture 家具 ji jù n 17 furthermore; in addition 另外 lìngwài conj 17 G game; match; competition; to compete 比赛 b sài n/v 18 Gao Wenzhong 高文中 G o Wénzh ng pn 2 Gao Xiaoyin 高小音 G o Xi oy n pn 5 Germany 德国 Déguó pn 1 German language 德文 Déwén pn 6 get an injection 打针 d zh n vo 15 get off (a bus, train, etc.) 下车 xià ch vo 10 get sick 生病 sh ng bìng vo 15 get sick because of bad food 吃坏 ch huài vc 15 get up 起床 q chuáng vo 8 gift; present 礼物 l wù n 14 give 给 g i v 5 give as a gift 送 sòng v 14 give change 找 ( 钱 ) zh o (qián) v(o) 9 give or take a test; test 考试 k o shì vo/n 6 go 去 qù v 4 go [colloq.] 上 shàng v 13 go back; return 回去 huí qu vc 11

384 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 355 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson go by way of; walk 走 z u v 10 go for a drive 兜风 d u f ng vo 16 go home 回家 huí ji vo 5 go on vacation; have time off 放假 fàng jià vo 19 go online; surf the internet 上网 shàng w ng vo 8 go out 出去 ch qu vc 11 go to; arrive 到 dào v 6 go to a class; start a class; be in class 上课 shàng kè vo 7 go to a concert 听音乐会 t ng y nyuèhuì vo 16 goodbye; see you again 再见 zàijiàn v 3 grade in school 年级 niánjí n 6 grammar 语法 y f n 7 grape 葡萄 pútao n 14 gray 灰色 hu sè n 9 Great Wall 长城 Chángchéng pn 19 Greek language 希腊文 X làwén pn 6 green 绿 l adj 10 green/leafy vegetable 青菜 q ngcài n 12 grow; appear 长 zh ng v 14 grow up 长大 zh ng dà vc 14 H had better 最好 zuìh o adv 15 half; half an hour 半 bàn nu 3 half a day; a long time 半天 bànti n 18 hand 手 sh u n 18 handle; do 办 bàn v 11 handsome 帅 shuài adj 7 happy 快乐 kuàilè adj 10 happy, pleased 高兴 g oxìng adj 5 hard to bear; uncomfortable 难受 nánshòu adj 18 hard-working; diligent; studious 用功 yòngg ng adj 14 hat; cap 帽子 màozi n 9 have; exist 有 y u v 2

385 356 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson have a cold 感冒 g nmào v 15 have a fever 发烧 f sh o vo 15 have a good trip; bon voyage 一路平安 yí lù píng n 20 have a headache 头疼 tóu téng 15 have a meeting 开会 k i huì vo 6 have a runny nose 流鼻涕 liú bítì vo 15 have fun; play 玩 ( 儿 ) wán(r) v 5 Hawaii 夏威夷 Xiàw iyí pn 1 he; him 他 t pr 2 healthy; health 健康 jiànk ng adj/n 15 heavy; serious 重 zhòng adj 14 Helen 海伦 H ilún pn 14 Hello!; Hey! (on telephone) 喂 wéi/wèi interj 6 help 帮 b ng v 6 here 这儿 zhèr pr 9 highway 高速公路 g osù g nglù n 10 history 历史 lìsh n 8 hold or carry in the arms 抱 bào v 18 home-style 家常 ji cháng n 12 homework; schoolwork 功课 g ngkè n 7 Hong Kong 香港 Xi ngg ng pn 19 honorable; expensive 贵 guì adj 1 hope; hope 希望 x wàng v/n 8 hospital 医院 y yuàn n 15 hot 热 rè adj 11 hot and sour soup 酸辣汤 su nlàt ng n 12 hot and stifling 闷热 m nrè adj 11 hotel 旅馆 l gu n n 19 hour 小时 xi oshí n 15 hour 钟头 zh ngtóu n 14 how; how come 怎么 z nme qpr 7 how many; some; a few 几 j nu 2 how many/much; to what extent 多 du adv 3 how much/many 多少 du shao qpr 9

386 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 357 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson however; but 不过 búguò conj 9 hundred 百 b i nu 9 hungry 饿 è adj 12 I I; me 我 w pr 1 ice skate 滑冰 huá b ng vo 11 iced tea 冰茶 b ngchá n 12 ID; document 证件 zhèngjiàn n 19 if 要是 yàoshi conj 6 if 如果 的话 rúgu de huà conj 9 immediately; right away 马上 m shàng adv 19 impression 印象 yìnxiàng n 16 improve; raise; heighten; 提高 tíg o v 18 in a terrible mess; how terrible 糟糕 z og o adj 11 in addition to; besides 除了 以外 chúle...y wài conj 8 in that case; then 那 nà conj 4 in the middle of (doing something) 正在 zhèngzài adv 8 India 印度 Yìndù pn 1 (indicating a thing is disposed of) 把 b prep 15 inside 里边 l bian n 13 insurance 保险 b oxi n n 15 interest 兴趣 xìngqù n 17 interesting 有意思 y u yìsi adj 4 (interjectory particle used to soften 呀 ya p 5 a question) intern 实习 shíxí v 19 international 国际 guójì adj 18 intersection 路口 lùk u n 13 interview 面试 miànshì v/n 11 introduce 介绍 jièshào v 5 invite someone (to dinner, coffee, 请客 q ng kè vo 4 etc.); play the host Is it O.K.? How is that? How does that sound? 怎么样 z nmeyàng qpr 3 it 它 t pr 9

387 358 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson it doesn t matter 没关系 méi gu nxi 12 it s a deal, that settles it; it s decided 一言为定 yì yán wéi dìng 16 Italian language 意大利文 Yìdàlìwén pn 6 itchy 痒 y ng adj 15 J jacket 夹克 jiákè n 9 Japan 日本 Rìb n pn 1, 13 Japanese (language) 日文 Rìwén pn 6, 13 job; work 工作 g ngzuò n/v 2 jog 跑步 p o bù vo 18 jog; jogging 慢跑 mànp o v/n 18 just 刚 g ng adv 12 just; only (indicating a small 就 jiù adv 16 number) just now; a moment ago 刚才 g ngcái t 11 K kick 踢 t v 18 kitchen 厨房 chúfáng n 17 know 知道 zh dào v 8 Korea (South) 韩国 Hánguó pn 1 Korean language 韩文 Hánwén pn 6 Kung Pao chicken 宮保鸡丁 g ngb o j d ng n 12 L lamb; mutton 羊肉 yángròu n 12 lamp; light 灯 d ng n 17 last time 上次 shàng cì 15 last year 去年 qùnián t 14 late 晚 w n adj 7 later 后来 hòulái t 8 Latin language 拉丁文 L d ngwén pn 6 laugh at; laugh; smile 笑 xiào v 8

388 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 359 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson lawyer 律师 l sh n 2 lazy 懒 l n adj 15 lean on; lean against; be next to 靠 kào v 19 left 左 zu n 13 length 长短 chángdu n n 9 letter (correspondence) 信 xìn n 8 level; standard 水平 shu píng n 18 Li You 李友 L Y u pn 1 library 图书馆 túsh gu n n 5 lie down 躺下 t ng xia vc 15 like 喜欢 x huan v 3 line 线 xiàn n 10 linguistics 语言学 y yánxué n 8 listen 听 t ng v 4 live (in a certain place) 住 zhù v 14 living room 客厅 kèt ng n 17 look after; care for; attend to 照顾 zhàogu v 20 look for 找 zh o v 4 love; like; be fond of 爱 ài v 14 luggage 行李 xíngli n 20 lunch, midday meal 午饭 w fàn n 8 M major (in college); specialty 专业 zhu nyè n 8 make a phone call 打电话 d diànhuà vo 6 make a round trip; go there and 往返 w ngf n v 19 back make an appointment 约 yu v 11 male 男 nán adj 2 manager 经理 j ngl n 2 many; much 多 du adj 7 map 地图 dìtú n 13 mapo tofu 麻婆豆腐 mápó dòufu n 12

389 360 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson master worker 师傅 sh fu n 12 mathematics 数学 shùxué n 8 matter; affair; event 事 ( 儿 ) shì(r) n 3 maybe; possible 可能 k néng mv/adj 17 meal; (cooked) rice 饭 fàn n 3 meal card 饭卡 fànk n 12 (measure word for a pair) 双 shu ng m 9 (measure word for an indefinite 些 xi m 12 amount); some (measure word for books) 本 b n m 14 (measure word for bottles); bottle 瓶 píng m/n 5 (measure word for bunches of 把 b m 14 things, and chairs) (measure word for class periods) 节 jié m 6 (measure word for complete 遍 biàn m 15 courses of an action or instances of an action) (measure word for cup and glass) 杯 b i m 5 (measure word for essays, articles, 篇 pi n m 8 etc.) (measure word for flat objects, 张 zh ng m 7 paper, pictures, etc.) (measure word for frequency) 次 cì m 13 (measure word for kinds, sorts, 种 zh ng m 9 types) (measure word for letters) 封 f ng m 8 (measure word for long, thin, 枝 zh m 7 inflexible objects, pens, rifles, etc.) (measure word for many common 个 gè/ge m 2 everyday objects) (measure word for meal order, job) 份 fèn m 19 (measure word for number in a 号 hào m 3 series; day of the month) (measure word for number of 口 k u m 2 family members) (measure word for 1/100 of a kuai, cent) 分 f n m 9

390 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 361 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson (measure word for 1/10 of a kuai, 毛 máo m 9 dime (for US money)) (measure word for pants and long, 条 tiáo m 9 thin objects) (measure word for people (polite)) 位 wèi m 6 (measure word for quarter (of an 刻 kè m 3 hour)) (measure word for shirts, dresses, 件 jiàn m 9 jackets, coats, etc.) (measure word for stops of a bus, 站 zhàn m 10 train, etc.) (measure word for suite or set) 套 tào m 17 (measure word for tablet; slice) 片 piàn m 15 (measure word for the basic 块 kuài m 9 Chinese monetary unit) (measure word for the basic 元 yuán m 17 Chinese monetary unit); yuan meat 肉 ròu n 12 medicine 药 yào n 15 medium; middle 中 zh ng adj 9 meet up; meet with 见面 jiàn miàn vo 6 merchant; businessperson 商人 sh ngrén n 2 method; way (of doing something) 办法 bànf n 15 Mexico 墨西哥 Mòx g pn 1 middle 中间 zh ngji n n 13 middle school; secondary school 中学 zh ngxué n 14 mineral water 矿泉水 kuàngquánshu n 5 minute 分钟 f nzh ng n 17 Miss; young lady 小姐 xi oji n 1 money 钱 qián n 9 monosodium glutamate (MSG) 味精 wèij ng n 12 month 月 yuè n 3 more and more 越来越 yuè lái yuè adv 15 moreover 再说 zàishu conj 15 morning 上午 shàngw t 6

391 362 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson morning 早上 z oshang t 7 most, (of superlative degree) -est 最 zuì adv 14 mother, mom 妈妈 m ma n 2 Mother s Day 母亲节 M q njié pn 3 mouth 嘴 zu n 14 move 搬 b n v 16 movie 电影 diàny ng n 4 Mr.; husband; teacher 先生 xi nsheng n 1 multi-storied building; floor (of a 楼 lóu n 14 multi-level building) music 音乐 y nyuè n 4 must; have to 得 d i mv 6 N name 名字 míngzi n 1 near 近 jìn adj 13 need not 不用 búyòng 9 nervous, anxious 紧张 j nzh ng adj 10 new 新 x n adj 8 new words; vocabulary 生词 sh ngcí n 7 new year 新年 x nnián n 10 New York 纽约 Ni yu pn 1 newspaper 报纸 bàozh n 17 next one 下个 xià ge 6 noon 中午 zh ngw n 8 north 北 b i n 13 Northwest Airlines 西北航空公司 X b i hángk ng pn 19 g ngs nose 鼻子 bízi n 14 not 没 méi adv 2 not; no 不 bù adv 1 not only..., but also... 不但 而且 búdàn..., érqi... conj 11 not until, only then 才 cái adv 5 notebook 本子 b nzi n 7

392 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 363 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson now 现在 xiànzài t 3 number 号码 hàom n 16 nurse 护士 hùshi n 2 O o clock (lit. dot, point, thus 点 di n m 3 points on the clock ) of course 当然 d ngrán adv 18 office 办公室 bàng ngshì n 6 often 常常 chángcháng adv 4 older brother 哥哥 g ge n 2 older female cousin 表姐 bi oji n 14 older sister 姐姐 ji jie n 2 on the internet 网上 w ng shang 11 once; a bit 一下 yí xià n+m 5 one bedroom and one living room 一房一厅 yì fáng yì t ng 17 one-way street 单行道 d nxíngdào n 13 one-way trip 单程 d nchéng n 19 oneself 自己 zìj pr 10 onion 洋葱 yángc ng n 12 only 只 zh adv 4 or 还是 háishi conj 3 or 或者 huòzh conj 10 orange (color) 橘红色 júhóngsè n 9 order food 点菜 di n cài vo 12 other people; another person 别人 biérén n 4 otherwise 要不然 yàobùrán conj 15 outer garment; coat; jacket 外套 wàitào n 9 overcast day 阴天 y nti n n 11 overcoat 大衣 dày n 9 P pants 裤子 kùzi n 9 paper 纸 zh n 7 parents; father and mother 父母 fùm n 19

393 364 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson park 公园 g ngyuán n 11 (particle to link adverbial and 地 de p 20 verb) (particle used after a verb to 过 guo p 13 indicate a past experience) pass 过 guò v 13 passport 护照 hùzhào n 19 paternal grandfather 爷爷 yéye n 20 paternal grandmother 奶奶 n inai n 20 patient 病人 bìngrén n 15 pay money 付钱 fù qián vo 9 pay with a credit card 刷卡 shu k vo 9 peach 桃儿 táor n 14 peanuts 花生 hu sh ng n 15 pear 梨 lí n 14 pedestrian overpass 天桥 ti nqiáo n 13 pedestrian underpass 地下 ( 通 ) 道 dìxià (t ng)dào n 13 pen 笔 b n 7 pencil 铅笔 qi nb n 7 people; person 人 rén n 1 Pepsi-Cola 百事可乐 B ishìk lè pn 5 pet 宠物 ch ngwù n 17 pharmacy 药店 yàodiàn n 15 physics 物理 wùl n 8 picnic 野餐 y c n v 16 picture; photo 照片 zhàopiàn n 2 pillow 枕头 zh ntou n 19 pink 粉红色 f nhóngsè n 9 place 地方 dìfang n 13 plan; plan 打算 d suàn v/n 19 plan; plan 计划 jìhuà n/v 19 plant 植物 zhíwù n 17 plate; dish 盘 pán n 12 play ball 打球 d qiú vo 4 play baseball 打棒球 d bàngqiú vo 18

394 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 365 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson play chess 下棋 xià qí vo 4 play table tennis 打乒乓球 d p ngp ngqiú vo 18 play videogames 玩游戏机 wán yóuxìj vo 4 pleasantly cool 凉快 liángkuai adj 11 please (polite form of request); 请 q ng v 1 treat or invite (somebody) polite 客气 kèqi adj 6 politics 政治 zhèngzhì n 19 pollen 花粉 hu f n n 15 pork 猪肉 zh ròu n 12 Portuguese language 葡萄牙文 Pútáoyáwén pn 6 (possessive or descriptive particle) 的 de p 2 poster 海报 h ibào n 17 practice 练习 liànxí v 6 precisely; exactly 就 jiù adv 6 (prefix for ordinal numbers) 第 dì prefix 7 prepare 准备 zh nbèi v 6 press; hold down; weigh down 压 y v 18 pretty 漂亮 piàoliang adj 5 pretty good 不错 búcuò adj 4 preview 预习 yùxí v 7 previous one 上个 shàng ge 7 professor 教授 jiàoshòu n 2 pronunciation 发音 f y n n 8 purple 紫色 z sè n 9 put; place 放 fàng v 12 put in order 整理 zh ngl v 16 Q quarrel; noisy 吵 ch o v/adj 17 quarter (of an hour) 刻 kè m 4 question; problem 问题 wèntí n 6 (question particle) 吗 ma qp 1 (question particle) 呢 ne qp 1 quickly, fast, quick 快 kuài adv/adj 5

395 366 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson quiet 安静 njìng adj 17 quite a few 好几 h o j 15 R racket 拍 p i n 18 rain 下雨 xià y vo 11 raise 养 y ng v 17 randomly; arbitrarily; messily 乱 luàn adv 15 read aloud 念 niàn v 7 really 真 zh n adv 7 really painful 疼死 téng s adj+c 15 receive; accept 收 shu v 9 recently 最近 zuìjìn t 8 red 红 hóng adj 9 refrigerator 冰箱 b ngxi ng n 15 remember 记得 jìde v 16 remember; recall 想起来 xi ng qi lai vc 16 renminbi (RMB, Chinese currency) 人民币 rénmínbì n 17 rent 房租 fángz n 17 rent 租 z v 19 rent out 出租 ch z v 17 reserve; book (a ticket, a hotel room, etc.) 订 dìng v 19 restaurant 饭馆 ( 儿 ) fàngu n(r) n 12 restroom, toilet 厕所 cèsu n 15 return (something) 还 huán v 17 review 复习 fùxí v 7 ride a bicycle 骑自行车 qí zìxíngch vo 10 ride a motorcycle 骑摩托车 qí mótu ch vo 10 right 右 yòu n 13 right; correct 对 duì adj 4 right away; quickly; in a hurry 赶快 g nkuài adv 15 roast duck 烤鸭 k oy n 20 room 房间 fángji n n 16 round 圆 yuán adj 14 Russian language 俄文 Éwén pn 6

396 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 367 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson S salt 盐 yán n 12 same; alike 同 tóng adj 16 same; alike 一样 yíyàng adj 9 say; speak 说 shu v 6 scheduled flight 航班 hángb n n 19 school 学校 xuéxiào n 5 school term; semester/quarter 学期 xuéq n 8 seat 位子 wèizi n 12 second oldest sister 二姐 èrji n 2 security deposit 押金 y j n n 17 see 见 jiàn v 3 see a doctor; (of a doctor) to see a 看病 kàn bìng vo 15 patient see off or out; take (someone 送 sòng v 10 somewhere) seem; be like 好像 h oxiàng v 12 sell at a discount; give a discount 打折 d zhé vo 19 send a text message; (lit.) send a short message 发短信 f du nxìn vo 10 (sentence-final particle) 啊 a p 6 (sentence-final particle) 吧 ba p 5 September 九月 ji yuè n 3 serve as; to be 当 d ng v 17 serve food 上菜 shàng cài vo 12 Shanghai 上海 Shàngh i pn 1, 12 she; her 她 t pr 2 shirt 衬衫 chènsh n n 9 shoes 鞋 xié n 9 shop assistant; salesclerk 售货员 shòuhuòyuán n 9 show (a film); perform 演 y n v 16 shrimp 虾 xi n 12 side 旁边 pángbi n n 13 simple 简单 ji nd n adj 18

397 368 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson simultaneously; at the same time 一边 yìbi n adv 8 sing (a song) 唱歌 ( 儿 ) chàng g (r) vo 4 sing karaoke 唱卡拉 OK chàng k l uk i vo 16 sit 坐 zuò v 5 size 大小 dàxi o n 9 size 号 hào n 9 skirt 裙子 qúnzi n 9 sleep 睡觉 shuì jiào vo 4 slow 慢 màn adj 7 small; little 小 xi o adj 4 smart; bright; clever 聪明 c ngming adj 14 snacks 零食 língshí n 14 sneeze 打喷嚏 d p nti vo 15 snow 下雪 xià xu vo 11 so 所以 su y conj 4 so; such 这么 zhème pr 7 (indicating degree) so, such 那么 nàme pr 11 soccer; football 足球 zúqiú n 18 socks 袜子 wàzi n 9 sofa 沙发 sh f n 17 soft drink; soda pop 汽水 ( 儿 ) qìshu (r) n 5, 14 soldier; military officer 军人 j nrén n 2 some 有的 y ude pr 4 son 儿子 érzi n 2 sorry 对不起 duìbuq v 5 sound recording; record 录音 lùy n n/vo 7 sour 酸 su n adj 12 south 南 nán n 13 Spanish language 西班牙文 X b nyáwén pn 6 spend 花 hu v 10 spend; take (effort) 费 fèi v 16 sports 运动 yùndòng n 13 sportswear; athletic clothing 运动服 yùndòngfú n 18 spring 春天 ch nti n n 11

398 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 369 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson Sprite 雪碧 Xu bì pn 5 stereo system 音响 y nxi ng n 17 stir-fried noodles 炒面 ch omiàn n 12 store; shop 商店 sh ngdiàn n 9 straight; continuously 一直 yìzhí adv 13 strawberry 草莓 c oméi n 14 strength; effort 力气 lìqi n 16 (structural particle) 得 de p 7 student 学生 xuésheng n 1 study; learn 学 xué v 7 study; learn 学习 xuéxí v 7 style 样子 yàngzi n 9 subway 地铁 dìti n 10 suit (western-style) 西装 x zhu ng n 9 suitable 合适 héshì adj 9 suitcase; box 箱子 xi ngzi n 20 summer 夏天 xiàti n n 11 summer term 暑期 sh q n 14 summer vacation 暑假 sh jià n 19 (one s) surname is...; be surnamed; 姓 xìng v/n 1 surname sunny day 晴天 qíngti n n 11 sweater (woolen) 毛衣 máoy n 9 sweet 甜 tián adj 12 swim 游泳 yóu y ng vo 18 T T-shirt T 恤衫 T-xùsh n n 9 table 桌子 zhu zi n 12 Taipei 台北 Táib i pn 19 take; get 拿 ná v 13 take a bath/shower 洗澡 x z o vo 8 take a break; to rest 休息 xi xi v 15 take a cable car, trolley bus, or tram 坐电车 zuò diànch vo 10

399 370 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson take a taxi 打车 d ch vo 10 take a taxi (in Taiwan) 坐计程车 zuò jìchéngch vo 10 (of airplanes) take off 起飞 q f i v 20 talk 说话 shu huà vo 7 tangerine 橘子 júzi n 14 taxi 出租汽車 ch z qìch n 10 tea 茶 chá n 5 teach 教 ji o v 7 teacher 老师 l osh n 1 Teacher Chang 常老师 Cháng l osh pn 6 television 电视 diànshì n 4 tell 告诉 gàosu v 8 tennis 网球 w ngqiú n 18 textbook 课本 kèb n n 7 text of a lesson 课文 kèwén n 7 thank 谢谢 xièxie v 3 Thanksgiving 感恩节 G n njié pn 3 that 那 nà pr 2 then 然后 ránhòu adv 10 there 那里 nàli pr 17 there 那儿 nàr pr 8 thin, slim (usually of a person or 瘦 shòu adj 20 animal); lean things; objects 东西 d ngxi n 9 thirsty 渴 k adj 12 this 这 zhè pr 2 this year 今年 j nnián t 3 thousand 千 qi n nu 19 Thursday 星期四 x ngq sì n 3 ticket 票 piào n 10 time 时间 shíji n n 6 time (a point in); moment; time 时候 shíhou n 4 (a duration of) tired 累 lèi adj 8 to; for 给 g i prep 6

400 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 371 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson today 今天 j nti n t 3 tofu; bean curd 豆腐 dòufu n 12 together 一起 yìq adv 5 Tokyo 东京 D ngj ng pn 13 Tom 汤姆 T ngm pn 14 tomorrow 明天 míngti n t 3 too; also 也 y adv 1 too; extremely 太 了 tài le 3 tour guide 导游 d oyóu n 19 towards 往 w ng prep 13 traffic light 红绿灯 hóngl d ng n 13 travel 旅行 l xíng v 16 travel agency 旅行社 l xíngshè n 19 travel by 坐 zuò v 10 travel by train 坐火车 zuò hu ch vo 10 travel by ship; take a boat 坐船 zuò chuán vo 10 troublesome 麻烦 máfan adj 10 try 试 shì v 9 turn 拐 gu i v 13 twelve 十二 shí èr nu 3 (coll.) two 俩 li nu+m 16 two; a couple of 两 li ng nu 2 U uncle 叔叔 sh shu n 20 understand 懂 d ng v 7 upper garment 上衣 shàngy n 9 U.S. currency 美元 M iyuán n 17 use 用 yòng v 8 usually 平常 píngcháng adv 7 V Valentine s Day 情人节 Qíngrénjié pn 3 vegetarian; made from vegetables 素 sù adj 12 vegetarian meal 素餐 sùc n n 19

401 372 Contents Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson very 很 h n adv 3 very, extremely, exceedingly 非常 f icháng adv 11 very; rather 挺 t ng adv 9 vicinity; neighborhood; nearby area 附近 fùjìn n 17 Vietnam 越南 Yuènán pn 1 visa 签证 qi nzhèng n 19 visit a museum 参观博物馆 c ngu n vo 16 bówùgu n W wait; wait for 等 d ng v 6 waiter; attendant 服务员 fúwùyuán n 12 walk 走路 z u lù vo 10, 17 Wang Hong 王红 Wáng Hóng pn 14 Wang Peng 王朋 Wáng Péng pn 1 want 要 yào v 5 want to; would like to; think 想 xi ng mv 4 warm 暖和 nu nhuo adj 11 watch; look; read 看 kàn v 4 water 水 shu n 5 water dispenser 饮水器 y nshu qì n 20 watermelon 西瓜 x gua n 14 we 我们 w men pr 3 wear; put on 穿 chu n v 9 weather 天气 ti nqì n 11 week 星期 x ngq n 3 weekend 周末 zh umò n 4 welcome 欢迎 hu nyíng v 20 west 西 x n 13 wet; humid 潮湿 cháosh adj 11 what 什么 shénme qpr 1 where 哪里 n li pr 7 where 哪儿 n r qpr 5 which 哪 n /n i qpr 6

402 Vocabulary Index (English-Chinese) Contents 373 English Characters Pinyin Part of Speech Lesson who 谁 shéi qpr 2 why 为什么 wèishénme qpr 3 will 会 huì mv 11 will; be going to; want to, have a 要 yào mv 6 desire to wind 风 f ng n 11 window 窗戶 chu nghu n 19 windowshop 逛街 guàng ji vo 4 winter 冬天 d ngti n n 11 winter vacation 寒假 hánjià n 10 wish (well) 祝 zhù v 8 with 跟 g n prep 6 work at a temporary job (often part time) 打工 d g ng vo 19 worker 工人 g ngrén n 2 worry 担心 d n x n vo 18 write 写 xi v 7 writing brush 毛笔 máob n 7 wrong 错 cuò adj 12 Y year (of age) 岁 suì n 3 yellow 黄 huáng adj 9 yesterday 昨天 zuóti n t 4 you 你 n pr 1 you (honorific for 你 ) 您 nín pr 6 younger brother 弟弟 dìdi n 2 younger sister 妹妹 mèimei n 2 Z zebra crossing; pedestrian crosswalk 斑马线 b nm xiàn n 13

403 374 Contents Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Lesson Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Lesson Lesson & Section noun measure word pronoun numeral verb modal verb L11-1 天气公园碟 下雪约滑冰预报办 会 L11-2 冬天夏天春天秋天 那么 出去下雨面试回去 L12-1 饭馆 ( 儿 ) 位子服务员桌子盘饺子家常豆腐肉碗酸辣汤味精盐白菜青菜冰茶 L12-2 师傅糖醋鱼牛肉鱼黄瓜米饭饭卡 些 好像服务点菜放卖完上菜 红烧凉拌忘带

404 Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Contents Lesson 375 adjective adverb preposition conjunction time word particle others proper noun 暖和冷 更 比 不但, 而且 刚才 网上 好玩儿糟糕热舒服 素渴够饿 非常又 刚 加州 好吃甜酸错清楚 极 没关系

405 376 Contents Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Lesson Lesson & Section noun measure word pronoun numeral verb modal verb L13-1 中心运动场旁边活动中间书店地方里边 L13-2 中国城地图南路口西东北前红绿灯右左前面 L14-1 舞会表姐中学礼物饮料水果花苹果梨西瓜楼 L14-2 钟头暑期班去年狗脸眼睛嘴蛋糕 次 本把 上听说 拿过拐 送爱住接 以为长属像长大

406 Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Contents Lesson 377 adjective adverb preposition conjunction time word particle others proper noun 远近 离 一直 从往 过 哎 日文 东京 日本 重 王红 聪明用功可爱圆 一定最 海伦汤姆

407 378 Contents Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Lesson Lesson & Section noun measure word pronoun numeral verb modal verb L15-1 医院病人肚子夜里厕所冰箱药小时办法 L15-2 身体药店保险 L16-1 印象力气 片遍 看病发烧躺下检查吃坏打针 感冒生病过敏休息 成演费 L16-2 号码房间电 L17-1 报纸广告附近公寓分钟卧室厨房卫生间客厅家具 套 记得想起来搬打扫整理旅行 吵做饭出租走路 L17-2 沙发饭桌椅子书桌书架房租美元人民币费押金宠物 元 那里 还 准 养

408 Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Contents Lesson 379 adjective adverb preposition conjunction time word particle others proper noun 疼死最好把好几 痒健康懒乱 赶快越来越 要不然再说 后天 上次一言为定 同就俩 连 干净安静 差不多另外一房一厅

409 380 Contents Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Lesson Lesson & Section noun measure word pronoun numeral verb modal verb L18-1 网球拍篮球 L18-2 水平足球比赛脚手运动服 L19-1 公司计划暑假父母首都政治文化导游护照签证旅行社 L19-2 初单程航空航班窗户走道素餐旅馆 L20-1 行李包箱子登机牌登机口 L20-2 叔叔阿姨爷爷奶奶烤鸭 怕跑步游泳淹死 上大学提高踢抱压担心 放假实习打工打算订 份 千 往返查打折转机靠租 托运超重哭照顾起飞小心 欢迎 愿意

410 Vocabulary by Grammar Category and by Contents Lesson 381 adjective adverb preposition conjunction time word particle others proper noun 胖简单难受危险 当然 国际美式棒 为了被 半天 有名 马上 名胜古迹 长城 香港 台北 直飞 中国国际航空公司西北航空公司 地 一路平安 瘦 首都机场

411 382 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Lesson 11 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Dialogue I: Tomorrow s Weather Will Be Even Better! (Gao Xiaoyin is looking out the window.) 今天天氣比昨天好, 不下雪了 k 我約了朋友明天去公園滑冰, 不知道天氣 l 會怎麽樣? 我剛才看了網上的天氣預報, 明天天氣比今天更好 不但不會下雪, 而且 u 會暖和一點兒 m 是嗎? 太好了! 你約了誰去滑冰? 白英愛 你約了白英愛? 可是她今天早上坐飛機去紐約了 真的啊? 那我明天怎麽辦? 你還是在家看碟 v 吧!

412 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 383 Dialogue II: The Weather Here Is Awful! ( 高文中在網上找白英愛聊天兒 ) 英愛, 紐約那麽好玩兒, 你怎麽在網上, 没出去? 這兒的天氣非常糟糕 怎麽了? u n 昨天下大雨, 今天又下雨了 這個週末這兒天氣很好, 你快一點兒回來吧 這個週末紐約也會暖和一點兒 我下個星期有一個面試, 還不能回去 我在加州找了一個工作, 你也去吧 加州冬天不冷, 夏天不熱, 春天和秋天更舒服 加州好是好 o, 可是我更喜歡紐約 Lesson 12 Dialogue I: Dining Out ( 在飯館兒 ) 請進, 請進 u j 人怎麽這麽多? 好像一個位子都没有了 服務員 v, 請問, 還有没有位子? 有, 有, 有 那張桌子没有人

413 384 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) * * * 兩位想吃點兒什麽? 王朋, 你點菜吧 好 先給我們兩盤餃子, 要素的 除了餃子以外, 還要什麽? 李友, 你説呢? 還要一盤家常豆腐, 不要放肉, 我吃素 我們的家常豆腐没有肉 還要兩碗酸辣湯 w k, 請别放味精, 少放點兒鹽 有小白菜嗎? l 對不起, 小白菜剛賣完 m 那就不要青菜了 x 那喝點兒什麽呢? 我要一杯冰茶 李友, 你喝什麽? 我很渴, 請給我一杯可樂, 多放點兒冰 好, 兩盤餃子, 一盤家常豆腐, 兩碗酸辣湯, 一杯冰茶, 一杯可樂, 多放冰 還要别的嗎? y 不要别的了, 這些夠了 服務員, 我們都餓了, 請上菜快一點兒 没問題, 菜很快就能做好 n

414 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 385 Dialogue II: Eating in a Cafeteria ( 今天是星期四, 學生餐廳有中國菜, 師傅是上海人 ) 師傅 u, 請問今天晚飯有什麽好吃的? 我們今天有糖醋魚, 甜甜的 o 酸酸的, 好吃極了 v, 你買一個吧 好 今天有没有紅燒牛肉? p 没有 你已經要魚了, 别吃肉了 來個涼拌黄瓜吧? 好 再來一碗米飯 一共多少錢? 糖醋魚, 四塊五, 涼拌黄瓜, 一塊七 ; 一碗米飯, 五毛錢 一共六塊七 師傅, 糟糕, 我忘了帶飯卡了 這是十塊錢 找你三塊三 師傅, 錢你找錯了, 多找了我一塊錢 對不起, 我没有看清楚 没關係 w 下個星期四再來 好, 再見

415 386 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Lesson 13 Dialogue I: Where Are You Off To? 小白, 下課了? 上哪兒去 u? 您好, 常老師 我想去學校的電腦中心, 不知道怎麽走, 聽説就在運動場旁邊 j k l 電腦中心没有運動場那麽遠 你知道學校 v 圖書館在哪裏嗎? 知道, 離王朋的宿舍不遠 電腦中心離圖書館很近, 就在圖書館和學生活動中心中間 常老師, 您去哪兒呢? 我想到學校書店去買書 m 書店在什麽地方 w? 就在學生活動中心裏邊 我們一起走吧 好 Dialogue II: Going to Chinatown 我們去中國城吃中國飯吧! n 我没去過中國城, 不知道中國城在哪兒 没問題 u, 你開車, 我告訴你怎麽走

416 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 387 你有地圖嗎? 給我看看 o 地圖在宿舍裏, 我忘了拿來了 没有地圖, 走錯了怎麽辦? 没有地圖没關係, 中國城我去過很多次, 不用地圖也能找到 p 你從這兒一直往南開, 過 v q 三個路口, 往西一拐就到了 哎, 我不知道東南西北 w 那你一直往前開, 過三個紅綠燈, 往右一拐就到了 ( 過了三個路口 ) 不對, 不對 你看, 這個路口只能往左拐, 不能往右拐 那就是下一個路口 往右拐, 再往前開 到了, 到了, 你看見了嗎? 前面有很多中國字 那不是中文, 那是日文, 我們到了小東京了 是嗎? 那我們不吃中國飯了, 吃日本飯吧!

417 388 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Lesson 14 Dialogue I: Let s Go to a Party! ( 李友給王朋打電話 ) 王朋, 你做什麽呢 j? 我看書呢 今天高小音過生日 u, 晚上我們在她家開舞會, 你能去嗎? 能去 幾點? 七點 我們先吃飯, 吃完飯再唱歌跳舞 有哪些人? 小音和她的男朋友, 小音的表姐 v, 白英愛, 你妹妹王紅, 聽説還有小音的中學同學 你要送給小音什麽生日禮物? 我買了一本書送給她 那我帶什麽東西? 飲料或者水果都可以 那我帶一些飲料, 再買一把花兒 小音愛吃水果, 我再買一些蘋果 梨和西瓜吧

418 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 389 你住的地方 k 離小音家很遠, 水果很重, 我開車來接你, 我們一起去吧 好, 我六點半在樓下等你 Dialogue II: Attending a Birthday Party ( 在高小音家 ) 王朋, 李友, 快進來 小音, 祝你生日快樂! 這是送給你的生日禮物 謝謝!(She opens the gift.) 太好了! 我一直想買這本書 帶這麽多東西, 你們太客氣了 哥哥, 李友, 你們來了 u 啊 小紅, 你怎麽樣? 我很好 每天都在學英文 小紅, 你每天練習英文練習多長時間 l? 三個半鐘頭 v 還看兩個鐘頭的英文電視 哎, 你們兩個是什麽時候到的 m? 剛到 白英愛没跟你們一起來嗎? n w 她還没來? 我以為她已經來了

419 390 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) 王朋, 李友, 來, 我給你們介紹一下, 這是我表姐海倫, 這是她的兒子湯姆 你好, 海倫 x 你好, 王朋 文中和小音都説你又聰明又用功 o 哪裏, 哪裏 你的中文説得真好, 是在哪兒學的? y 在暑期班學的 z 哎, 湯姆長得真可愛! 你們看, 他笑了 他幾歲了? 剛一歲, 是去年生的, 屬狗 你們看, 他的臉圓圓的, 眼睛大大的, 鼻子高高的, 嘴不大也不小, 長得很像海倫 媽媽這麽漂亮, 兒子長大一定也很帥 來, 來, 來, 我們吃蛋糕吧 等等白英愛吧 她最愛吃蛋糕

420 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 391 Lesson 15 Dialogue I: My Stomachache Is Killing Me! ( 病人去醫院看病 ) j 醫生, 我肚子疼死了 你昨天吃什麽東西了? 我姐姐上個星期過生日, 蛋糕没吃完 昨天晚上我吃了幾口 k, 夜裏肚子就疼起來了 l, k 今天早上上了好幾次廁所 m 你把蛋糕放在哪兒了? 放在冰箱裏了 放了幾天了? 五 六天了 發燒嗎? 不發燒 你躺下 先檢查一下 * * * 你吃蛋糕把肚子吃壞了 要不要打針? 不用打針, 吃這種藥就可以 一天三次, 一次兩片

421 392 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) 醫生, 一天吃幾次? 請您再説一遍 一天三次, 一次兩片 好! 飯前吃還是飯後吃? 飯前飯後都可以 不過, 你最好二十四小時不吃飯 那我要餓死了 不行, 這個辦法不好! Dialogue II: Allergies 王朋, 你怎麽了? 眼睛怎麽紅紅的, 感冒了嗎? 没感冒 我也不知道怎麽了, 最近這幾天身體很不舒服 眼睛又紅又癢 你一定是對什麽過敏了 我想也是, 所以去藥店買了一些藥 已經吃了四 五種了, 花了不少錢, 都没有用 把你買的藥拿出來給我看看 這些就是 這些藥没有用 為什麽不去看醫生? 你没有健康保險嗎? 我有保險 可是我這個學期功課很多, 看醫生太花時間

422 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 393 那你也得趕快去看醫生 要不然病會越來越 重 我想再吃點兒别的藥試試 我上次生病, 没去看醫生, 休息兩天, 最後也好了 不行, 不行, 你太懶了 再説, 你不能自己亂吃藥 走, 我跟你看病去 Lesson 16 Dialogue I: Seeing a Movie 王朋跟李友在同一個學校學習, 他們認識已經快半年了 王朋常常幫李友練習説中文 j 他們也常常一起出去玩兒, 每次都玩兒得很 高興 李友對王朋的印象很好, 王朋也很喜歡李友, 他們成了好朋友 * * * 這個週末學校演一個中國電影, 我們一起去看, 好嗎? 好啊! 不過, 聽説看電影的人很多, 買 得到票嗎? 票已經買好了, 我費了很大的力氣才買到 好極了! 我早就想看中國電影了 還有别人跟我們一起去嗎?

423 394 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) 没有, 就我們倆 好 什麽時候? 後天晚上八點 看電影以前, 我請你吃晚飯 太好了! 一言為定 y Dialogue II: Turning Down an Invitation 喂, 請問李友小姐在嗎? 我就是 請問你是哪一位? u 我姓費, 你還記得我嗎? 姓費? 你還記得上個月高小音的生日舞會嗎? 我就是最後請你跳舞的那個人 你再想想 想起來了嗎? 對不起, 我想不起來 我是高小音的中學同學 是嗎? 你是怎麽知道我的電話號碼的? 是小音告訴我的 費先生, 你有事嗎? 這個週末你有空兒嗎? 我想請你去跳舞 這個週末不行, 下個星期我有三個考試

424 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 395 没關係, 下個週末怎麽樣? 你考完試, 我們好好兒 玩兒玩兒 下個週末也不行, 我要從宿舍搬出去, 得打掃 整理房間 你看下下個週末, 好不好? 對不起, 下下個週末更不行了, 我要跟我的男朋友去紐約旅行 那 費先生, 對不起, 我的手機没電了 再見! 喂 喂 Lesson 17 Narrative: Finding a Better Place 王朋在學校的宿舍住了兩個學期了 j 他覺得宿舍太吵, 睡不好覺, 房間太小, 連電腦都 放不下, 再説也没有地方可以做飯, 很不方便, 所以準備下個學期搬出去住 他找房子找了一個多 月了, 可是還没有找到合適的 剛才他在報紙上看到了一個廣告, 説學校附近有一套公寓出租, 離學校很近, 走路只要五分鐘, 很方便 公寓有一個臥室, 一個廚房, 一個衛生間, 一個客廳, 還帶傢具 王朋覺得這套公寓可能對他很合適

425 396 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Dialogue: Calling about an Apartment for Rent 喂, 請問你們是不是有公寓出租? 有啊, 一房一廳, 非常乾淨, 還帶傢具 有什麽傢具? 客廳裏有一套沙發 一張飯桌跟四把椅子 臥室裏有一張床 一張書桌和一個書架 你們那裏安靜不安靜? 非常安靜 每個月房租多少錢? 八百五十元 八百五十美元? 人民幣差不多是 有一點兒貴, 能不能便宜點兒? 那你不用付水電費 要不要付押金? 要多付一個月的房租當押金, 搬出去的時候還給你 另外, 我們公寓不准養寵物 没關係, 我對養寵物没有興趣, 什麽寵物 都不養 那太好了 你今天下午來看看吧 好

426 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 397 Lesson 18 Dialogue I: My Gut Keeps Getting Bigger and Bigger! 你看, 我的肚子越來越大了 u 你平常吃得那麽多, 又不運動, 當然越來越胖了 那怎麽辦呢? 如果怕胖, 你一個星期運動兩 三次, 每次半個小時, 肚子就會小了 我兩年没運動了 j, 做什麽運動呢? 最簡單的運動是跑步 k 冬天那麽冷, 夏天那麽熱, 跑步太難受了 你打網球吧 打網球得買網球拍 網球鞋, 你知道, 網球拍 網球鞋貴極了! 找幾個人打籃球吧 買個籃球很便宜 那每次都得打電話約人, 麻煩死了 你去游泳吧 不用找人, 也不用花很多錢, 什麽時候去都可以 游泳? 我怕水, 太危險了, 淹死了怎麽辦? 我也没辦法了 你不願意運動, 那就胖下去 l 吧

427 398 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Dialogue II: Watching American Football 王朋的妹妹王紅剛從北京來, 要在美國上大學 u, 現在住在高小音家裏學英文 為了 v 提高英文水平, 她每天都看兩個小時的電視 m * * * 快把電視打開, 足球比賽開始了 是嗎? 我也喜歡看足球賽 w 這是什麽 x 足球啊? 怎麽不是圓的? 這不是國際足球, 這是美式足球 l 足球應該用腳踢, 為什麽那個人用手抱著跑呢? 美式足球可以用手 你看, 你看, 那麽多人都壓在一起, 下面的 o 人不是要被壓壞了嗎? 别擔心, 他們的身體都很棒, 而且還穿特别的運動服, 没問題 y 我看了半天也看不懂 還是看别的吧 你在美國住半年就會喜歡了 我男朋友看美式足球的時候, 常常連飯都忘了吃

428 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 399 Lesson 19 Dialogue I: Traveling to Beijing 李友, 時間過得真快, 馬上就要放假了, 我們的同學, 有的去暑期班學習, 有的去公司實習, 有的回家打工, 你有什麽計劃? 我還没有想好 你呢, 王朋? u 我暑假打算回北京去看父母 是嗎? 我聽説北京這個城市很有意思 當然 北京是中國的首都, 也是中國的政治 文化中心, 有很多名勝古蹟 對啊, 長城很有名 還有, 北京的好飯館多得不得了 j 真的? 我去過香港 台北, 還没去過北京, 要是能去北京就好了 那你跟我一起回去吧, 我當你的導遊 真的嗎? 那太好了! 護照我已經有了, 我得趕快辦簽證 v 那我馬上給旅行社打電話訂飛機票

429 400 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) Dialogue II: Planning an Itinerary 天一旅行社, 你好 u 你好 請問六月初到北京的機票多少錢? 您要買單程票還是往返票? 我要買兩張往返票 你想買哪家航空公司的? k 哪家的便宜, 就買哪家的 請等等, 我查一下 好幾家航空公司都有航班 v 中國國際航空公司, 一千五 l, 直飛 西北航空公司正在打折 w, 差不多一千四百六十, 可是要轉機 x 西北只比國航便宜四十幾塊錢 m, 我還是買國航吧 哪一天走 y? 哪一天回來? 六月十號走, 七月十五號回來 現在可以訂位子嗎? 可以 你們喜歡靠窗戶的還是靠走道的? 靠走道的 對了 z, 我朋友吃素, 麻煩幫她訂一份素餐 没問題 您在北京要訂旅館 租車嗎? 不用, 謝謝!

430 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 401 Lesson 20 Dialogue I: Checking In at the Airport ( 在國航的服務台 ) j 小姐, 這是我們的機票 請把護照給我看看 你們有幾件行李要托運? 兩件 這個包不托運, 我們帶上飛機 u 麻煩您把箱子拿上來 小姐, 没超重吧? 没有 這是你們的護照 機票, 這是登機牌 v 請到五號登機口上飛機 謝謝 * * * 哥哥, 你們去北京了, 就我一個人在這兒 小紅, 别哭, 我們幾個星期就回來, 你好好 j 兒地學英文, 别亂跑 不是幾個星期就回來, 是幾個星期以後才回來 别擔心, 我姐姐小音會照顧你 對, 别擔心

431 402 Contents Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Form) 飛機幾點起飛? 中午十二點, 還有兩個多小時 白英愛, 你什麽時候去紐約實習? 我不去紐約了 文中幫我在加州找了一份實習工作 對, 我們下個星期開車去加州 是嗎? 一邊兒開車, 一邊兒玩兒, 太好了 j 開車小心 祝你們玩兒得高興 祝你們一路平安 到了北京以後 k, 别忘了給我們發個電子郵件 好, 那我們秋天見 下個學期見 再見! Dialogue II: Arriving in Beijing ( 在北京首都機場 ) 小朋! 爸, 媽! 累壞了吧? 還好 爸, 媽, 我給你們介紹一下, 這是我的同學李友

432 Alternate Characters (Texts in Traditional Contents Form) 403 叔叔, 阿姨 u, 你們好 歡迎你來北京 李友, 你的中文説得真好 謝謝 是因為王朋教得好 哪裏, 是因為你聰明 哎, 你們倆都聰明 小朋, 你好像瘦了點兒 是不是打工太忙, 没有時間吃飯? 我没瘦 我常常運動, 身體比以前棒多了 小紅怎麽樣? 她很好, 英文水平提高了很多 走吧, 我們上車以後, 再慢慢兒地聊吧 爺爺 奶奶在烤鴨店等我們呢! 烤鴨店?

433